UKC2007001 techreport 2008.07.05 A bibliography to help workers throughout the UK public sector as they plan implementation of taxonomies for use with Subject metadata. The bibliography has been prepared for Taxonomies in the Public Sector (TiPS), a discussion group which supports the Cabinet Office?s Metadata Working Group by encouraging information professionals in the public sector to meet and develop guidance on the implementation of taxonomies and metadata. While IPSV (Integrated Public Sector Vocabulary) and its predecessors GCL and LGCL are an important focus for compliance with e-government standards, public sector applications commonly use a complementary specialised vocabulary in tandem with IPSV. The bibliography gives background references across the field from development to exploitation and sharing the outputs. {T}axonomies and {T}hesauri: a list of references and resources for public sector applications unpubstrag Bibliographies taxonomies Metadata Kristina M. Spurgin 2007 http://www.govtalk.gov.uk/documents/bibliography2007_05.pdf pdf UK Cabinet Office?s Metadata Working Group on Taxonomies in the Public Sector (TiPS) 2007 Sauperl2005 article 2008.07.18 Journal of Documentation {S}ubject cataloging process of {S}lovenian and {A}merican catalogers :Sauperl2005.pdf:PDF;Sauperl2005.pdf:Sauperl2005.pdf:PDF 713--734 Kristina M. Spurgin 61 6 2005 408474 2005 Abbas2007 inproceedings 2008.09.11 A favored text, dog-eared and yellowed from use, yet still useful, brings back insights that we try to impart to our students when we teach knowledge organization, organization and control of recorded information courses, whichever words we have chosen to label them. Scribbled in the margins [1] are notes to self, keywords, subject headings? "tags"? to remind us of why this particular passage was relevant to us. These scribbles include notes about the thoughts, subjects, eloquent linguistics that we wish to remember, and to access at a later time, maybe even our thoughts that occurred as we read the words. Should someone pick up this same text and read the passages and also the notes, would one necessarily draw the same conclusions, or would one have yet other insights into the author's meanings, the scribbles, the words? [2] Wilson (1968) reminds us that "What a text says is not necessarily what it reveals or what it allows us to conclude... but what is not said may interest us more than what is said" (p. 18). How then do we access the facts, truths, assertions, that the text conveys, or doesn't convey, or the different truths, assertions, that occur to another when they read the text? Our knowledge organization structures provide access points to follow. Classification schemes, controlled vocabularies, ontologies, taxonomies, and the like, have been used to access various levels of subject content within the texts. [3] How then, do we access the "meaning?, the conclusions, insights others' make while reading the words, the scribbles in the margins? Tennis, Joseph T. {I}n the margins: {R}eflections on scribbles, knowledge organization, and access (extended abstract) Toronto Abbas2007.PDF:Abbas2007.PDF: 107-111 Kristina M. Spurgin 2007 Proceedings North American Symposium on Knowledge Organization 2007 http://dlist.sir.arizona.edu/1914/ 2007 AH-2003001 phdthesis 2008.07.05 {C}lassification schemes for collection mediation: {W}ork centered design and cognitive work analysis dissertation Cognitive-work-analysis Classification-in-context work-processes CAT-LIS-Read Faculty of Engineering and Science at Aalborg University AH-2003001.pdf:AH-2003001.pdf:PDF;AH-2003001.pdf:AH-2003001.pdf:PDF;AH-2003001.pdf:AH-2003001.pdf:PDF 172 p. Kristina M. Spurgin 2003 "Work centered design of classification schemes for collection mediation implies that the designer?s perspective shifts from general construction principles and detailed design to analysing and understanding the contingent practices when classification schemes meet users in collection mediation. Such a shift entails an analysis of how classification schemes are used in work domains and a bridging from analysis to choice of models for overall design. This increases the complexity of the design task. " -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- Albrechtsen (2003) explores the possibilities and limitations of cognitive work analysis in the design of classification schemes. pdf 2003 AH-1998001 article 2008.07.05 Library Trends {T}he dynamics of classification systems as boundary objects for cooperation in the electronic library CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW boundary-objects Classification CAT-LIS-Read 293--312 Kristina M. Spurgin 47 2 1998 discusses shift in classification research from rationalism/empiricism to social constructivism rationalism: "strives to reduce knowledge to an all-embracing structure of concepts that is intended to be universally comprehensive" empiricism: bottom up. term or literary warrant social constructivist: classification designer as epistemic engineer, "attempting to articulate and represent the dynamics of knowledge in such a way that the searcher can proceed from the topic of his initial query to other related perspectives on the same topic or to related materials within the same knowledge domain" --p. 296 "brings forward the concept of boundary objects as a method for resolving problems of heterogeneity in knowledge production and use or, in terms of library and information science (LIS), problems of variation or inconsistency in the representations by information producers, information mediators, and information users." "And we will argue that, within such an information ecology, a classificatory structure cannot follow a one-size-fits-all paradigm but must evolve in cooperative interaction between librarians (and other information intermediaries) and their user groups." "we will illustrate how the role of classification systems is changing within the information system that is the library, shifting from reliance on a single standardized or mainstream view of order, where classification is the invisible precursor to the organization of a collection, toward the creation of more diverse information ecologies, where the development of a classification scheme takes place within an arena of discourse to create a shared order across heterogeneous social worlds." "Established approaches to classification research and development appear to suffer from a fear of touching the real thinG-the social worlds constituting an information system and the collective conditions for knowledge production." html pc 1998 AH-2003002 article 2008.07.05 Work centered design of classification schemes is an emerging area of research which poses particular challenges to domain analysis and scheme construction. A key challenge in work centered design of classification schemes is the evolving semantics of work. This article introduces a work centered approach to the design of classification schemes, based on the framework of cognitive work analysis. We launch collaborative task situations as a new unit of analysis for capturing evolving semantic structures in work domains. An example case from a cognitive work analysis of three national film research archives illustrates the application of the framework for identifying actors' needs for a classification scheme to support collaborative knowledge integration. It is concluded that a main contribution of the new approach is support for empirical analysis and overall design of classification schemes that can serve as material interfaces for actors' negotiations and integration of knowledge perspectives during collaborative work. Knowledge Organization {C}ognitive work analysis and work centered design of classification schemes 0943-7444 213--227 Kristina M. Spurgin 30 3-4 2003 pc 2003 Allen1999 book 2008-09-17 It covers Germanic, Romance, Celtic, Slavonic, Baltic, and Finno-Ugrian languages, as well as Greek, Albanian, Maltese, Turkish, and Basque, and goes through terms relevant to publishing and cataloging in all of them, as well as the various parts of speech and how they may change depending on sentence context. Thus, it not only helps with descriptive cataloging, but for languages with suffixes (or prefixes) that vary in context, it can help you better utilize a dictionary for translating enough to write a summary or assign subject headings, and thereby learn the language. -- Joel Hahn Lead Cataloger Niles Public Library District Niles, IL (From AUTOCAT, 2008-09-16) second {M}anual of {E}uropean languages for librarians foreign-language-materials London Kristina 1999 Bowker-Saur 1999 AB-1999001 inproceedings PIM Pittsburgh, PA 552--559 [Kristina] Proceedings of the SIGCHI conference on Human factors in computing systems: the CHI is the limit ACM Press 2008.07.05 {A}n empirical evaluation of user interfaces for topic management of {W}eb sites New York, NY AB-1999001.pdf:AB-1999001.pdf:PDF;AB-1999001.pdf:AB-1999001.pdf:PDF;AB-1999001.pdf:AB-1999001.pdf:PDF 1999 Kristina M. Spurgin 1999 pdf 1999 AHH1994001 inproceedings Advances in knowledge organization, no. 4 edited by CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW cscw Coordination-mechanisms classification Copenhagen, Denmark 286--293 Knowledge organization and quality management: Proceedings of the Third International ISKO Conference Andersen {Andersen 1994 #40347 /d} analyses an index of technical drawings used by the technical documentation department of a large manufacturer. The index and the product classification used to describe the items in the index are discussed as coordination mechanisms that helped to reduce complexity in the creation of new documentation by facilitating information reuse. Indeks 2008.07.05 {C}lassification schemes: {S}upporting articulation work in technical documentation Albrechtsen, Hanne and Ornager, Susanne Frankfurt, Germany Kristina M. Spurgin June 20-24 1994 pc 1994-06 AJ-2002001 article 2008.07.05 In this article the relationship between communication technologies and the LIS concept of knowledge organization will be examined from a medium-theory perspective. The purpose of the medium-theory perspective is to trace the historicity of the LIS concept of knowledge organization, that is, an examination of which tradition has produced the concept. The perspective will help to reveal the condition of possibilities of knowledge organization and its strong connection with communication technologies, and their constitution of the social organization of society. The means and modes of communication fundamentally alter existing ways of thinking and of producing, communicating and organizing knowledge. The LIS concept of knowledge organization will be analyzed in relation to the storing and communication of knowledge in oral cultures, written cultures, print culture, and electronic cultures. Through this, it will be argued that the narrow LIS concept of knowledge organization is subordinated and in interaction with a broader social organization of knowledge in society. Further, it will be argued that the rise of the Internet as a source of knowledge and information must be understood in relation to and in continuation of this interaction.Among other things, it will be concluded that a relevant socio-historical background and framework for the LIS concept of knowledge organization is how humans have organized their intellectual activities throughout history in terms of particular means and modes of communication. Medium theory can provide part of this background and framework. Knowledge Organization {C}ommunication {T}echnologies and the {C}oncept of {K}nowledge {O}rganization - a {M}edium-{T}heory {P}erspective Knowledge-organization Theory 29--39 Kristina M. Spurgin 29 1 2002 - 2002 Andersen2000 article 2008.08.31 The general concern of Bazerman's book Shaping Written Knowledge. The Genre and Activity of the Experimental Article in Science is written knowledge as it is produced by the academy. Bazerman discusses in particular the rhetoric, communicative, and epistemological issues of written knowledge. The article discusses these themes in a library and information science (LIS) perspective in terms of their implications for LIS research.For several reasons, it is argued that this way of scrutinizing into written knowledge ought to be of special interest to LIS research. As an example of a particular field of research in LIS, the article discusses the relationship between indexing theory and written knowledge. Bazerman analyzes written knowledge from a literary point of view. Among other things, it is argued that indexing theory can be seen as part of literary theory in that some of the questions raised by the latter are also raised in indexing theory. Furthermore, it is put forward that the indexer can be considered an author. The indexer produces a text, the document representation, which is the text the user actually meets in the first place. That way, the producer of a document representation is to some extent responsible for the quality of the documents indexed.Having discussed this relationship between written knowledge and LIS research in general and indexing theory in particular, it is concluded that LIS research ought to head toward more humanistic oriented research traditions, if the line of research presented by Bazerman should be considered useful for LIS. Knowledge Organization {W}ritten {K}nowledge: a {L}iterary {P}erspective on {I}ndexing {T}heory - 201--212 Kristina M. Spurgin 27 4 2000 - 2000 Anderson2001 article 2008-12-08 Does human intellectual indexing have a continuing role to play in the face of increasingly sophisticated automatic indexing techniques? In this two-part essay, a computer scientist and long-time TREC participant (Perez-Carballo) and a practitioner and teacher of human cataloging and indexing (Anderson) pursue this question by reviewing the opinions and research of leading experts on both sides of this divide. We conclude that human analysis should be used on a much more selective basis, and we offer suggestions on how these two types of indexing might be allocated to best advantage. Part one of the essay critiques the comparative research, then explores the nature of human analysis of messages or texts and efforts to formulate rules to make human practice more rigorous and predictable. We find that research comparing human vs automatic approaches has done little to change strongly held beliefs, in large part because many associated variables have not been isolated or controlled.Part II focuses on current methods in automatic indexing, its gradual adoption by major indexing and abstracting services, and ways for allocating human and machine approaches. Overall, we conclude that both approaches to indexing have been found to be effective by researchers and searchers, each with particular advantages and disadvantages. However automatic indexing has the over-arching advantage of decreasing cost, as human indexing becomes ever more expensive. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved. Information Processing \& Management {T}he {N}ature of {I}ndexing: {H}ow {H}umans and {M}achines {A}nalyze {M}essages and {T}exts for {R}etrieval. {P}art {I}: {R}esearch, and the {N}ature of {H}uman {I}ndexing - 231--254 Kristina 37 2 2001 - 2001 Andrew1999 book 2008.07.05 {M}aps and {R}elated {C}artographic {M}aterials: {C}ataloging, {C}lassification, and {B}ibliographic {C}ontrol CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW Cataloging maps Binghamton, N.Y Editors 487 Kristina M. Spurgin 1999 UNC SILS Z695.6 .M377 1999 Also published as vol. 27, nos. 1/2 and 3/4 of Cataloging \& Classification Quarterly. Haworth Information Press 1999 ALA2007001 book 2008.07.05 Revised edition {D}ifferences between, changes within: guidelines in when to create a new record Chicago ALA2007001.pdf:ALA2007001.pdf:PDF;ALA2007001.pdf:ALA2007001.pdf:PDF;ALA2007001.pdf:ALA2007001.pdf:PDF 31 Kristina M. Spurgin 2007 American Library Association 2007 VRA2007001 misc 2008.07.05 {VRA} {C}ore 4.0 CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW Metadata VRA-Core website Kristina M. Spurgin 2007 02 Mar 2008 http://www.vraweb.org/projects/vracore4/index.html web 2007 AC-2005001 inproceedings Spatial structure supporting applications offer an abstract level of what can be found in the real world. However, in many systems, objects are aligned straight, rotation is not possible, they can be resized easily and can hold more text than is visible on the screen. Paper and structures created with paper seem to be more limited: Straight alignment is not possible without spending much time; paper can hardly be resized without damaging it; and piles may fall down if they become too tall. However, a closer look shows that paper structures offer much more attributes and dependencies than any current spatial structure supporting application. In this article, we compare paper structures to a selection of computer applications. We argue that the observed small additions with paper carry information which improves finding and organizing. Lecture Notes in Computer Science, 3511 edited by CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW PIM Salzburg, Austria 51--65 Proceedings of the Metainformatics Symposium 2004 Awful article really. How to represent/allow the attributes and affordances of paper that make it easier to organize and refind information into computer file structures? MR-1992001 were working on this years ago at Apple Computer, and this sort of support for messy stacks in the computer has not happened yet. The critical difference may be that the gestures and actions for manipulating and managing papers easily in the physical world simply do not work well given the limited representations of spatiality and methods of input available in computers. Cites KA-1994001. Full Source Title: Publication Year: 2005 Springer 2008.07.05 {L}ooking {B}eyond {C}omputer {A}pplications: {I}nvestigating {R}ich {S}tructures Wiil, Uffe K. Berlin AC-2005001.pdf:AC-2005001.pdf:PDF;AC-2005001.pdf:AC-2005001.pdf:PDF;AC-2005001.pdf:AC-2005001.pdf:PDF Kristina M. Spurgin 15 Sep 2004-18 Sep 2004 2005 pdf 2005 AM-2006001 inproceedings 2008.07.05 In this paper, we investigate the combination of collaborative tagging and emergent semantics for improved data navigation and search. We propose to use visual features in addition to tags provided by users in order to discover new relationships between data. We show that our method is able to overcome some of the problems involved in navigating databases using tags only, such as synonymy or different languages, spelling mistakes, homonymy, or missing tags. On the other hand, image search based on visual features can be simplified substantially by the use of tags. We present technical details of our prototype system and show some preliminary results. {I}ntegrating collaborative tagging and emergent semantics for image retrieval PHOTO tagging Semantic-web images prototype-tools Edinburgh, Scotland AM-2006001.pdf:AM-2006001.pdf:PDF;AM-2006001.pdf:AM-2006001.pdf:PDF;AM-2006001.pdf:AM-2006001.pdf:PDF Kristina M. Spurgin 22 May 2006 2006 WWW2006 Collaborative Web Tagging Workshop pdf 2006 Avram2003 incollection marc 1712--1730 Encyclopedia of library and information science http://www.dekker.com/sdek/linking~db=enc~content=t713172967 Dekker 2008.08.30 {M}achine-readable cataloging ({MARC}) program Drake, Miriam A. New York Avram2003.pdf:Avram2003.pdf:PDF Kristina M. Spurgin 2003 2003 Babb2005 article 2008.08.31 Specific rules within the cataloging codes may seem strange and out of step with the times in which the codes are used. This paper examines one such seemingly strange set of rules, those regarding spirit communications, and explores how these rules illuminate both historical developments and current practices in cataloging. Anglo-American cataloging rules regarding author entry for works of spirit communication are particularly illustrative of evolving theories of authorship and bibliographic identity in the library catalog. Cataloging \& Classification Quarterly {C}ataloging spirits and the spirit of cataloging Cataloging 89--122 Kristina M. Spurgin 40 2 2005 pc 2005 BacaClarke2007 incollection frbr cataloging---art 103--110 Understanding {FRBR}: {W}hat it is and how it will affect our retrieval tools Greenwood 2008.09.03 {FRBR} and works of art, architecture, and material culture Taylor, Arlene G. 9 Westport, CT Kristina M. Spurgin 2007 pdf 2007 BDW2007001 article Cataloguing in libraries was formerly done by cataloguers with a wide range of academic backgrounds and linguistic abilities. With the rise of networked databases much of this work is now automated, outsourced to vendors, or done by persons lacking the requisite skills. The removal of this activity from libraries leads to a generic product produced for a generic user, with no possibility for a library-internal evaluation of the product. Librarians demand "a bibliographic record" of a certain form in a manner analogous to the generative grammar's production of sentences. So long as the form is correct, it is not evaluated for appropriateness or usefulness. The resulting information is often equivalent to colorless green ideas. Cataloging outsourcing vendors errors-in-catalogs 54--80 1 Language and Communication 2008.08.31 {C}olorless green ideals in the language of bibliographic description: {M}aking sense and nonsense in libraries BDW2007001.pdf:BDW2007001.pdf:PDF;BDW2007001.pdf:BDW2007001.pdf:PDF;BDW2007001.pdf:BDW2007001.pdf:PDF 27 Kristina M. Spurgin 2007 pdf 2007 Bade2002 book 2008.07.05 Occasional papers (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. Graduate School of Library and Information Science), 211 {T}he creation and persistence of misinformation in shared library catalogs : language and subject knowledge in a technological era Cataloging Champaign, Ill. 33 Kristina M. Spurgin 2002 - Publications Office, Graduate School of Library and Information Science, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign 2002 Bador2000 article 2008.08.31 Following the modelling of the activity related to the completion of a pharmacy thesis, as presented in part I, we have completed the activity analysis by drawing up a structured word list to show the terminological organization around the ten operational phases. Indeed, it seemed obvious to us that the reasoning at the root of any activity is based on words used to describe it. This terminology inventory which we called Structured Terminology Environment (STE), together with the modelling diagram, could eventually be directly used during the conceiving of a software tool specific to the studied professional activity. The STE is a thesaurus of 565 words selected on the basis of a corpus stemming from five pharmacy theses and six books, were we put the significant terms which represent the actors and actions we observed during the ten phases, as well as the handled tools. Once the terms were shared out among the ten basic operations, we structured the terminology by grouping the concepts of a same nature so that the sub-categories show a certain homogeneity around the action. We used the following basic relationships: generic/specific relationships, whole/part relationships and finally, we completed the categorization with the help of classes induced by facets (process, phenomenon, properties, material or object, tool or equipment and operating conditions.). Knowledge Organization {D}escription of a {P}rofessional {A}ctivity. {M}odelling of the {A}ctivity {L}inked {W}ith the {C}ompletion of a {P}harmacy {T}hesis {R}elated to {I}ts {T}erminology {E}nvironment. {II}. {T}erminology {O}rganization of the {A}ctivity. - 44--54 Kristina M. Spurgin 27 1-2 2000 - 2000 BP-2000001 article 2008.07.05 In this paper, made up of parts I and III we investigate the complex relationships between knowledge, information and activity in order to study how a system of activity assistance can help the actor to solve his information problems.Through the example of the completion of a pharmacy thesis, we have tried, in part I, to describe, schematize and model the successive phases that make up the whole of this activity. Our method of observation and analysis combined the observation of two students preparing their pharmacy theses, the reading of five theses and the reading of six books. We thus propose in a table form, a modelling outline that presents the sequential succession of the ten operational phases describing the completion of a pharmacy thesis following a chronological order:(1) Subject definition, (2) Documentary research, (3)Documents analysis, (4) Conceiving of the experimental strategy, (5) Experimentation, (6) Results interpretation, (7) Writing of the thesis, (8) Administrative procedures, (9) Preparation of the viva, (10) Viva.The table also presents the succession of the structural, operational, material and human elements: Referents of the activity, Subject of the activity, Location of the activity, Identification of the operations, Handled objects, and Actors.We have refined the activity analysis by drawing up al structured list, showing the organization of the terms related to the different operational phases. This work is presented in part II. Knowledge Organization {D}escription of a {P}rofessional {A}ctivity. {M}odelling of the {A}ctivity {L}inked {W}ith the {C}ompletion of a {P}harmacy {T}hesis {R}elated to {I}ts {T}erminology {E}nvironment. {I}. {D}escription, {A}nalysis and {A}ctivity {M}odelling. - 35--43 Kristina M. Spurgin 27 1-2 2000 - 2000 BP-2007001 article 2008.07.05 Amazon, ebay and other sites work on good old principles of of indexing and categorisation, so we must always retain these core basics while learning from their successes Library + information gazette {A}lways start with structure Indexing categorization BP-2007001.pdf:BP-2007001.pdf:PDF;BP-2007001.pdf:BP-2007001.pdf:PDF;BP-2007001.pdf:BP-2007001.pdf:PDF 9 Kristina M. Spurgin 2007 pdf 2007 BIJ2006001 inproceedings 2008.07.05 In this paper we describe and discuss a tagging experiment of images related to Israeli and Jewish cultural heritage. The first group of participants was asked to assign the images tags that describe them, while the second group was asked to provide freetext values to predefined metadata elements. The results show that on the one hand structured tagging provides guidance to the users, but on the other hand different interpretations of the meaning of the elements may worsen the tagging quality instead of improving it. Our recommendation is to experiment with a system where the users provide both the tags and the context of these tags. {S}tructured vs. unstructured tagging - {A} case study tagging Edinburgh, Scotland BIJ2006001.pdf:BIJ2006001.pdf:PDF;BIJ2006001.pdf:BIJ2006001.pdf:PDF;BIJ2006001.pdf:BIJ2006001.pdf:PDF Kristina M. Spurgin 22 May 2006 2006 WWW2006 Collaborative Web Tagging Workshop pdf 2006 BAH2007001 article Purpose ? This paper aims to explore the theory and practice of knowledge organization and its necessary connection to human perception, and shows a solution of the potential ones. Design/methodology/approach ? The author attempts to survey the problem of concept-building and extension, as well as the determination of semantics in different aspects. The purpose is to find criteria for the choice of the solution that best incorporates users into the design cycles of knowledge organization systems. Findings ? It is widely agreed that cognition provides the basis for concept-building; however, at the next stage of processing there is a debate. Fundamentally, what is the connection between perception and the superior cognitive processes? The perceptual method does not separate these two but rather considers them united, with perception permeating cognition. By contrast, the linguistic method considers perception as an information-receiving system. Separate from, and following, perception, the cognitive subsystems then perform information and data processing, leading to both knowledge organization and representation. We assume by that model that top-level concepts emerge from knowledge organization and representation. This paper points obvious connection of visual imagery and the internet; perceptual access of knowledge organization and information retrieval. There are some practical and characteristic solutions for the visualization of information without demand of completeness. Research limitations/implications ? Librarians need to identify those semantic characteristics which stimulate a similar conceptual image both in the mind of the librarian and in the mind of the user. Originality/value ? For a fresh perspective, an understanding of perception is required as well. Keywords: Knowledge management, Perception, Visual media Article Type: Conceptual paper Knowledge Organization ; Concepts ; cognitive ; Visualization 338--351 3 Library hi tech 2008-12-08 {H}uman perception and knowledge organization: visual imagery BAH2007001.pdf:BAH2007001.pdf:PDF;BAH2007001.pdf:BAH2007001.pdf:PDF;BAH2007001.pdf:BAH2007001.pdf:PDF 25 Kristina 2007 pdf 2007 BMG2000001 article The notion of category, from Aristotle and Kant to the present time, has been used as a basic intellectual tool for the analysis of the existence and changeableness of things. Ranganathan was the first to extrapolate the concept, into the Theory of Classification, placing it as an essential axis for the logical organization of knowledge and the construction of indexing languages. This paper proposes a conceptual and methodological reexamination of the notion of category from a functional and instrumental perspective, and tries to clarify the essential characters of categories in chat context, and their present implications regarding the construction and evaluation of indexing languages. Categories--Definition CAT-LIS-Read 0943-7444 4--10 1-2 Attempts a pragmatic definition of "category" and ends up sounding like gobbeldygook. "As a central core of our conception, we define categories as simplified abstractions that, whith the strength of intellectual instruments, are used by classificationists to investigate regularities of objects of the physical and ideal world and for representing notions." p5 echoes Jacob in noting indistinct usage of words such as category, characteristic, and class. "the existence of categories without an object of study is not possible, since applying categories in emptiness is senseless -- the use of categories demands a frame of reference." p6 2008.08.31 Knowledge Organization {T}he notion of "category": {I}ts implications in subject analysis and in the construction and evaluation of indexing languages 27 Kristina M. Spurgin 2000 pc 2000 BS-2007001 inproceedings 2008.07.05 This paper outlines our experiences with applying collaborative tagging in e-learning systems to supplement more traditional metadata gathering approaches. Over the last 10 years, the learning object paradigm has emerged in e-learning and has caused standards bodies to focus on creating metadata repositories based upon strict domain-free taxonomies. We argue that the social collection phenomena and flexible metadata standards are key in collecting the kinds of metadata required for adaptable online learning. This paper takes a broad look at tagging within elearning. It first looks at the implications for tagging within the domain through an analysis of tags students provided when classifying learning objects. Next, it looks at two case studies based on novel interfaces for applying tagging. These two systems emphasize tags being applied within learning content through the use of a highlighting metaphor. {A}pplying collaborative tagging to e-learning tagging learning education Banff, Canada BS-2007001.pdf:BS-2007001.pdf:PDF;BS-2007001.pdf:BS-2007001.pdf:PDF;BS-2007001.pdf:BS-2007001.pdf:PDF Kristina M. Spurgin 8 May 2007 2007 WWW2007 Tagging and Metadata for Social Information Organizations pdf 2007 BMJ1998001 article Discussion in the research community and among the general public regarding content indexing (especially subject indexing) and access to digital resources, especially on the Internet, has underutilized research on a variety of factors that are important in the design of such access mechanisms. Some of these factors and issues are reviewed and implications drawn for information system design in the era of electronic access. Specifically the following are discussed: Human factors: Subject searching vs, indexing, multiple terms of access, folk classification, basic-level terms, and folk access; Database factors: Bradford's Law, vocabulary scalability, the Resnikoff-Dolby 30:1 Rule; Domain factors: Role of domain in indexing. - 1185--1205 13 Journal of the American Society for Information Science 2008-12-08 {I}ndexing and {A}ccess for {D}igital {L}ibraries and the {I}nternet: {H}uman, {D}atabase, and {D}omain {F}actors BMJ1998001.pdf:BMJ1998001.pdf:PDF;BMJ1998001.pdf:BMJ1998001.pdf:PDF;BMJ1998001.pdf:BMJ1998001.pdf:PDF 49 Kristina 1998 pdf 1998 Batty2003 incollection classification---schemes udc 2866--2878 Encyclopedia of library and information science http://www.dekker.com/sdek/linking~db=enc~content=t713172967 Dekker 2008.08.30 {U}niversal {D}ecimal {C}lassification Drake, Miriam A. New York Batty2003.pdf:Batty2003.pdf:PDF Kristina M. Spurgin 2003 2003 BJ-2004001 misc 2008.07.05 The variant spellings catalog and catalogue create problems for librarianship by causing confusion, hindering research, and betraying the standardization the profession values. The predominant spelling in Britain (catalogue) differs from the predominant spelling in the U.S. (catalog), but within the U.S. both spellings are commonly used. Both of these different practices create inconsistencies. Although the spelling catalog has long been prescribed in the U.S., it has not fully caught on. The spelling catalog is far more common on the Web than catalogue. The best solution to this dilemma for librarians may be to not use this outmoded term at all. {C}atalog or {C}atalogue?: {E}xamining a {L}ibrary {D}ilemma unpubstrag Cataloging BJ-2004001.pdf:BJ-2004001.pdf:PDF;BJ-2004001.pdf:BJ-2004001.pdf:PDF;BJ-2004001.pdf:BJ-2004001.pdf:PDF Self-published online Kristina M. Spurgin 2004 Self-published online http://eprints.rclis.org/archive/00004983/ pdf 2004 BD-2005001 article 2008.07.05 D-Lib Magazine {S}ocial {T}erminology {E}nhancement through {V}ernacular {E}ngagement: {E}xploring {C}ollaborative {A}nnotation to {E}ncourage {I}nteraction with {M}useum {C}ollections CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW ; PHOTO ; tagging ; images ; annotation ; museum ; Social software Kristina M. Spurgin 11 9 2005 html 2005 BCL2005001 article 2008-12-08 Journal of the American Society for Information Science and Technology {E}thical decision-making for knowledge representation and organization systems for global use Classification ; Knowledge representation ; Ethics 903--912 Kristina 56 9 2005 Ways in which classification and other parts of information organization systems can be unethical (need to be culturally hospitable), and how to make decisions and changes in such systems in an ethical way. - 2005 BC-2004001 article James Duff Brown was an influential and energetic librarian in Great Britain in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. His Subject Classification has characteristics that were unusual and idiosyncratic during his own time, but his work deserves recognition as one of the precursors of modern bibliographic classification systems. This article discusses a number of theories and classification practices that Brown developed. In particular, it investigates his views on the order of main classes, on the phenomenon of "concrete" subjects, and on the need for synthesized notations. It traces these ideas briefly into the future through the work of S. R. Ranganathan, the Classification Research Group, and the second edition of the Bliss Bibliographic Classification system. It concludes that Brown's work warrants further study for the light it may shed on current classification theory and practice. SCHEME 0024-2594 702--718 4 2008.07.05 Library Trends {E}xploring new approaches to the organization of knowledge: {T}he subject classification of {J}ames {D}uff {B}rown BC-2004001.pdf:BC-2004001.pdf:PDF;BC-2004001.pdf:BC-2004001.pdf:PDF;BC-2004001.pdf:BC-2004001.pdf:PDF 52 Kristina M. Spurgin 2004 pdf 2004 BCL2003001c article 2008.08.31 Knowledge Organization {R}esponse to {H}j?rland and {N}icolaisen CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW CAT-LIS-Read 62--63 Kristina M. Spurgin 31 1 2004 pc 2004 BCL2003001 article Classification is a transdisciplinary activity that occurs during all human pursuits. Classificatory activity, however, serves different purposes in different situations. In information retrieval, the primary purpose of classification is to find knowledge that already exists, but one of the purposes of classification in other fields is to discover new knowledge. In this paper, classifications for information retrieval are called "professional" classifications because they arc! devised by people who have a professional interest in classification, and classifications for knowledge discovery are called "naive" classifications because they are devised by people who have no particular interest in studying classification as an end in itself. This paper compares the overall purposes and methods of these two kinds of classifications and provides a general model of the relationships between the two kinds of classificatory activity in the context of information studies. This model addresses issues of the influence of scholarly activity and communication on the creation and revision of classifications for the purposes of information retrieval and for the purposes of knowledge discovery. Further comparisons elucidate the relationships between the universality of classificatory methods and the specific purposes served by naive and professional classification systems. CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW Classification CAT-LIS-read 0943-7444 64--73 2 Professionals in different disciplines create classification schemes to order knowledge as they accumulate it, and to thereby identify gaps and discover new knowledge. Naive classifications "require their creators to state a purpose for their classificatory endeavors and to encourage new ways of viewing the material(s) of the discipline(s) involved. Some of these specific purposes can be stated as: 1) discover gaps in knowledge; 2) fill gaps in knowledge; 3) reconstruct historical situations and evidence; 4) facilitate integration and communication of findings; and 5) suggest revisions or amplirfications of accepted classifications." p66 These naive classifications may be able to inform the design of information retrieval or universal classifications. 2008.08.31 Knowledge Organization {C}lassification for information retrieval and classification for knowledge discovery: {R}elationships between "professional" and "naive" classification 30 Kristina M. Spurgin 2003 pc 2003 BCL1998001 article Bibliographic classification systems purport to organize the world of knowledge for information storage and retrieval purposes in libraries and bibliographies, both manual and online. The major systems that have predominated during the twentieth century were originally predicated on the academic disciplines. This structural principle is no longer adequate because multidisciplinary knowledge production has overtaken more traditional disciplinary perspectives and produced communities of cooperation whose documents cannot. be accommodated in a disciplinary structure. This paper addresses the problems the major classifications face; reports some attempts to revise these systems to accommodate multidisciplinary works more appropriately, and describes some theoretical research perspectives that attempt to reorient classification research toward the pluralistic needs of multidisciplinary knowledge creation and the perspectives of different discourse communities. Traditionally, the primary desiderata of classification systems were mutual exclusivity and joint exhaustivity. The need to respond to multidisciplinary research may mean that hospitality mill replace mutual exclusivity and joint exhaustivity as the most needed and useful characteristics of classification systems ill both theory and practice. CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW Interdisciplinarity Classification-(theory) Classification-schemes Classification--Comparative DDC LCC Bliss-Bibliographic-Classification UDC CAT-LIS-Read 1--12 1-2 "Traditionally, the desiderata for any classification system are that the classes be both mutually exclusive (i.e., do not overlap) and jointly exhaustive (i.e., account for all possibilities)." p7 p7: Notes that work in cognitive science has suggested mutual exclusivitiy and joint exhaustivity are not possible or desirable--or at least not how people form cognitive categories. Suggests that perhsps this desiderata need be abandoned and replaced with hospitality and flexibility. As Jacob would say, moving from classification to categorization. Knowledge Organization 2008.08.31 {K}nowledge {D}omains: {M}ultidisciplinarity and {B}ibliographic {C}lassification {S}ystems 25 Kristina M. Spurgin 1998 pc 1998 BCL1995001 article 2008-12-08 Journal of Documentation {F}acets as interdisciplinary undiscovered public knowledge: {S}.{R}. {R}anganathan in {I}ndia and {L}. {G}uttman in {I}srael Classification Faceted ; Ranganathan ; Qualitative data analysis 194--224 Kristina 51 3 1995 cited by SSL1998001 pc 1995 Beghtol1986 article 2008.08.31 Library resources \& technical services {S}emantic validity: {C}oncepts of warrant in bibliographic classification systems Classification Theory 109--125 Kristina M. Spurgin 30 1986 ref 1986 Beghtol1986a article 2008.08.31 Journal of Documentation {B}ibliographic {C}lassification-{T}heory and {T}ext {L}inguistics - {A}boutness {A}nalysis, {I}ntertextuality and the {C}ognitive {A}ct of {C}lassifying {D}ocuments Classification Subject-analysis Linguistics 84--113 Kristina M. Spurgin 42 2 1986 ref 1986 BSC1989001 article Research during the last 2 decades has shown ways of combining the advantages of classification schemes and thesauri, while hopefully arranging for their disadvantages to cancel out. All of them used some form of facet analysis as the basic tool for deriving the hierarchies of terms. By using modern computer technology several versions of POPSI and Classaurus have been generated. The most recent version of computerised POPSI is known as Deep Structure Indexing System (DSIS). Following the publication a research project entitled 'Applicability and Efficiency of Deep Structure Based Subject Indexing Languages (SILs): PRECIS vs. DSIS' was undertaken at Loughborough University (UK), in 1986. A representative sample of 600 documents, chosen from 3 different social science subject fields, has been used as the test data. Presents some of the drawbacks of the Classaurus methodology which surfaced during the study, followed by some suggestions for future improvement of the system. Information retrieval ; Thesauri ; Classification ; Indexing 0740-8188 109--141 2 Library \& information science research 2008-12-08 {C}lassed thesauri in indexing and retrieval: a literature review and critical evaluation of online alphabetic classaurus 11 Kristina 1989 - 1989 BS-1997001 article Describes an inexpensive method for analyzing the cost-effectiveness of a liberal arts college's periodical collection and offers an answer to the question: 'What are the criteria for determining the cost effectiveness of a periodical collection, and how can these be measured?' The study was conducted at the College of Saint Rose, New York, and was based on measurements of periodical use, periodical subscription prices, and course enrolment by academic department. Periodical use data was used to calculate 4 variables: subscription price per use; subscription price per enrolled student; number of enrolled students per subscription in each department; and number of periodical uses per enrolled student. The data was also applied to shelf space analysis and management. Data collection methods are explained, and results of collection analysis are presented. Concludes that the technique promises to be a valuable tool for improving the cost-effectiveness of the periodical collection but whether this will be realized will depend upon the collective wisdom and mutual cooperation between librarians and teaching faculty. Collection-development Periodicals 606 0024-2527 283--93 4 Shelf space management not shelf availability studies. Focus on in-house use. 2008.07.05 Library resources \& technical services {J}ournal collection analysis at a liberal arts college 41 Kristina M. Spurgin 1997 - 1997 Blake2002 article 2008.08.30 This paper discusses the development of descriptive cataloging from 1830 to 1908 and focuses on the careers of Antonio Panizzi, Charles Coffin Jewett, and Charles Ammi Cutter and the development of the American Library Association (ALA) and the Library Association of the United Kingdom (LAUK). It analyzes the various rules and codes put forth by both Americans and British librarians and the eventual cooperation between the United States and the United Kingdom. Cataloging \& Classification Quarterly {F}orging the {A}nglo-{A}merican cataloging alliance: {D}escriptive cataloging, 1830--1908 descriptive-cataloging---history 3--22 Kristina M. Spurgin 35 1/2 2002 2002 BAL2001001 article 2008.08.31 Libri {T}eaching cataloging and classification at the {U}niversity of {P}retoria: {T}hinking preferences of second year students 608 Cataloging LIS-education 114--123 Kristina M. Spurgin 51 2001 - 2001 BRJ2001001 article Cognitive and learning theories were used to develop a framework in which different knowledge representations prime recipients with different schemata and thereby differentially affect their decision making. We evaluated interpretive, general, and particular knowledge representations in a laboratory experiment with managers. The hypotheses received mixed support, with significant results indicating the importance of particular knowledge representations in managerial decision making and an intriguing role for interpretive knowledge representations. power (statistical) 0001-4273 393--417 2 The present research contributes to the field of knowledge transfer by moving beyond descriptive studies to evaluate the impact of knowledge structures on managerial decision making. Do different ways of representing knowledge matter in managerial decision making? Does this effect vary for different types of decisional outcomes? Knowledge representations = relatively short (half page or less) texts that describe a managerially relevant situation and the reaction of involved actors that was either literally or figuratively guided by one or more theoretical principles (the knowledge content). 2008-12-08 Academy of Management Journal {K}nowledge representations and knowledge transfer BRJ2001001.pdf:BRJ2001001.pdf:PDF;BRJ2001001.pdf:BRJ2001001.pdf:PDF;BRJ2001001.pdf:BRJ2001001.pdf:PDF 44 Kristina 2001 pdf 2001 BK-2007001 article In this paper I discuss and compare different approaches to collecting, interlinking, organizing, and making sense of scholarly knowledge and expertise in a comprehensive and timely fashion. 'Comprehensive' refers to the need for collecting and interlinking multilingual, multidisciplinary records from multiple sources such as publications, patents, grants, and others to truly capture all relevant knowledge. By 'timely' I want to emphasize that there has to be a way to integrate the most recent-that is, today's - publications with existing holdings of scholarly knowledge and expertise. I then discuss the advantages and limitations of using search engines to access, and text mining and data mining to help extract, meaning from mankind's wisdom. Next I suggest the usage of semantic association networks as a viable and complementary alternative for interlinking and making sense of scholarly knowledge and expertise. The second part of the paper exemplifies and contrasts three approaches that can be used to delineate and make sense of scholarly knowledge. The first approach uses questionnaire data, the second uses citation data from a major digital library, and the third uses personal bibliography files. These approaches are exemplified by mapping the emerging research area of network science. A particular focus is the identification of major experts, papers, and research areas and geospatial locations in which network science research is conducted. The paper concludes with a summary and outlook. PIM ; Visualization ; 00 in ti 0265-8135 808--825 5 2008.07.05 Environment and Planning B-Planning \& Design {M}aking {S}ense of {M}ankind's {S}cholarly {K}nowledge and {E}xpertise: {C}ollecting, {I}nterlinking, and {O}rganizing {W}hat {W}e {K}now and {D}ifferent {A}pproaches to {M}apping ({N}etwork) {S}cience BK-2007001.pdf:BK-2007001.pdf:PDF;BK-2007001.pdf:BK-2007001.pdf:PDF;BK-2007001.pdf:BK-2007001.pdf:PDF 34 Kristina M. Spurgin 2007 pdf 2007 Bosch2007 article 2008.08.31 Thousands of images are generated every day, which implies the necessity to classify, organise and access them using an easy, faster and efficient way. Scene classification, the classification of images into semantic categories (e.g. coast, mountains and streets), is a challenging and important problem nowadays. Many different approaches concerning scene classification have been proposed in the last few years. This article presents a detailed review of some of the most commonly used scene classification approaches. Furthermore, the surveyed techniques have been tested and their accuracy evaluated. Comparative results are shown and discussed giving the advantages and disadvantages of each methodology. (C) 2006 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved. Image and Vision Computing {W}hich is the best way to organize/classify images by content? 0262-8856 778--791 Kristina M. Spurgin 25 6 2007 2007 BGC2005001 book 2008.07.05 Inside technology {M}emory {P}ractices in the {S}ciences CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW History Scientists memory Cambridge, MA Kristina M. Spurgin 2005 Rather, history is what lets me merge into a more general understanding of how I am part of it all. That I am part of stardust. That my cells are made of (possibly) symbiont entities. That viruses are a part of my shared history with plants, protests, and archaea: they grew up with me; indeed, even the cell nucleus itself (the protected core of my genetic idenity) is arguably a viral invasion. That my species--to hang a familiar word on an eldritch concept--has coevolved with its environment. That geodiversity has begotten diodiversity--and so that the complexity of the living world stands in intimate relation to the complexity of the inanimate. That the tears in my eye evoke the primal ocean. --Bowker, Geoffrey C. 2005. Memory Practices in the Sciences. Inside Technology. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. p. 224. ref MIT Press 2005 Bowker2001 article 2008-12-08 Information Processing \& Management {T}he {I}ntellectual {F}oundation of {I}nformation {O}rganization - 763--764 Kristina 37 5 2001 - 2001 BGC1999001 book 2008.07.05 {S}orting things out: {C}lassification and its consequences Cambridge, MA Kristina M. Spurgin 1999 MIT Press 1999 BGC1991001 inproceedings Presents a case study of the development and evolution of an organizational decision support system (ODSS) over a long period of time and wide geographical area. It uses the design of the International Classification of Diseases (ICD) to address issues of organizational decision-making in large, dispersed organizations. Special attention is paid to the tension between standards and local contingency in such systems. Four kinds of `wins' are proposed in this type of decision setting: contingency wins, standardization wins, delegation wins, and translation wins. The study is based on a longitudinal analysis of the development of the system, currently administered by the World Health Organization (WHO). It looks at a number of strategies the designers of the system have attempted in balancing the need for a `universal' classification scheme with the pluralism entailed by different medical specialties, different national medical cultures, a large, changing bureaucracy, and the evolution of computing CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW ; cscw ; Coordination mechanisms ; classification ; lists ; ICD (International Classification of Diseases) Kauai, HI vol.4, 73--81 Proceedings of the 24th Annual Hawaii International Conference on System Sciences 2008.07.05 {S}ituations vs. standards in long-term, wide-scale decision-making: the case of the {I}nternational {C}lassification of {D}iseases BGC1991001.pdf:BGC1991001.pdf:PDF;BGC1991001.pdf:BGC1991001.pdf:PDF;BGC1991001.pdf:BGC1991001.pdf:PDF 8 Jan 1991-11 Jan 1991 Kristina M. Spurgin 1991 pdf 1991 Box2007 phdthesis 2008.09.02 art and organizing {H}omeless, sticky design: {S}trategies for visual, creative, investigative projects: {D}eriving and applying collecting, ordering and positioning as a critical language and a design approach between visual communication design and visual research art personal-collections University of Technology Sydney Box2007.pdf:Box2007.pdf:PDF Kristina M. Spurgin [Kristina] 2007 protected from copying. grr. 2007 Boyden1946 book 2008.07.05 2nd ed. {C}lassification of the literature of {F}reemasonry and related societies Washington, D.C. 30 Kristina M. Spurgin 1946 s.n. 1946 Brachman1983 article 2008.08.31 Computer {W}hat {IS}-{A} is and isn't: {A}n analysis of taxonomic links in semantic networks 301 Knowledge-representation semantics relationship Brachman1983.pdf:Brachman1983.pdf:PDF;Brachman1983.pdf:Brachman1983.pdf:PDF;Brachman1983.pdf:Brachman1983.pdf:PDF 30--36 Kristina M. Spurgin 16 10 1983 - 1983 Bradley2006Structureofexpertknowledge article Knowledge is either explicit or tacit. The elicitation, codification, storage, and distribution of tacit knowledge are extremely challenging tasks that require innovative methods and techniques. This paper reports the results of a study in which the tacit knowledge of domain experts was elicited, represented, and analyzed for validity. The subjects were a group of instructors and students at a USPS training school whose memory structures were analyzed for evidence of two common characteristics of expertise: holistic perception and use of abstract concepts. No evidence of either characteristic was found in the more experienced instructor group but, when the subjects were regrouped based on observed performance, the cognitive models of the high performers contained structural evidence of both characteristics. This finding led to the conclusion that experience alone is not an indicator of expertise. Other factors, such as the cognitive ability to correctly structure those experiences, must also be present. Keywords: Knowledge management; Organizational knowledge; Tacit knowledge; Cognitive mapping; Expertise knowledge elicitation ; cognitive mapping ; db 77--91 1 Information and management 2008-12-08 {A}nalyzing the structure of expert knowledge Bradley2006Structureofexpertknowledge.pdf:Bradley2006Structureofexpertknowledge.pdf:PDF;Bradley2006Structureofexpertknowledge.pdf:Bradley2006Structureofexpertknowledge.pdf:PDF;Bradley2006Structureofexpertknowledge.pdf:Bradley2006Structureofexpertknowledge.pdf:PDF 43 Kristina 2006 pdf, 20080503 2006 BJ-2006001 article Since 1980, most of the functions of the card catalog have been gradually incorporated into the online catalog. In contrast, the traditional shelflist has fallen into obscurity as retrospective conversion projects have been completed. Most of the functions of the traditional shelflist have been incorporated into the online catalog; nevertheless, the online catalog still does not provide all the functions that the traditional shelflist used to perform. This paper introduces how Washington State University Libraries set up an online history file to incorporate some of the functions of the traditional shelflist into their online catalog. (Copies of this article are available for a fee from the Haworth Document Delivery Service, Haworth Press, Inc. E-Mail: getinfo@haworthpressinc.com, Web site http://www.HaworthPress.com). (Author abstract) Shelf-lists Cataloging 0163-9374 83--97 2 2008.07.05 Cataloging \& Classification Quarterly {S}helflist in an online environment: experience at {W}ashington {S}tate {U}niversity libraries BJ-2006001.pdf:BJ-2006001.pdf:PDF;BJ-2006001.pdf:BJ-2006001.pdf:PDF;BJ-2006001.pdf:BJ-2006001.pdf:PDF 42 Kristina M. Spurgin 2006 pdf 2006 Brier1996 article 2008.08.31 This article develops a non-reductionistic and interdisciplinary view of information and human knowing in the light of second-order cybernetics, where information is seen as ''a difference which makes a difference'' for a living autopoietic (self-organizing, self-creating) system. Another key idea comes from the semiotics of Peirce : the understanding of signs as a triadic relation between an object, a representation, and an interprefant. Information is the interpretation of signs by living, feeling, self-organizing, biological and social systems. As a concrete example we attempt to describe Library & Information Science (LIS) - especially information retrieval (IR) - in a way that goes beyond the cognitivist ''information processing paradigm''. The main problem of this paradigm is that its concept of information and language does not deal in a systematic way with how social and cultural dynamics set the contexts that determine the meaning of those signs and words that are the basic tools for LIS to organize and retrieve documents. The paradigm does not distinguish clearly enough between how the computer manipulate signs and how meaning is generated in autopoietic systems, and thereby the difference between physical and intellectual access. Cybernetica {T}he {U}sefulness of {C}ybersemiotics in {D}ealing {W}ith {P}roblems of {K}nowledge {O}rganization and {D}ocument {M}ediating {S}ystems - 273--299 Kristina M. Spurgin 39 4 1996 - 1996 BBC1983001 article Classification-Automatic ; Classification (quantitative approaches) 0165-5515 147--157 5 two kinds of categorization - - a priori - the kind done by libraries placing things that exist into a pre-made structure of categories or classes - natural - the more cognitive kind exploring alorithms of deriving more natural categories from natural language documents for automatic classification UNC SILS PER 2008-12-08 Journal of Information Science {THE} {EMPIRICAL}-{LAW} {OF} {NATURAL} {CATEGORIZATION} 6 Kristina 1983 ref 1983 BV-2001001 article Modern classification schemes, built on a facet analytical principles are more appropriate as a tool for the management of electronic resources than is generally realised. Faceted classifications as exemplified by the Bliss Bibliographic Classification (BC2) are powerful tools for the management of vocabulary, characterised by a rigorous analytical approach to terms, and the clear identification of semantic and syntactic relationships and structures. Describes the philosophy and function of BC2 and the process of building a knowledge structure on facet analytical principles. Considers the range of related functions of such structures when employed as knowledge management tools (as classification, thesaurus, subject heading list, browsable index) and the potential of facet analytical knowledge structures for the management of digital materials. Facet analysis is a powerful methodology particularly in dealing with the problems of complex subject description and retrieval and multidimensionality. (Original abstract - amended) Classification Faceted Electronic-resources Bliss-Bibliographic-Classification 1361-4568 67--102 New review of hypermedia and multimedia 2008.07.05 {F}aceted classification as a basis for knowledge organization in a digital environment: {T}he {B}liss {B}ibliographic {C}lassification and the creation of multi-dimensional knowledge structures BV-2001001.pdf:BV-2001001.pdf:PDF;BV-2001001.pdf:BV-2001001.pdf:PDF;BV-2001001.pdf:BV-2001001.pdf:PDF 7 Kristina M. Spurgin 2001 pdf 2001 Broughton2000 article Article included in a special issue devoted to the theme: Internet searching and indexing: the subject approach. Basic skills of classification and subject indexing have been little taught in UK library schools since automation was introduced into libraries. However, development of the Internet as a major medium of publication has stretched the capacity of search engines to cope with retrieval. Consequently, there has been interest in applying existing systems of knowledge organisation to electronic resources. Unfortunately, the classification systems have been adopted without a full understanding of modern classification principles. Analytico-synthetic schemes have been used crudely, as in the case of the Universal Decimal Classification (UDC). The fully faceted Bliss Bibliographical Classification, Second edition (BC2) with its potential as a tool for electronic resource retrieval is virtually unknown outside academic libraries. Concludes that there is an urgent need to apply the principles of classification to Internet and World Wide Web searching in a thorough and rational manner. Internet World-Wide-Web Searching Search-engines Classification-schemes 1091-1367 143--55 3/4 Journal of Internet Cataloging 2008.08.31 {C}lassification schemes revisited: applications to {W}eb indexing and searching 2 Kristina M. Spurgin 2000 - 2000 BB-2003001 article Image database (IDB) systems are at present often designed to test technology and the efficacy of retrieval algorithms, rather than being oriented towards delivering functionality to users. Research is necessary to design interfaces geared towards human usage of images. The starting point of this research needs to be consideration at a fundamental, user-centred level of how people perceive and interpret images. This article considers literature from many disciplines to describe a taxonomy of image content, from direct sensory elements to high-level abstractions. The nine categories derived will later be validated and used to direct the design of visual query interfaces for IDB systems. images taxonomy-(developed-in-paper) 123--161 2 Visual Communication 2008.07.05 {A} taxonomy of the image: on the classification of content for image retrieval BB-2003001.pdf:BB-2003001.pdf:PDF;BB-2003001.pdf:BB-2003001.pdf:PDF;BB-2003001.pdf:BB-2003001.pdf:PDF 2 Kristina M. Spurgin 2003 pdf 2003 BK-1999001 article Metadata has taken on a more significant role than ever before in the emerging digital library context because the effective organization of networked information clearly depends on the effective management and organization of metadata. The issue of metadata has been approached variously by different intellectual communities. The two main approaches may be characterized as: (1) the bibliographic control approach (origins and major proponents in library science); and (2) data management approach (origins and major proponents in computer science). This article examines the different conceptual foundations and orientations of the two major approaches contributing to the metadata discussion. An examination of the on-going efforts to establish metadata standards, and comparison of different metadata formats, supports a proposal for an integrated concept of metadata to facilitate the merging of the two approaches. Metadata 0002-8231 1209--1217 13 Journal of the American Society for Information Science 2008.07.05 {A} comparison of the two traditions of metadata development 50 Kristina M. Spurgin 1999 print-copy 1999 Butterfield2003 incollection opac 2268--2273 Encyclopedia of library and information science http://www.dekker.com/sdek/linking~db=enc~content=t713172967 Dekker 2008.08.30 {O}nline public access catalogs Drake, Miriam A. New York Butterfield2003.pdf:Butterfield2003.pdf:PDF Kristina M. Spurgin 2003 2003 Buxton1990 article The Universal Decimal Classification (UDC) is able to provide a detailed description of the subject content of the document in any area. Its hierarchical and synthetic structure, which is generally reflected in its notation, should enable computer searching for hierarchically-related subjects and for the individual facets of a complex subject. Discusses the possibilities of using these features in automated retrieval and draws attention to places where UDC falls short. Discusses a number of on-line catalogues, data bases and information retrieval packages in terms of their ability to allow the searching of UDC numbers. The most sophisticated ones, such as ETHICS at the ETH (Eidgenossiche Tethnische Hochschule Zurich) Library, use a separate file of verbal descriptors linked to the document file through UDC numbers. Makes suggestions for enhancing retrieval performance on UDC numbers in simple systems, and for ways in which the classification might be developed to improve automated searching. 00 Original abstract Classification-schemes UDC Information-retrieval Indexing Classification Faceted 0022-0418 193--217 3 Journal of Documentation 2008.08.31 {C}omputer searching of {UDC} numbers 46 Kristina M. Spurgin 1990 - 1990 BJD2005001 inproceedings OPACs Cataloging Oslo, Norway World library and information congress: 71th IFLA General Conference and Council Some students in my classes tend to get frustrated by why we can't put more useful information about the contents of books into our bibliographic records, and the relatively unsatisfying answer is that it's due to a mix of the Rules and Practice. In reality, catalogers don't have time to be typing in all that information for every book. But one type of improvement, described in more detail in Byrum's 13 page report is the automation of the addition of more of this kind of information to bibliographic records. (or when it's not actually put into the record, making it searchable and available to the user through links to the record, so that it enhances access). This includes full tables of contents, ONIX data ( http://www.editeur.org/ONIX%20International%20FAQ.html ), scholarly annotations/reviews, and the full-text of both grey literature ( http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Non-conventional_literature )and works in the public domain. Catalog itself fulfills its narrow functions well. Need more sophisticated portals/meta tools to combine strict catalog searching/organization with other information discovery/management functions. Talks about development of that. http://www.ifla.org/IV/ifla71/papers/124e-Byrum.pdf 2008.07.05 {R}ecommendations for urgently needed improvement of {OPAC} and the role of the {N}ational {B}ibliographic {A}gency in achieving it BJD2005001.pdf:BJD2005001.pdf:PDF;BJD2005001.pdf:BJD2005001.pdf:PDF;BJD2005001.pdf:BJD2005001.pdf:PDF 14 Aug 2005-18 Aug 2005 Kristina M. Spurgin 2005 pc 2005 BJD2005002 inproceedings Cataloging ISBD Cataloging-codes International Cairo, Egypt 3rd IFLA meeting of experts on an international cataloguing code http://www.loc.gov/loc/ifla/imeicc/papers.html IFLA 2008.07.05 {IFLA}'s {ISBD} {P}rogramme: {P}urpose, {P}rocess, and {P}rospects BJD2005002.pdf:BJD2005002.pdf:PDF;BJD2005002.pdf:BJD2005002.pdf:PDF;BJD2005002.pdf:BJD2005002.pdf:PDF 12 Dec 2005-14 Dec 2005 Kristina M. Spurgin 2005 pdf 2005 CK-2007001 article Abstract: Purpose ? This paper aims to forecast the changing roles of librarians ? especially catalogers and metadata specialists ? in today's technology-driven research, teaching, and learning environments, in which information seekers behave more and more self-sufficiently and move well beyond library collections in their pursuit of information. Design/methodology/approach ? Places the roles of librarians and library collections in the larger context of knowledge management and campus information network processes, which occur in every knowledge community, with or without a library. Explores and provides examples of how knowledge creators can collaborate with information technology experts and librarians to transform how faculty members teach and conduct research; how students learn; and how libraries support these activities. Findings ? Librarians need to make their collections and services much more visible through human and technological interconnections and greatly improved delivery of information content. Metadata and metadata specialists are strategic assets for libraries, but the service model for cataloging faces critical challenges. Two tables list these challenges and the implications for metadata specialists. Originality/value ? Offers new observations and insights into how librarians can continue to contribute to saving information seekers' time and advancing the state of knowledge in the increasingly interconnected world of the web. Drawing from the larger context of the global infosphere, information-seeking behavior, and changing roles for library collections and information systems, forecasts the role of metadata and metadata specialists in libraries. cataloging 521? 174--187 2 Library Hi Tech 2008.07.05 {B}eing a librarian: metadata and metadata specialists in the twenty-first century CK-2007001.pdf:CK-2007001.pdf:PDF;CK-2007001.pdf:CK-2007001.pdf:PDF;CK-2007001.pdf:CK-2007001.pdf:PDF 25 Kristina M. Spurgin 2007 pdf 2007 CD-1996002 article 2008.07.05 Cataloguing departments have faced enormous transitions during the last 20 years due to technological advances, changing administrative goals, and shrinking budgets. The responsibilities of professional cataloguers have greatly expanded and now include management, budgeting, and planning. Research indicates that entry-level cataloguers feel unprepared for managerial responsibilities by their graduate education. Educators and practitioners should examine the need for potential cataloguing managers and consider changing library school curricula in an effective and realistic manner to support this trend. Technical services quarterly {M}anagement issues and the challenge for cataloging education Cataloging LIS-education 608 15--24 Kristina M. Spurgin 13 2 1996 - 1996 CDG2004001 article 2008-12-08 Canadian journal of information and library science {P}anizzi, {L}ubetzky, and {G}oogle: {H}ow the modern web environment is reinventing the theory of cataloguing Cataloging ; OPACs ; Theory ; Web search CDG2004001.pdf:CDG2004001.pdf:PDF;CDG2004001.pdf:CDG2004001.pdf:PDF;CDG2004001.pdf:CDG2004001.pdf:PDF 25--38 Kristina 28 3 2004 pdf 2004 Cargille1982 article Addresses the question of whether to input a new record or to adapt an existing record when cataloguing variant editions. In the On-line Computer Library Center (OCLC) environment, arguments from the standpoint of both economy and interlibrary loan service appear to favour the use of the NEW command for the input of a new record. Cataloging Editions 0024-2527 47--51 1 Library resources \& technical services 2008.08.31 {V}ariant edition cataloguing in {OCLC}: input or adapt? 26 Kristina M. Spurgin 1982 - 1982 Carlyle2006 article Functional Requirements for Bibliographic Records (FRBR) presents a complex conceptual model. Because of this, it is not easy for everyone to understand. The purpose of this paper is to make some of the more difficult aspects of the FRBR model, in particular the Group 1 entities work expression, manifestation, and item, easier to understand by placing FRBR in the context of what it is: a conceptual entity-relationship model. To this end, a definition of the term model is presented, a variety of types and functions of models are introduced, conceptual models are discussed in detail, modeling an abstraction is explained, and different ways of interpreting FRBR are suggested. Various models used in the history of cataloging are introduced to place FRBR in the context of the historical development of document models. frbr 521 264-273 4 Library resources and technical services 2008.08.07 {U}nderstanding {FRBR} as a conceptual model: {FRBR} and the bibliographic universe Carlyle2006.pdf:Carlyle2006.pdf:PDF 50 Kristina M. Spurgin 2006 pdf 2006 CA-2001006 article This paper investigates the ways in which people group or categorize documents associated with a voluminous work to guide the construction of organized displays for information retrieval systems (IRSs). Fifty participants completed an unconstrained sorting task in which they were asked to sort into groups 47 documents associated with the voluminous work A Christmas Carol, by Charles Dickens. Participants were asked to group documents based on how similar they were to each other and such that the groups would help them to remember how to find them at a later time. Data collected from the sorting task were summarized using cluster analysis, employed to discover common groupings created by participants. Groupings discovered frequently shared physical format, language, and audience attributes. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved. OPACs ; Categorization by users ; cluster analysis ; CAT-LIS read ; Ward's agglomerative hierarchical cluster procedure 0306-4573 677--699 5 Reports the quantitative cluster analysis results from the study whose qualitative results were reported in CA-1999001. 2008.07.05 Information Processing \& Management {D}eveloping organized information displays for voluminous works: a study of user clustering behavior CA-2001006.pdf:CA-2001006.pdf:PDF;CA-2001006.pdf:CA-2001006.pdf:PDF;CA-2001006.pdf:CA-2001006.pdf:PDF 37 Kristina M. Spurgin 2001 pdf 2001 CA-1999001 article Examines the ways in which a group of people categorized a set of documents relating to a particular literary work, Charles Dickens' 'A Christmas Carol'. The participants in the study were invited to provide descriptions of the attributes they used in categorizing the documents. Discusses the characteristics of these descriptions. Suggests that the attributes used by people in classifying or grouping documents related to a work may be used to guide the design of displays of summary information about works in online catalogues. (Original abstract - amended) CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW OPACs Categorization Classification User-studies CAT-LIS-Read 0022-0418 184--208 2 "On what basis should such displays be constructed? ... An alternative to system designer or content centered design is design based on user behaviour." p185 "To construct clustered displays that respond to user needs and perceptions, empirical research must be conducted that identifies the categories of documents that people use naturally and describe frequently. The research reported here investigates how people organise documents related to a particular work." p185 Carlyle (1999) focuses on how users categorize and describe related documents in order to elicit a set of attributes for grouping records in catalog displays. The study used a sorting task of items related to Dickens' A Christmas Carol. Participants were recruited at a shopping mall, asked to group the items, name the groups, and describe the attributes used to create each group. Attributes such as document form, audience, and language were identified. Whether or not these attributes are recorded and encoded in current catalog records is discussed to examine the feasibility of using each for record clustering. Use was a popular attribute not recorded in any standard way in catalog records. The study emphasizes the need to study how users think about information in order to create systems to support their use. 2008.07.05 Journal of documentation {U}ser categorisation of works: {T}oward improved organisation of online catalogue displays CA-1999001.pdf:CA-1999001.pdf:PDF;CA-1999001.pdf:CA-1999001.pdf:PDF;CA-1999001.pdf:CA-1999001.pdf:PDF 55 Kristina M. Spurgin 1999 pc 1999 CA-2002002 article 2008.07.05 The Library Quarterly {D}efault record displays in {W}eb-based catalogs ContentAnalysisChapIN 0024-2519 179--204 Kristina M. Spurgin 72 2 2002 ref 2002 ParisPrinciples inproceedings 2008.07.05 {P}aris {P}rinciples Cataloging Choice-of-access-points Form-of-heading Cataloging-codes International Paris ParisPrinciples.pdf:ParisPrinciples.pdf:PDF;ParisPrinciples.pdf:ParisPrinciples.pdf:PDF;ParisPrinciples.pdf:ParisPrinciples.pdf:PDF Kristina M. Spurgin 1961 International Conference on Cataloguing Principles http://www.loc.gov/loc/ifla/imeicc/papers.html pdf IFLA 1961 CLM1990001 article Paper presented at the 2nd Annette Lewis Phinazee Symposium on Classification as an enhancement of intellectual access to information in an online environment, held at the School of Library and Information Sciences, North Carolina Central University, Durham, North Carolina. Advantages and disadvantages of on-line classification access are presented with special attention to Library of Congress Classification (LCC) features for subject browsing, known item-searching, enhancement of keyword and controlled vocabulary searching, and other unique retrieval capabilities. 00 Original abstract Information-retrieval Indexing Classification LCC Classification-schemes 0163-9374 7--25 1 Cataloging and Classification Quarterly 2008.08.31 {T}he {L}ibrary of {C}ongress {C}lassification {S}ystem in an online environment 11 Kristina M. Spurgin 1990 - 1990 CLM1987001 article 2008.08.31 Contribution to a thematic issue on education and training for cataloguers and classifiers. An informal survey was conducted for the purpose of identifying instructional materials used in teaching cataloguing and classification in library and information science programmes in the U.S. and Canada. Based on responses from instructors, 3 groups of instructional materials were identified: cataloguing and classification tools; textbooks; background and supplementary reading materials. Cataloging and classification quarterly {I}nstructional materials used in teaching cataloging and classification Classification Cataloging LIS-education 608 131--144 Kristina M. Spurgin 7 4 1987 - 1987 CD-2004001 misc 2008.07.05 This informal paper proposes that libraries could merge the functions of weblogging, reference management, and link resolution into a new library groupware infrastructure, helping users to better manage the entire lifecycle of the bibliographic research process. Several scenarios explore how such an application suite might help library users by integrating their bibliographic research more closely with communication -- scholarly and otherwise, from private annotation to public discussion. A discussion of related architectural issues suggests a new model of "link routing" to augment "link resolution," and describes how link routing systems could enable library visitors to become users of our groupware services as much as they already are users of the information resources we procure. {L}ibrary groupware for bibliographic lifecycle management unpubstrag PIM Weblogs READ Self-published online Kristina M. Spurgin 28 Jan 2004 Self-published online http://curtis.med.yale.edu/dchud/writings/blm.html pc 28 Jan 2004 Claborne2005Classificationtoday inproceedings 2008.07.05 The classification schemes that are in use today to organize information had their beginnings. They had a history including places, events, and people. What prompted their development? How did their creators put them together? What can they tell us about what it means to have a good organization of information? This presentation goes back to four classification schemes developed in the 18th, 19th, and 20th centuries but are still widely used today or are recognized as having contributed to the growth of knowledge in their respective domains. Two classification schemes are chosen from domains that study natural objects: the sexual classification system and binomial nomenclature for living things developed by the Swedish doctor/botanist Carolus Linnaeus in the 18th century and the periodic table of elements that has gained its mature form through the work of the Russian chemist Dmitrii Mendeleev in the mid 19th century. The other two are from a domain that studies information about information resources: the Dewey Decimal Classification developed by the American librarian Melvil Dewey in the late 19th century and the Colon Classification by the Indian librarian S. R. Ranganathan in the 20th century. Linneaus' and Mendeleev's are contrasting schemes as are Dewey's and Ranganathan's. The presentation is based on an independent study supervised by William Jones {L}innaeus, {M}endeleev, {D}ewey, and {R}anganathan: {W}hat can they tell us today about the organization of information? classification Classification-history Classification-schemes Seattle, WA Kristina M. Spurgin 14 May 2005 2005 2005 ASIS\&T-PNC Annual Meeting http://softtester.org/portfolio/apps/IS_Claborne.doc doc 2005 Cleveland1990 book 2008.07.05 {I}ntroduction to indexing and abstracting Englewood , CO Kristina M. Spurgin 1990 Libraries Unlimited 1990 CJP1990001 article Paper presented at the 2nd Annette Lewis Phinazee Symposium on Classification as an enhancement of intellectual access to Information Sciences, North Carolina Central University, Durham, North Carolina. sums up and considers the implications of classification as an enhancement of intellectual access to information in an on-line environment emphasising that classification structure and indexes to classifications need to be better understood before classification can be a major access point in on-line catalogues. 00 Original abstract--amended Information-retrieval Indexing Classification Knowledge-representation 0163-9374 99--102 1 Cataloging and Classification Quarterly 2008.08.31 {S}ummation of classification as an enhancement of intellectual access to information in an online environment 11 Kristina M. Spurgin 1990 - 1990 Library2007 misc 2008.07.05 {T}hesaurus for {G}raphic {M}aterials {I}: {S}ubject {T}erms ({TGM} {I}) CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW website Kristina M. Spurgin 2007 02 Mar 2008 http://www.loc.gov/rr/print/tgm1/ web 2007 CLS2006001 article The concept of a "work" is fundamental to cataloging and users, but there is no clear understanding of the point at which one work becomes another. Various factors influence the setting of the boundaries of a work including that of the reception of the work. Brief investigations of the transmission and study of works such as medieval saints' lives and the Anglo-Saxon Chronicle as well as works conceived in electronic form give insight into the processes involved and provide some clues for how catalogers can cope with these factors. (Copies of this article are available for a fee from the Haworth Document Delivery Service, Haworth Press, Inc. E-Mail: getinfo@haworthpressinc.com, Web site http://www.HaworthPress.com). (Author abstract) cataloging work---concept-of-a frbr 0163-9374 3--19 2 2008.08.27 Cataloging \& Classification Quarterly {C}ataloging, reception, and the boundaries of a "work" CLS2006001.pdf:CLS2006001.pdf:PDF;CLS2006001.pdf:CLS2006001.pdf:PDF;CLS2006001.pdf:CLS2006001.pdf:PDF 42 Kristina M. Spurgin 2006 pdf 2006 CE-2000001 article Article included in a special issue devoted to the theme: Managing cataloging and the organization of information: philosophies, practices and challenges at the onset of the Twentyfirst century. Part 2: Specialized and academic libraries in the United States. Special collections libraries are evolving to include electronic resources in addition to the papers, books, photographs and artefacts that have been collected in the past and technical services must evolve and change to keep pace. Examines new and traditional duties and staffing. New responsibilities will include managing electronic rights and resources, preparing scanning and digitizing projects, overseeing online catalogues and developing metadata standards. Staff will need thorough grounding in fundamentals of technical services work as well as the ability to cooperate across departmental boundaries. The special collections library will become an important information portal in the twenty-first century. Technical-services Special-collections 0163-9374 167--176 2/3 Cataloging and classification quarterly 2008.07.05 {T}echnical services in twenty-first century special collections 30 Kristina M. Spurgin 2000 - 2000 Crowley2007RoleofLibraries inproceedings What are libraries really about? If libraries and librarians cannot compete with information technology giants like Google, how can they remain relevant to their communities of users? Crowley explores ways to understand how the general public and students view libraries. Bluntly stated, there is no longer any way that librarians and trustees can convince residents of local communities and members of college and university campuses that libraries are their primary information source. Given this reality, Crowley introduces the concept of lifecycle librarianship, offering a useful way of considering library roles and securing the necessary human and financial resources to carry them through. This presentation will encourage realistic and original thinking about the future of libraries and professional librarianship by redefining their primary roles from information suppliers to education providers and self-learning facilitators. Librarianship Libraries PIM--library-role Burnaby, British Columbia, Canada British Columbia Library Association Conference 2007 : Beyond 20/20 : Envisioning the Future http://eprints.rclis.org/archive/00009526/ 2008.07.05 {D}on't let {G}oogle and the pennypinchers get you down: {D}efending (or redefining) libraries and librarianship in the age of technology Crowley2007RoleofLibraries.pdf:Crowley2007RoleofLibraries.pdf:PDF;Crowley2007RoleofLibraries.pdf:Crowley2007RoleofLibraries.pdf:PDF;Crowley2007RoleofLibraries.pdf:Crowley2007RoleofLibraries.pdf:PDF 21 Apr 2007 Kristina M. Spurgin 2007 pdf 2007 Dahlberg1992 inproceedings 2008.07.05 edited by Williamson, Nancy J. and Hudon, Mich?le {T}he basis of a new universal classification system seen from a philopsophy of science point of view Amsterdam 187--197 Kristina M. Spurgin 1992 Classification research for knowledge representation and organization. Proceedings of the 5th international study conference on classification research ref Elsevier 1992 DI-1994001 inproceedings 2008.07.05 {D}omain interaction: {T}heory and practice CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW - 60--71 Kristina M. Spurgin 1994 1994 Advances in knowledge organization - 1994 DI-1976001 article CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW Classification-(theory) Literature-review CAT-LIS-Read 0340-0050 85--90 2 State of classification theory (what it includes) at the time: 1. recognition of the concept os the material element of classification systems 2. application of an analytical concept theory for the explanation of concept relationships as structural elements of classification systems. 3. the use of concept-based statement structures for the representation of knowledge or information having to do with the conceptual foundations of class formation, division and partition. classificationists and classifiers work on three planes: idea verbal notational Ranganathan: move from pre-constructed structure reflecting true structure of knowledge to analytic/synthetic method of classification, where a statement of the content of an item is translated into notation at the time of analysis. International Classification 2008.07.05 {C}lassification theory: yesterday and today 3 Kristina M. Spurgin 1976 pc 1976 Daily2003NatClass incollection classification---natural 2114--2125 Encyclopedia of library and information science http://www.dekker.com/sdek/linking~db=enc~content=t713172967 Dekker 2008.08.30 {N}atural classification Drake, Miriam A. New York Daily2003NatClass.pdf:Daily2003NatClass.pdf:PDF Kristina M. Spurgin 2003 2003 DA-2006001 inproceedings 2008.07.05 {T}omorrow never knows: the end of cataloguing? Cataloging Future 521? Seoul DA-2006001.pdf:DA-2006001.pdf:PDF;DA-2006001.pdf:DA-2006001.pdf:PDF;DA-2006001.pdf:DA-2006001.pdf:PDF Kristina M. Spurgin 20 Aug 2006-24 Aug 2006 2006 World library and information congress: 72nd IFLA General Conference and Council, IFLA-CDNL Alliance for Bibliographic Standards http://www.ifla.org/IV/ifla72/index.htm pdf 2006 DanskinChapman2003 article Focuses on FRBR's potential for improving displays of search results. frbr opac---displays 42-43 9 http://www.cilip.org.uk/publications/updatemagazine/archive/archive2003/september/update0309d.htm Library {\&} information update 2008.08.08 {B}ibliographic records in the computer age 2 Kristina M. Spurgin 2003 pdf 2003 Day2008 article 2008.08.31 The concept of the work in art differs from and challenges traditional concepts of the work in bibliography. Whereas the traditional bibliographic concept of the work takes an ideational approach that incorporates mentalist epistemologies, container-content metaphors, and the conduit metaphor of information transfer and re-presentation, the concept of the work of art as is presented here begins with the site-specific and time-valued nature of the object as a product of human labor and as an event that is emergent through cultural forms and from social situations. The account of the work, here, is thus materialist and expressionist rather than ideational. This article takes the discussion of the work in the philosopher Martin Heidegger's philosophical-historical account and joins this with the concept of the work in the modern avant-garde, toward bringing into critique the traditional bibliographic conception of the work and toward illuminating a materialist perspective that may be useful in understanding cultural work-objects, as well as texts proper. Journal of the {A}merican society for information science and technology {W}orks and representation work---concept-of-a cataloging---art visual-resources Day2008.pdf:Day2008.pdf:PDF 1644--1652 Kristina M. Spurgin 59 10 2008 2008 DM-1997001 article To efficiently solve the image retrieval problem in an image database, many techniques have been devised addressing the requirements of different applications. Present information management systems exploit these techniques to allow querying of pictorial documents archives. To do this, the first step is to extract relevant keys from the image content itself, so that images are not treated as illustrative appendices of textual documents. Even more important, the search process is not restricted to external attributes such as the storing date or the archive number. The kind of characteristics used to build the database index depends on the users' information needs for a given cognitive environment. Currently, the focus is on image color statistics and patterns (textures), on shapes and their spatial relations, or on a combination of these. This paper reviews indexing methods that are significant examples of techniques presently used. PHOTO images 0262-8856 119--141 2 2008.07.05 Image and Vision Computing {I}ndexing pictorial documents by their content: {A} survey of current techniques DM-1997001.pdf:DM-1997001.pdf:PDF;DM-1997001.pdf:DM-1997001.pdf:PDF;DM-1997001.pdf:DM-1997001.pdf:PDF 15 Kristina M. Spurgin 1997 pdf 1997 Denton2007 incollection frbr cataloging---principles cataloging---history work---concept-of-a 35--57 Understanding {FRBR}: {W}hat it is and how it will affect our retrieval tools http://pi.library.yorku.ca/dspace/handle/10315/1250 Greenwood 2008.08.07 {FRBR} and the history of cataloging Taylor, Arlene G. 4 Westport, CT Kristina M. Spurgin 2007 pdf 2007 DFJ2002001 article 2008.08.31 Knowledge Organization {F}aceted indexing based system for organizing and accessing internet resources Classification Faceted Internet Electronic-resources 65--77 Kristina M. Spurgin 29 2 2002 - 2002 Dewey2003 book 2008.07.05 22nd {D}ewey {D}ecimal {C}lassification and {R}elative {I}ndex Dublin, OH 4 Kristina M. Spurgin 2003 OCLC Online Computer Library Center 2003 Dewey1876 book 2008.08.30 {A} classification and subject index for cataloguing and arranging the books and pamphlets of a library ddc Amherst, MA 42 Kristina M. Spurgin 1876 Facsimile published by Forest Press Division, Lake Placid Education Foundation 1876 Dittmann2000 book 2008.07.05 {L}earn {L}ibrary of {C}ongress {C}lassification Lanham, Md Editors: Hardy,Jane End Page: 171 Kristina M. Spurgin 2000 Scarecrow Press in cooperation with DocMatrix Pty Ltd, Canbera, Australia 2000 DDG1996001 article Classification--Folk CAT-LIS-Unread 275--286 3 cited by HM-2005001 UNC SILS PER Library resources \& technical services 2008.08.31 {G}rass-roots cataloging and classification: {F}ood for thought from {W}orld {W}ide {W}eb subject-oriented hierarchical lists 40 Kristina M. Spurgin 1996 ref 1996 DJM1991001 article Library patrons have innate expectations about how documents should be arranged. Useful classification schemes are those which confirm to these expectations and are thereby psychologically comfortable. All schemes necessarily deviate from these expectations, but not to the same degree. The greater the divergence from this mental standard with a scheme, the greater the psychological discomfort the patron will experience and the less useful the patron will find it. Develops a measure of the deviation of library classifications from in mental space, using an example taken from the discipline of anthropology. CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW 602 Classification Subject-analysis Cognitive Collocation Categorization z-score CAT-LIS-Read 0163-9374 23--43 2 goal: optimize serendipity "... a classification scheme's most worthwhile goal in ordering books on library shelves is maximum usefulness to its patrons." p27 usefulness defined as "psychological comfort" "The categorization which necessarily precedes classification is therefore the product of a specific cultural and intellectual milieu." p28 Arrangement by discipline logical, but not useful to everyday patrons who do not think of the world as divided into university distinctions. Patron requests more usually phrased in "aboutness." Classification rules privilege general over specific in multi-topic documents, wheras patron expectation privileges the specific over the general. "Patrons expect materials encompassed by basic level categories to be collocated." p39 2008.08.31 Cataloging and Classification Quarterly {P}atron expectations about collocation: {M}easuring the difference between the psychologically real and the really real 13 Kristina M. Spurgin 1991 pc 1991 DKM1991001 inproceedings Traces the development of on-line catalogues in the USA that feature subject searching and browsing through the machine-readable text of library classifications. Covers the author's experiences from 1983-86 developing and testing subject searching and browsing capabilities in an experimental on-line catalogue using the machine-readable 19th edition of the Dewey Decimal Classification (DDC). Suggests improvements to the original subject searching and browsing capabilities in the experimental on-line that would enable users to search and browse the DDC tables. 00 Original abstract edited by Information-retrieval Indexing Classification DDC OPACs Classification-schemes Darmstadt 35--46 Tools for knowledge organisation and the human interface: Proceedings of the 1st International ISKO Conference. Part 1. 2008.07.05 {E}xperiences with online catalogs in the {USA} using a classification system as a subject searching tool Fugmann, Robert 14 Aug 1990-17 Aug 1990 Kristina M. Spurgin 1991 - 1991 DukeVogelWilson2007 article ABSTRACT. Economics, Political Science, and Sociology faculty members as well as Information Technology administrators joined library personnel in a collaborative project to enhance access and education about the use of social science datasets by undergraduate students. Seizing the opportunity to bring together all stakeholders, the Illinois Wesleyan University library was the catalyst and leader in advancing data services at the university. Detailing the collaboration, this article discusses steps leading to successful project management across university units and articulates the emerging role libraries are playing in dataset management. PIM--library-role datasets 43-54 4 2008-10-05 Technical services quarterly {F}aculty-library collaboration in dataset and statistics management DukeVogelWilson2007.pdf:DukeVogelWilson2007.pdf: 24 Kristina 2007 doi:10.1300/J124v24n04_04 pdf 2007 DE-2002002 article 252 1082-9873 4 principles: modularity: syntactic and semantic interoperability namespace as type of controlled vocabulary Extensibility: customizability for individual applications other application should take what it recognizes and ignore custom extensions Refinement: granularity of applications -use of qualifiers -using common value sets or data formats Multilingualism: internationalization: good for global resource discovery localization: good for needs of the community need for culturally neutral value sets Practicalities: Application profiles: cardinality enforcement: optional elements, mandatory elements value space restrictions relationship and dependency specifications namespace declarations Syntax and semantics: should be kept separate must be agreed upon for interoperability Association models: embedded metadata associated metadata third-party metadata Identification and naming of elements: token label metadata registries Completeness of description need varies Mandatory versus optional elements Subjective and objective metadata and elements Automatic generation of metadata Quotes: Even in cases where an application is not designed to take advantage of a classification scheme or thesaurus, users may still benefit from the inherent coherence that such a scheme affords. Designed to support the reuse and exchange of vocabularies, RDF is an additional layer on top of XML that is intended to simplify the reuse of vocabulary terms across namespaces. http://www.dlib.org/dlib/april02/weibel/04weibel.html D-Lib Magazine 2008.07.05 {M}etadata principles and {P}racticalities 8 Kristina M. Spurgin 2002 web 2002 DJ-2006001 article Folksonomy 1525-2531 38--43 3 Econtent 2008.07.05 {F}olksonomy: {A} game of high-tech (and high-stakes) tag DJ-2006001.pdf:DJ-2006001.pdf:PDF;DJ-2006001.pdf:DJ-2006001.pdf:PDF;DJ-2006001.pdf:DJ-2006001.pdf:PDF 29 Kristina M. Spurgin 2006 pdf 2006 ED-1999001 article Documents the continuing relevance of facet analysis as a technique for searching and organizing World Wide Web based materials. Outlines the 2 approaches underlying WWW searching and indexing - word and concept based indexing. Argues that facet analysis as an a posteori approach to classification using words from the subject field as the concept terms in the classification derived represents an excellent approach to searching and organizing the results of WWW searches using either search engines or search directories. Finally, argues that the underlying philosophy of facet analysis is better suited to the disparate nature of WWW resources and searchers than the assumptions of contemporary information retrieval research. (Original abstract) Information retrieval ; Internet ; Classification ; Classification Faceted 0001-253X 3--10 1 2008.07.05 Aslib proceedings {R}anganathan and the {N}et: {U}sing facet analysis to search and organise the {W}orld {W}ide {W}eb ED-1999001.pdf:ED-1999001.pdf:PDF;ED-1999001.pdf:ED-1999001.pdf:PDF;ED-1999001.pdf:ED-1999001.pdf:PDF 51 Kristina M. Spurgin 1999 pdf 1999 Ercegovac2006 article The author reports findings from experiments with the International Federation of Library Associations and Institutions' (IFLA) Functional Requirements for Bibliographic Records (FRBR) as applied to the domain of science fiction, Edwin A. Abbott's Flatland. A Romance of Many Dimensions in the Online Computer Library Center's (OCLC) WorldCat. The goal of the study is to gauge the characteristics of bibliographic entities under study, to examine types of relationships these entities exhibit, and to collocate bibliographic entities according to the FRBR group I hierarchy of entities identified as works, expressions, manifestations, and items. The study's findings show that by assembling bibliographic records into interrelated clusters and displaying these according to the FRBR entity-relationship model, a new navigational capability in networked digital libraries can be developed. opac frbr opac---displays 1532-2882 1023--1032 8 2008.08.27 Journal of the American Society for Information Science and Technology {M}ultiple-version resources in digital libraries: {T}owards user-centered displays :Ercegovac2006:PDF 57 Kristina M. Spurgin 2006 - 2006 FJE1955001 article CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW Cognitive-psychology Classification Faceted CAT-LIS-Read 0022-0418 187--201 4 review cog psych knowledge of the time very whorfian not only need "true" structure of knowledge represented but also types of relationships between concepts. Journal of Documentation 2008.08.31 {T}he psychology of classification 11 Kristina M. Spurgin 1955 pc 1955 Farrow1991 article 2008-12-08 Classification, indexing and abstracting can all be regarded as summarisations of the content of a document. A model of text comprehension by indexers (including classifiers and abstractors) is presented, based on task descriptions which indicate that the comprehension of text for indexing differs from normal fluent reading in respect of: operational time constraints, which lead to text being scanned rapidly for perceptual cues to aid gist comprehension; comprehension being task oriented rather than learning oriented, and being followed immediately by the production of an abstract, index, or classification; and the automaticity of processing of text by experienced indexers working within a restricted range of text types. The evidence for the interplay of perceptual and conceptual processing of text under conditions of rapid scanning is reviewed. The allocation of mental resources to text processing is discussed, and a cognitive process model of abstracting, indexing and classification is described. Journal of Documentation {A} {C}ognitive {P}rocess {M}odel of {D}ocument {I}ndexing 149--166 Kristina 47 2 1991 UNC SILS PER ref 1991 Fayen2003 incollection ils technical-services 1--12 Encyclopedia of library and information science http://www.dekker.com/sdek/linking~db=enc~content=t713172967 Dekker 2008.08.30 {I}ntegrated library systems Drake, Miriam A. New York Fayen2003.pdf:Fayen2003.pdf:PDF 2004 Kristina M. Spurgin 2003 From online version. 2003 Ferguson2005 book 2008.07.05 {MARC}/{AACR}2/authority control tagging : a blitz cataloging workbook Westport, CT 179 Kristina M. Spurgin 2005 Greenwood 2005 Ferguson1998 book 2008.07.05 {S}ubject {A}nalysis {B}litz {C}ataloging {W}orkbook Englewood, CO 135 Kristina M. Spurgin 1998 Libraries Unlimited 1998 FR-1994001 article Two distinct approaches describe the process of indexing. The document-oriented approach claims that indexing summarizes or represents the contents of a document. The user-oriented approach requires that indexing reflect the requests for which a document might be relevant. Most indexing, in practice as well as in theory, subscribe to both, but the document-oriented approach has enjoyed most visibility. While request-oriented indexing is a user-centered approach, it is very difficult to implement with human, a priori indexing. Automated indexing with its dynamic and flexible nature is most fit to tailor indexing to requirements of individual users and requests, yet most of current research in the area focuses on the development of global methods. Regardless of the method, user-centered indexing cannot be developed before searching behavior is understood better. Indexing 0002-8231 572--576 8 Journal of the American Society for Information Science 2008.07.05 {U}ser-centered indexing 45 Kristina M. Spurgin 1994 print-copy 1994 FR-1986001 article 2008.07.05 Journal of Documentation {W}riting abstracts for free-text searching abstracting 0022-0418 11--21 Kristina M. Spurgin 42 1 1986 print-copy 1986 FJB1994001 article Recent collaboration between librarians and teaching faculty at the University of Illinois at Chicago aided in the identification of a new type of library on campus. This so-called hybrid office library is similar to a personal collection in the type and arrangement of materials acquired, and it is like a branch library in that the materials are collected and used by a number of persons working in the same field. Until now, librarians have not been concerned with providing access to faculty-owned collections. But changing information requirements of the faculty, new technologies available to them, and financial constraints on the university require that librarians take on a new role: helping faculty organize their independent office collections and encouraging them to make their materials available to a broader constituency. CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW PIM--library-role 267--273 [Kristina] 3 a "how we did it good" article "...evidence to us of a broader need among univesity faculty to imporve access to their personal collections and an acknowledgment of librarians' expertise in bibliographic control." p. 268 2008.08.31 Library resources \& technical services {I}ndependent {O}ffice {C}ollections and the {E}volving {R}ole of {A}cademic {L}ibrarians 38 Kristina M. Spurgin 1994 pc 1994 FR-2004002 article 2008.07.05 The Bottom Line: Managing Library Finances {C}ataloging: how to take a business approach Cataloging Economics-of-libraries 521? FR-2004002.pdf:FR-2004002.pdf:PDF;FR-2004002.pdf:FR-2004002.pdf:PDF;FR-2004002.pdf:FR-2004002.pdf:PDF 50--54 Kristina M. Spurgin 17 2 2004 pdf 2004 FF-2007001 article In philosophy, Ontology is the basic description of things in the world. In information science, an ontology refers to an engineering artifact, constituted by a specific vocabulary used to describe a certain reality. Ontologies have been proposed for validating both conceptual models and conceptual schemas; however, these roles are quite dissimilar. In this article, we show that ontologies can be better understood if we classify the different uses of the term as it appears in the literature. First, we explain Ontology (upper case O) as used in Philosophy. Then, we propose a differentiation between ontologies of information systems and ontologies for information systems. All three concepts have an important role in information science. We clarify the different meanings and uses of Ontology and ontologies through a comparison of research by Wand and Weber and by Guarino in ontology-driven information systems. The contributions of this article are twofold: (a) It provides a better understanding of what ontologies are, and (b) it explains the double role of ontologies in information science research. Ontologies ; Definitions 786--793 6 Journal of the American Society for Information Science and Technology 2008.07.05 {T}he double role of ontologies in information science research FF-2007001.pdf:FF-2007001.pdf:PDF;FF-2007001.pdf:FF-2007001.pdf:PDF;FF-2007001.pdf:FF-2007001.pdf:PDF 58 Kristina M. Spurgin 2007 pdf 2007 Fonseca2005Ontologieshermeneutic article In this paper we discuss the construction of information systems ontologies. We summarize and discuss Barry Smith's review (2003a) of the field in the paper, Ontology. In that essay Smith concludes with a plea for ontologies that reflect the categories of current scientific theories because they represent our best knowledge of the world. In this context, we develop an argument for a hermeneutic approach to ontologies - one compatible with the orientation introduced into information science by Winograd and Flores (1986) and later developed by many others. To do this, we argue that the literature in the philosophy and history of science supports a hermeneutic interpretation of the nature and growth of science. This, given Smith's argument, shows the relevance of hermeneutics to the creation of information system ontologies. The problems associated with understanding and creating information systems ontologies are addressed fruitfully only if one begins by acknowledging that databases are mechanisms for communication involving judgments and interpretations by intelligent and knowledgeable users. The main contributions of this paper are our conclusions that (a) information system ontologies should take into consideration a perspective of the philosophy and history of science, and (b) hermeneutics as construed by Gadamer (1975, 1979) constitutes a place from which we can understand the tasks of information ontologists and database users. Ontologies 46--57 1 Journal of the American Society for Information Science and Technology 2008-12-08 {T}oward an alternative notion of information systems ontologies: {I}nformation engineering as a hermeneutic enterprise Fonseca2005Ontologieshermeneutic.pdf:Fonseca2005Ontologieshermeneutic.pdf:PDF;Fonseca2005Ontologieshermeneutic.pdf:Fonseca2005Ontologieshermeneutic.pdf:PDF;Fonseca2005Ontologieshermeneutic.pdf:Fonseca2005Ontologieshermeneutic.pdf:PDF 56 Kristina 2005 pdf, 20080503 2005 Foskett1977 book 2008.07.05 {T}he subject approach to information Hamden, CT Kristina M. Spurgin 1977 Linnet Books 1977 Foskett2003 incollection classification---faceted 1063--1067 Encyclopedia of library and information science http://www.dekker.com/sdek/linking~db=enc~content=t713172967 Dekker 2008.08.30 {F}acet analysis Drake, Miriam A. New York Foskett2003.pdf:Foskett2003.pdf:PDF Kristina M. Spurgin 2003 2003 Foskett1992 article Contribution to a thematic issue devoted to an investigation and celebration of the works of Dr. S.R. Ranganathan. His 'Five Laws of Library Science' place the user as the focus of library and information service and emphasise the need to understand the user. Facet analysis helps the information specialist to understand and interpret the subject of the user's enquiry which contributes to user-friendliness. Concept organisation is required at the input stage, through subject analysis of the document content, and at the output stage, by analysing the user's information need from the terms in his or her enquiry. Facet analysis reflects a natural way of thinking and can be introduced into computerised systems without difficulty. 00 Original abstract--amended Information-retrieval Classification Faceted Indexing 0024-2667 227--234 3 Libri 2008.08.31 {R}anganathan and 'user-friendliness' 42 Kristina M. Spurgin 1992 - 1992 FDJ1991001 article Classification-schemes 0340-0050 87--91 2 very specific and applied. ur-classification that is more general that can somehow be used to seed more specific specialist classifications UNC SILS PER 2008.08.31 International Classification {C}oncerning general and special classifications 18 Kristina M. Spurgin 1991 ref 1991 FDJ1980001 article CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW Classification-(theory) DDC Colon-classification CAT-LIS-Read 0340-0050 2--5 1 "The history of classifications of knowledge shows that schemes for the ordering of knowledge or of documents containing knowledge always, and inevitably, reflect the philosophies and theories of knowledge with are dominant at the time." p2 Major contributions of Dewey: Hierarchical arrangement and expressive decimal notation "mnemonic principle" within scheme (now we call it synthesis) -- a bit of faceting even from the beginning. Major contribution of Ranganathan: Hierarchical arrangment separated based on how they related to the concept at hand. Freed classification from "bound terms" Another main problem: Choice of main class paradigmatic and occasional relations seem to be a distinction as seen in dual theories of categorization. International Classification 2008.08.31 {S}ystems-theory and its relevance to documentary classification 7 Kristina M. Spurgin 1980 pc 1980 Fox2007 article Purpose ? The purpose of this paper is to explore methods for opening up web content to automated classification using metadata, potentially in the context of library groupware or portals. Design/methodology/approach ? Examines various web sites and meta-searching tools which provides a new means of access for users, and allow users to better document and integrate their research findings. Findings ? This paper is exploratory in nature and highlights trends in the area of library groupware, link routing, and personalized metadata usage. Practical implications ? The vast wealth of information on the web today needs to be exploited by information specialists (librarians) by assisting patrons in organizing, sharing and syndicating content from nearly any information source and empowering patrons via the use of ?folksonomies? which are grass roots taxonomies, in conjunction with traditional controlled vocabularies. Originality/value ? In highlighting the as of yet untapped power of technologies such as openURL and link routing, digital librarians can assist patrons by providing services against traditional and non traditional information sources allowing resources to be organized and shared in order to increase utility. This paper examines innovative means by which this could be accomplished. Cataloging tagging 166--172 3 UNC SILS PER OCLC Systems \& Services 2008.08.31 {C}ataloging for the masses 22 Kristina M. Spurgin 2007 - 2007 Fox2007a article 2008.08.31 Abstract: Purpose ? The purpose of this paper is to examine the issue of the next generation OPAC, and several proposed solutions to that problem. Design/methodology/approach ? This is an exploratory paper. It examines several proposals for reinventing the traditional library OPAC into a more relevant, user centered system. Findings ? Libraries need to seriously re-evaluate the relevance of the online public access catalog as it exists today. There are no one size fits all solutions given the rapidly changing information environment libraries find themselves in today. Originality/value ? This paper provides points of discussion for professional librarians and library staff to engage in as they consider to future of the OPAC. Several key members of the library technology community are cited, and may provide further information on this important topic. OCLC Systems \& Services {T}he great pig roast OPACs Cataloging 521? 242--249 Kristina M. Spurgin 23 3 2007 - 2007 Frumkin2007 article Purpose ? The purpose of this paper is to describe the issues with libraries' current approach to utilizing metadata and metadata records from a user perspective, and to suggest future directions in utilizing metadata records in a search context. Design/methodology/approach ? Experiential commentary. Findings ? Metadata records need to be reborn as surrogate tools that can be used to provide better search results. Originality/value ? This paper opinionates on the traditions that libraries bring to providing search and retrieval tools, and how those traditions need to evolve in order for libraries to continue to provide useful search services in the digital context. It should be of interest to digital library developers, librarians, and information scientists. Keywords: Catalogues, Information retrieval, Libraries Article Type: Viewpoint Metadata Cataloging Future 164--165 3 UNC SILS PER OCLC Systems \& Services 2008.08.31 {T}he death, and rebirth, of the metadat record: rethinking library search 22 Kristina M. Spurgin 2007 - 2007 Fugmann1990 article Both classification systems and thesauri have their specific strengths and weaknesses. Combining both approaches elimination of the latter can preserve the strengths. Classauri which originate in this well-known way are most effective if they are constructed and applied during computer-aided indexing. Describes a special variety of classaurus which is characterised by the emplopyment of simple but highly effective conceptual and technical devices and by the renunciation of attempts to generate the wording of index entries algorithmically. 00 Original abstract Information-retrieval Indexing Thesauri Classification 0340-0050 133--137 3/4 International Classification 2008.08.31 {A}n interactive classaurus on the {PC} 17 Kristina M. Spurgin 1990 - 1990 FRBR.pdf techreport 2008.08.27 {F}unctional requirements for bibliographic records: {F}inal report frbr Kristina M. Spurgin vol. 19 1998 Report http://www.ifla.org/VII/s13/wgfrbr/finalreport.htm pdf IFLA 1998 LC-2008001 techreport 2008.07.05 {O}n the record Cataloging Washington, D.C. LC-2008001.pdf:LC-2008001.pdf:PDF;LC-2008001.pdf:LC-2008001.pdf:PDF;LC-2008001.pdf:LC-2008001.pdf:PDF 49 Kristina M. Spurgin 2008 http://www.loc.gov/bibliographic-future/news/lcwg-ontherecord-jan08-final.pdf pdf Library of Congress 2008 GBK1989001 article Information on editions, printings, and dates is brought together to expedite decision making in descriptive cataloguing. Types of dates are differentiated, including publication date, date of release or transmittal, and legal deposit. Relevant AACR2 rules are listed, along with their rule interpretations, if any. Flow charts illustrate the logical processes involved in choosing a single date or using more than one. 00 Original abstract--amended Cataloging Editions 0163-9374 51--66. bibliog 4 Cataloging and Classification Quarterly 2008.08.31 {E}ditions and printings: applying {AACR}2 to monographs 9 Kristina M. Spurgin 1989 pc 1989 Ganendran2000 book 2008.07.05 {L}earn {L}ibrary of {C}ongress {S}ubject {A}ccess Lanham, Md 107 Kristina M. Spurgin 2000 Scarecrow Press, in cooperation with DocMatrix Pty, Canberra, Australia 2000 Gardner2008 article Intended to contribute to the current dialogue about how the emerging information environment is impacting cataloging issues, this survey paper covers a broad range of topics, such as how search engines compare with integrated library systems, and includes some thoughts on how cataloging processes may evolve to continue to remain relevant. The author suggests that there is a need for significant changes in integrated library system interfaces and infrastructures as well as some changes in cataloging practice. The value of descriptive vs. nondescriptive elements in the catalog record and some pros and cons of the MARC format are covered. 81--99 4 http://digitalcommons.unl.edu/libraryscience/168/ Cataloging \& Classification Quarterly 2008.09.08 {T}he changing landscape of contemporary cataloging Gardner2008.pdf:Gardner2008.pdf:PDF 45 Kristina M. Spurgin 2008 doi:1O.1300/J104v45n04_06 2008 GM-1987001 article 2008.07.05 College \& Research Libraries {SOME} {BENEFITS} {OF} {THE} {ONLINE} {CATALOG} OPACs 0010-0870 224--240 Kristina M. Spurgin 48 3 1987 pc 1987 GLI2007001 article In this article, the authors analyze the keywords given by authors of scientific articles and the descriptors assigned to the articles to ascertain the presence of the keywords in the descriptors. Six-hundred forty INSPEC (Information Service for Physics, Engineering, and Computing), CAB (Current Agriculture Bibliography) abstracts, ISTA (Information Science and Technology Abstracts), and LISA (Library and Information Science Abstracts) database records were consulted. After detailed comparisons, it was found that keywords provided by authors have an important presence in the database descriptors studied; nearly 25% of all the keywords appeared in exactly the same form as descriptors, with another 21% though normalized, still detected in the descriptors. This means that almost 46% of keywords appear in the descriptors, either as such or after normalization. Elsewhere, three distinct indexing policies appear, one represented by INSPEC and LISA (indexers seem to have freedom to assign the descriptors they deem necessary); another is represented by CAB (no record has fewer than four descriptors and, in general, a large number of descriptors is employed). In contrast, in ISTA, a certain institutional code exists towards economy in indexing because 84% of records contain only four descriptors. Indexing 1175--1187 8 Journal of the American Society for Information Science and Technology 2008-12-08 {K}eywords given by authors of scientific articles in database descriptors GLI2007001.pdf:GLI2007001.pdf:PDF;GLI2007001.pdf:GLI2007001.pdf:PDF;GLI2007001.pdf:GLI2007001.pdf:PDF 58 Kristina 2007 pdf 2007 Given2003 article 2008.08.31 Organizing research data for effective analysis has been insufficiently addressed in the methodological literature. This article proposes that concepts of knowledge organization relating to relevance, precision, recall, coextensiveness, exhaustivity, specificity, and consistency offer a ready-made model that can be applied to research data. The knowledge organization (KO) model is reinterpreted for transferability to quantitative, qualitative, and textual research. In each instance, the model's applicability is illustrated with examples from the authors' research. This exploration demonstrates the model's resiliency in organizing numeric data, coding transcripts, and marking up textual statements. The limitations of the model are noted and compromises are described, providing a valuable approach to meaningful data preparation for researchers, educators, students, and reviewers of research across disciplines. The article concludes that the KO model contributes significantly to the ability of researchers to collect and organize data in a manner most likely to shed light on research problems they address. (C) 2003 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved. Library \& Information Science Research {K}nowledge {O}rganization in {R}esearch: a {C}onceptual {M}odel for {O}rganizing {D}ata - 157--176 Kristina M. Spurgin 25 2 2003 - 2003 GlushkoMaglioMatlockEtAl2008 article In studying categorization, cognitive science has focused primarily on cultural categorization, ignoring individual and institutional categorization. Because recent technological developments have made individual and institutional classification systems much more available and powerful, our understanding of the cognitive and social mechanisms that produce these systems is increasingly important. Furthermore, key aspects of categorization that have received little previous attention emerge from considering diverse types of categorization together, such as the social factors that create stability in classification systems, and the interoperability that shared conceptual systems establish between agents. Finally, the profound impact of recent technological developments on classification systems indicates that basic categorization mechanisms are highly adaptive, producing new classification systems as the situations in which they operate change. categorization classification-schemes tagging 129--135 4 2008-12-15 Trends in Cognitive Sciences {C}ategorization in the wild GlushkoMaglioMatlockEtAl2008.pdf:GlushkoMaglioMatlockEtAl2008.pdf: 12 Kristina 2008 online through UNC pdf 2008 GW-1991001 article The study of faceted classification systems has primarily been directed towards application for precombined catalogues or bibliographies, not so much for use in post coordinated retrieval systems. Argues that faceted classification systems in some respects are superior to other techniques of on-line retrieval as far as facet and concept analysis is combined with an expressive notational system in order to guide a form of retrieval which will use Boolean operators (for combining the facets regardless of one special citation order) and truncation for retrieving hierarchically different sets of documents. This point of view is demonstrated by 2 examples. The 1st one uses a short classification system derived from B. Buchanan and the 2nd is built upon the classification system used by Library and Information Science Abstracts (LISA). Further discussion is concerned with some possible consequences which could be derived from a retrieval with PRECIS strings. 00 Original abstract Information-retrieval Classification Faceted 602 0340-0050 98--109 2 International classification 2008.07.05 {F}acet classification in online retrieval 18 Kristina M. Spurgin 1991 - 1991 GSA2006001 article 2008-12-08 Collaborative tagging describes the process by which many users add metadata in the form of keywords to shared content. Recently, collaborative tagging has grown in popularity on the web, on sites that allow users to tag bookmarks, photographs and other content. In this paper we analyze the structure of collaborative tagging systems as well as their dynamic aspects. Specifically, we discovered regularities in user activity, tag frequencies, kinds of tags used, bursts of popularity in bookmarking and a remarkable stability in the relative proportions of tags within a given URL. We also present a dynamic model of collaborative tagging that predicts these stable patterns and relates them to imitation and shared knowledge. Journal of information science {U}sage patterns of collaborative tagging systems tagging ; Folksonomy 198--208 Kristina 32 2 2006 print-copy 2006 Gopinath2003 incollection ranganathan--shiyali-ramamrita librarians---great 2419--2437 Encyclopedia of library and information science http://www.dekker.com/sdek/linking~db=enc~content=t713172967 Dekker 2008.08.30 {R}anganathan, {S}hiyali {R}amamrita Drake, Miriam A. New York Gopinath2003.pdf:Gopinath2003.pdf:PDF Kristina M. Spurgin 2003 2003 GM-2002001 article 2008.07.05 Cataloging and Classification Quarterly {W}hy {T}each {C}ataloguing and {C}lassification? CatalogerEducation GM-2002001.pdf:GM-2002001.pdf:PDF;GM-2002001.pdf:GM-2002001.pdf:PDF;GM-2002001.pdf:GM-2002001.pdf:PDF 1--13 Kristina M. Spurgin 34 1/2 2002 pdf 2002 GM-1999001 article 2008.07.05 Journal of internet cataloging {M}etadata or cataloguing? {A} false choice Cataloging Metadata 5--22 Kristina M. Spurgin 2 1 1999 pc 1999 Gossen1995 article Explores the question of the cost effectiveness of ownership versus access to periodicals using data collected during a local periodicals use study and data from the Association of Research Libraries and Research Libraries Group Cost Study. Results revealed that if a periodical is used fewer than 5 times per year in a given library, it is generally more cost effective to rely on access, even if the subscription cost is modest. If total in house use is 10 times per year or more, the cost effectiveness of relying on access rather than ownership is distributed unevenly across subject disciplines. Examination of the availability of the group of low use titles through interloans and commercial document delivery indicates general availability at the present time. Discusses the impact of periodicals cancellations on users' needs. Original abstract. 606 Collection-development Periodicals Document-delivery ILL 0024-2527 43--52 1 Library resources \& technical services 2008.08.31 {O}wnership versus access and low-use periodical titles 39 Kristina M. Spurgin 1995 - 1995 GJ-1993001 article 2008.07.05 Cataloging and classification quarterly {I}ntellectual control of visual archives: {A} comparison between the {A}rt and {A}rchitecture {T}hesaurus and {L}ibrary of {C}ongress {T}hesaurus for {G}raphic {M}aterials CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW PHOTO images 85--117 Kristina M. Spurgin 16 1 1993 Basically an look comparing and contrasting their: history thesaurus structure similarities and differences advantages and disadvantages. ref 1993 Greenberg2006 article Abstract: This paper reports on the automatic metadata generation applications (AMeGA) project's metadata expert survey. Automatic metadata generation research is reviewed and the study's methods, key findings and conclusions are presented. Participants anticipate greater accuracy with automatic techniques for technical metadata (e.g., ID, language, and format metadata) compared to metadata requiring intellectual discretion (e.g., subject and description metadata). Support for implementing automatic techniques paralleled anticipated accuracy results. Metadata experts are in favour of using automatic techniques, although they are generally not in favour of eliminating human evaluation or production for the more intellectually demanding metadata. Results are incorporated into Version 1.0 of the Recommended Functionalities for automatic metadata generation applications (Appendix A). Keywords: automatic metadata generation; metadata applications; Dublin core; metadata experts; AMeGA project; metadata functionalities. International Journal of Metadata, Semantics, and Ontologies {F}unctionalities for automatic metadata generation applications: a survey of metadata experts? opinions 3--20 1 1 2006 http://www.ils.unc.edu/mrc/pdf/greenberg06functionalities.pdf 2006 GreenbergSpurginCrystal2005 techreport 2008.09.12 Summary of findings (from Executive Summary of report for Goal 1 (complete), Goal 2, (Partial), Goal 3 (see actual document)): Research in the area of automatic metadata generation falls, primarily, into two areas: Experimental research, focusing on information retrieval techniques and digital resource content, and applications research, focusing on the development of content creation software and metadata generation tools used in the operational setting. The main finding, presented in this report, is that there is a disconnect between experimental research and application development. It seems that metadata generation applications could be vastly improved by integrating experimental research findings. Metadata generation applications might also improve metadata output if they took advantage of metadata generation functionalities supported by content creation software. For example, Microsoft Word supports the metadata generation of a number of elements that conceptually map to the Dublin Core metadata standard. Some of these elements are generated automatically, while others need to be input by a document author or another person. Content creation software provides a means for generating metadata, which can be harvested by metadata generation applications. More research is needed to understand how metadata creation features in content creation software are used in practice. ... Two-hundred and seventeen (217) survey participants provided responses useful for data analysis (the initial goal was to recruit at least 100 participants). Three quarters of participants had three or more years of cataloging and/or indexing experience, verifying their status as metadata experts. Organizations are using a variety of different metadata standards (selected examples include: MAchine Readable Cataloging (MARC)---bibliographic format, Dublin Core, Encoded Archival Description, Gateway to Educational Materials, Metadata Object Description Schema, Text Encoding Initiative, and the Government Information Locator Service). Most participants (81%) reported using one or two systems for metadata creation in their organization, whereas one participant reported the use of seven different systems. {F}inal report for the {AMeGA} ({Automatic Metadata Generation Applications) Project} Kristina M. Spurgin 17 February 2005 2005 http://www.loc.gov/catdir/bibcontrol/lc_amega_final_report.pdf School of Information and Library Science, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and Library of Congress 2005 GG-1984001 article 2008.07.05 International Classification {S}ome reflections on teaching subject analysis in the field of documentation Subject-analysis Teaching 66--68 Kristina M. Spurgin 11 2 1984 graph of different topics/areas/concepts of documentation to cover when teaching pc 1984 CRG1955001 article CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW ; Classification Faceted 262--268 7 cited by BCL1998001 UNC SILS PER Library Association Record 2008-12-08 {T}he need for a faceted classification as the basis of all methods of information retrieval 57 Kristina 1955 ref 1955 Grove2003 incollection taxonomies 2770--2777 Encyclopedia of library and information science http://www.dekker.com/sdek/linking~db=enc~content=t713172967 Dekker 2008.08.30 {T}axonomy Drake, Miriam A. New York Grove2003.pdf:Grove2003.pdf:PDF Kristina M. Spurgin 2003 2003 GA-1993001 article The special classification system ICONCLASS, created by Henry van de Waal for the description of occidental art, is considered against the background of art-historical iconography. By means of a number of examples the structure and use of ICONCLASS and its importance for art-historical documentation are illustrated. PHOTO Subject-analysis images iconography Classification-schemes 0943-7444 20--29 1 Knowledge Organization 2008.07.05 {ICONCLASS} - on subject analysis of iconographic representations of works of art 20 Kristina M. Spurgin 1993 pc 1993 GN-1998001 inproceedings Research on ontology is becoming increasingly widespread in the computer science community, and its importance is being recognized in a multiplicity of research fields and application areas, including knowledge engineering, database design and integration, information retrieval and extraction. We shall use the generic term ?information systems?, in its broadest sense, to collectively refer to these application perspectives. We argue in this paper that so-called ontologies present their own methodological and architectural peculiarities: on the methodological side, their main peculiarity is the adoption of a highly interdisciplinary approach, while on the architectural side the most interesting aspect is the centrality of the role they can play in an information system, leading to the perspective of ontology-driven information systems. edited by Ontologies Trento, Italy 3--15 Formal ontology in information systems: Proceedings of FOIS'98 IOS Press 2008.07.05 {F}ormal ontology and information systems Guarino, Nicola Amsterdam GN-1998001.pdf:GN-1998001.pdf:PDF;GN-1998001.pdf:GN-1998001.pdf:PDF;GN-1998001.pdf:GN-1998001.pdf:PDF Kristina M. Spurgin 6 Jun 1998-8 Jun 1998 1998 pdf 1998 GM-2006001 article 2008.07.05 D-Lib Magazine {F}olksonomies: {T}idying up tags? Folksonomy ; tagging Kristina M. Spurgin 12 1 2006 html 2006 HES2005001 article Library school students and employers articulate expectations for entry-level cataloger positions including understandings and familiarities with a theoretical basis for organization (cataloging, classification, authority control), technical skills (bibliographic utilities, tools), and non-library specific competencies. Therefore, entry-level catalog librarian position announcements provide insight into shifting requirements regarding graduate education, expertise, and preferred preparations for these positions. This empirical research study explores 150 entry-level cataloger position announcements published during a three-year period in order to determine the common aspects of employers' expectations. A rigorous content analysis methodology enabled the researcher to identify employers' expectations and requirements among types of libraries. Copies of this article are available for a fee from the Haworth Document Delivery Service http: [mailto://docdelivery@haworthpress.com]. (Original abstract) Method:ContentAnalysis CatalogerEducation 0163-9374 33--72 2 2008.08.31 Cataloging \& Classification Quarterly {D}escriptive impressions of entry-level cataloger positions as reflected in {A}merican {L}ibraries, {AUTOCAT}, and the {C}olorado {S}tate {L}ibrary {J}obline, 2000-2003 HES2005001.pdf:HES2005001.pdf:PDF;HES2005001.pdf:HES2005001.pdf:PDF;HES2005001.pdf:HES2005001.pdf:PDF 40 Kristina M. Spurgin 2005 pdf 2005 HansonDaily2003 incollection 2008.08.30 General introduction and overview to catalogs and cataloging. Includes Appendix list of codes of cataloging rules. Drake, Miriam A. {C}atalogs and cataloging cataloging cataloging-rules catalogs HansonDaily2003.pdf:HansonDaily2003.pdf:PDF 431--468 Kristina M. Spurgin 2003 Encyclopedia of library and information science CRC Press 2003 Hart1998001 inproceedings The paper suggests that information generated by fans has traditionally been of little concern to the Information and Library(ILS) professionals and educationalists. However, developments on the internet have meant that fans are generating a huge quantity of information, far in excess of the time when fan literature was purely in paper formats. the bibliographic structure of fan information is discussed through two case studies on popular music and Star Trek. The paper concludes that the ILS community can help fans by knowing more about the vast extent of fan information. Leisure Organization-of-information Fandom Amsterdam 64th IFLA General Conference http://www.ifla.org/IV/ifla64/020-123e.htm IFLA 2008.07.05 {T}he bibliographical structure of fan information 16 Aug 1998-21 Aug 1998 Kristina M. Spurgin 1998 html 1998 Hart1999001 article 2008-12-08 Collection Building {T}he bibliographical structure of fan information Leisure ; Organization of information ; Fandom 81--89 Kristina 18 2 1999 UNC SILS PER looked at, 20080616 1999 HJ-2003002 article 2008.07.05 Knowledge Organization {T}he serious leisure frontier in library and information science: {H}obby domains CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW LeisureREV Everyday-information Home 228--238 Kristina M. Spurgin 30 3/4 2003 GOOD case and summary of academic bias in LIS research overall. (I need to make my own case for the academic/workplace bias in PIM research) Presentation of ELIS as alternative/answer to this Serious leisure --> hobbies --> domains --> domain analysis p. 233 "...accounts of objective hobby information resources are the logical starting point for LIS scholarship on hobbies. A question of the first order is: what are a hobby's information resources and forms? To that end, one strength of domain analysis is that it directs inquiry to objective, not subjective, features." pc 2003 HSK1995001 inproceedings 2008.07.05 The study describes the nature of intellectual access to digitized art images using qualitative methodologies. Images of Caribbean paintings were digitized and the process of querying the Caribbean art images observed. Queries of art historians are analyzed and compared to retrieval parameters and image characteristics. Findings from the investigation include: 1) Queries are identified that include levels of complexity; 2) Queries change in levels of complexity when digital images are used; 3) Some queries cannot be answered by use of a surrogate image; and 4) There are identifiable characteristics of the images that relate in complexity to queries of style. {Q}uery categories in a study of intellectual access to digitized art images PHOTO images 3--8 Kristina M. Spurgin 1995 Proceedings of the 58th Annual Meeting of the American Society for Information Science pc 1995 Hastings1994 phdthesis 2008.07.05 {A}n exploratory study of intellectual access to digitized art images dissertation PHOTO images art Florida State University Kristina M. Spurgin 1994 ref 1994 HKL1987001 article 2008.08.31 Cataloging and classification quarterly {S}ome persistent issues in the education of catalogers and classifiers Classification Cataloging LIS-education 608 5--26 Kristina M. Spurgin 7 4 1987 - 1987 HM-2004001 article Small-scale classificationschemes are used extensively in thecoordination of cooperative work. This studyinvestigates the creation and use of aclassification scheme for handling the systemrequirements during the redevelopment of anation-wide information system. Thisrequirements classification inherited a lot ofits structure from the existing system andrendered requirements that transcended theframework laid out by the existing systemalmost invisible. As a result, the requirementsclassification became a defining element of therequirements-engineering process, though itsmain effects remained largely implicit. Therequirements classification contributed toconstraining the requirements-engineeringprocess by supporting the software engineers inmaintaining some level of control over theprocess. This way, the requirementsclassification provided the software engineerswith an important means of discretely balancingthe contractual aspect of requirementsengineering against facilitating the users inan open-ended search for their systemrequirements. The requirements classificationis analysed in terms of the complementaryconcepts of boundary objects and coordinationmechanisms. While coordination mechanisms focuson how classification schemes enablecooperation among people pursuing a commongoal, boundary objects embrace the implicitconsequences of classification schemes insituations involving conflicting goals.Moreover, the requirements specificationfocused on functional requirements and providedlittle information about why these requirementswere considered relevant. This stands incontrast to the discussions at the projectmeetings where the software engineers madefrequent use of both abstract goal descriptionsand concrete examples to make sense of therequirements. This difference between thewritten requirements specification and the oraldiscussions at the meetings may help explainsoftware engineers'' general preference forpeople, rather than documents, as theirinformation sources. CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW ; Classification ; CSCW ; CAT-LIS Unread 35--61 1 "Small-scale classification schemes are created and used by local actors to at least locally and temporarily establish, structure, and share the meaning of selected aspects of their world for purposes of debate, resolution, access, overview, standardisation, and so forth. " p36 "Small-scale classification schemes are an important topic in CSCW(Computer Supported Cooperative Work) research because they are a widespread example of the artefacts people produce to articulate their work, organise their information, and coordinate their cooperative activities (Schmidt and Bannon, 1992; Simone and Sarini, 2001). " p36 "Two influential CSCW approaches to analysing classification schemes are coordination mechanisms (Schmidt and Simone, 1996) and boundary objects (Bowker and Star, 1999), both presented in the next section. "p37 "After the requirements specification was completed it assumed its double role of, on the one hand, contract between users and development organisation and, on the other hand, checklist for the CSA engineers during the development and evaluation of subsequent design artefacts. In these roles, the requirements specification and its classification scheme had a primarily indirect effect on the design process." p49 "When professionals such as the CSA engineers are busy or simply absorbed in getting their work done they are likely to devise and be content with classification schemes that support them in their own sense-making process. They are much less inclined to spend time creating classification schemes that make their work accessible to people outside the group of their immediate collaborators. This implies a focus on immediate use, rather than long-term use and reuse, and is reinforced by the necessity of getting each day?s work done within the limits of the available resources. Consequently, small-scale classification schemes differ from large-scale classification schemes in their balancing of condensed writing and broad understandability. Large-scale classification schemes are meant to be of use also outside the group of their immediate creators and must, therefore, pay much more attention than small-scale classification schemes to elaboration of condensed writing." p52 "Due to resource limitations and a focus on immediate use, rather than long-term use, small-scale classification schemes will normally rely on oral communication to provide substantial amounts of the information necessary to make sense of the classification scheme. The most cost-effective balance between documentation and relying on the involved engineers? memory and exchange of information depends on the specifics of individual projects and must be determined locally and temporarily." p56 2008.07.05 Computer supported cooperative work {S}mall-scale classification schemes: {A} {F}ield study of requirements engineering HM-2004001.pdf:HM-2004001.pdf:PDF;HM-2004001.pdf:HM-2004001.pdf:PDF;HM-2004001.pdf:HM-2004001.pdf:PDF 13 Kristina M. Spurgin 2004 pdf 2004 High1990 article Paper presented at the 2nd Annette Lewis Phinazee Symposium on Classification as an enhancement of intellectual access to information in on online environment, held at the school of Library and Information Sciences, North Carolina Central University, Durham, North Carolina. Subject retrieval by Library of Congress (LC) Classification numbers is examined from the perspective of 5 user groups of on-line catalogues. Although, at present, librarians are the user group most likely to benefit from the LC classification advances in the capabilities of on-line catalogues. Research on the use of the LC classification schedules as a component of subject retrieval should continue. 00 Original abstract Information-retrieval Indexing Classification LCC OPACs Classification-schemes 0163-9374 37--43 1 Cataloging and classification quarterly 2008.08.31 {L}ibrary of {C}ongress {C}lassification numbers as subject access points in computer-based retrieval 11 Kristina M. Spurgin 1990 - 1990 HDW1997001 article While the literature addresses to some degree the practitioner's view on the educational requirements of the entry level cataloguer, usually in the form of the theory versus practice argument, little is written about specific qualities, skills, and abilities that the cataloguing supervisor looks for when recruiting new cataloguers. Outlines, from a library supervisor's perspective, some of those specific attributes looked for when recruiting such staff and explains their importance in the current cataloguing environment. (The author may be contacted by electronic mail at dhill@ualvm.ua.edu). Original abstract-amended. Cataloging LIS-education 0163-9374 75--83 3/4 Cataloging and Classification Quarterly 2008.08.31 {R}equisite skills of the entry-level cataloger: {A} supervisor's perspective 23 Kristina M. Spurgin 1997 - 1997 HB-2007002 inproceedings 2008.07.05 {A}pproaches to knowledge organization ({KO}) University of Rome Kristina M. Spurgin 20 Apr 2007 ppt HB-1998001 article 2008.07.05 Different approaches to the classification of a knowledge field include empiristic, rationalistic, historicist, and pragmatic methods. This paper demonstrates how these different methods have been applied to the classification of psychology. An etymological approach is insufficient to define the subject matter of psychology, because other terms can be used to describe the same domain. To define the subject matter of psychology from the point of view of its formal establishment. as a science and acadeinic discipline (in Leipzig, 1879) is also insufficient because this was done in specific historical circumstances, which narrowed the subject matter to physiologically-related issues. When defining the subject area of a scientific field it is necessary to consider how different ontological and epistemological views have made their influences. A subject area and the approaches bl which this subject area has been studied cannot be separated from each other without tracing their mutual historical interactions. The classification of a subject field is theory-laden and thus cannot be neutral or ahistorical. Ii classification research can claim to have a method that is more general than the study of the concrete developments in the single knowledge fields the key is to be found in the general epistemological theories. It is shown how basic epistemological assumptions have formed the different approaches to psychology during the 20th century. The progress in the understanding of basic philosophical questions is decisive both for the development of a knowledge field and as the point of departure of classification. The theoretical principles developed in this paper are applied in a brief analysis of some concrete classification systems, including the one used by PsycINFO / Psychological Abstracts. The role of classification in modern information retrieval is also briefly discussed. Knowledge Organization {T}he {C}lassification of {P}sychology: a {C}ase {S}tudy in the {C}lassification of a {K}nowledge {F}ield CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW - 162--201 Kristina M. Spurgin 25 4 1998 - 1998 HB-1998002 article Information science (IS) is concerned with the searching and retrieval of test and other information (IR), mostly in electronic databases and on the Internet. Such databases contain fulltext (or other kinds of documents, e.g. pictures) and/or document representations and/or different kinds of "value added information". The core theoretical problem for IS is related to the determination of the usefulness of different "subject access points" in electronic databases. This problem is again related to theories of meaning and semantics.(2) This paper outlines some important principles in the design of documents done in the field of "composition studies". It maps the possible subject access points and presents research done on each kind of these. It shows how theories of IR must build on or relate to different theories of concepts and meaning. It: discusses two contrasting theories of semantics worked out by Ludwig Wittgenstein: "the picture theory" and "the theory of language games" and demonstrates the different consequences for such theories for IR. Finally, the implications for information professionals are discussed. - 16--31 1-2 p. 16 Very central in this reorientation in IS are in my opinion both a new focus on meaning and a new focus on the social environments of both users and systems. p. 27 The job of informaiton science is to contribute to the process of identifying those documents that can be of most value to the user's tasks. Knowledge Organization 2008.07.05 {I}nformation {R}etrieval, {T}ext {C}omposition, and {S}emantics 25 Kristina M. Spurgin 1998 - 1998 HB-1997001 book 2008.07.05 {I}nformation seeking and subject representation: {A}n activity-theoretical approach to information science Westport, Conn. Kristina M. Spurgin 1997 Greenwood Press 1997 HB-1994001 inproceedings 2008.07.05 {N}ine principles of knowledge organization CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW - 91--100 Kristina M. Spurgin 1994 1994 Advances in knowledge organization p. 91 The core problem in Information Science (IS) is seen as existing in information seeking and "information retrieval," (IR), aiming at helping users to become informed and to identify documents, which are the "best textual means to some end." p. 99 IS must have a much more limited and humble scope: help facilitate the fruitful principles of knowledge organization and avoid the unfruitful ones by analyzing the different criteria for knowledge organization developing in all kinds of human activities, as well as their implicit or explicit goals, functions and consequences. - 1994 HB-1992001 article 2008.07.05 This article presents a theoretical investigation of the concept of 'subject' or 'subject matter' in library and information science. Most conceptions of 'subject' in the literature are not explicit but implicit. Various indexing and classification theories, including automatic indexing and citation indexing, have their own more or less implicit concepts of subject. This fact puts the emphasis on making the implicit theories of 'subject matter' explicit as the first step.A very close connection exists between what subjects are, and how we are to know them. Those researchers who place the subjects in the minds of the users have a conception of 'subject' different to that possessed by those who regard the subject as a fixed property of the documents. The key to the definition of the concept of 'subject' lies in the epistemological investigation of how we are going to know what we need to know about documents in order to describe them in a way which facilitates information retrieval. The second step therefore is an analysis of the implicit epistemological conceptions in the major existing conceptions of 'subject'. The different conceptions of 'subject' can therefore be classified into epistemological positions, e.g. 'subjective idealism' (or the empiric/positivistic viewpoint), 'objective idealism' (the rationalistic viewpoint), 'pragmatism' and 'materialism/realism'. The third and final step is to propose a new theory of subject matter based on an explicit theory of knowledge. In this article this is done from the point of view of a realistic/materialistic epistemology. From this standpoint the subject of a document is defined as thc epistemological potentials of that document. Journal of Documentation {T}he {C}oncept of {S}ubject in {I}nformation-{S}cience CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW - 172--200 Kristina M. Spurgin 48 2 1992 - 1992 HB-1999001 article This paper takes a second look at three prevailing main themes in knowledge organization: i) the academic disciplines as the main structural principle; ii) the fiction/non-fiction distinction; and iii) the appropriate unit of analysis in online retrieval systems. The history and origin of bibliographic classification [Dewey, Bliss, Mills, Beghtol] are discussed from the perspective of pragmatist philosophy and social studies of science [Kuhn, Merton, Reich]. Choices of structural principles in different schemes are found to rely on more or less implicit philosophical foundations, ranging from rationalism to pragmatism. It is further shown how the increasing application of faceted structures as basic structural principles in universal classification schemes [DDC, UDC] impose rationalistic principles and structures for knowledge organization which are not in alignment with the development of knowledge in the covered disciplines. Further evidence of rationalism in knowledge organization is the fiction/non-fiction distinction, excluding the important role of artistic resources for, in particular; humanistic research. Finally, for the analysis of appropriate bibliographic unit, it is argued that there is a need to shift rewards a semiotic approach, founded on an understanding of intertextuality, rather than applying standard principles of hierarchical decomposition of documents. It is concluded that a change in classification research is needed, founded on a more historical and social understanding of knowledge. CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW Classification Classification-(theory) CAT-LIS-Read 131--139 3 Historically the structure of the classes has been based on the academic disciplines which H & A identify an underlying historist and pragmatic approach reflected in the construction of non facet-analytic bibliographic classifications. This approach is seen as the primary strength of these schemes, because the diciplines are historically developed structures which determine the way in which subjects are interpreted and organized. (does the typical user understand this, though, or do they want info on a topic from across disciplines?) "It is important to realize that the similarities between disciplines and interdisciplinary areas are much more important than their differences. Both disciplines and interdiciplinary areas are very dynamic and very differentiated structures. What begins as a multidisciplinary area may develop into an interdisciplinary area and end as a discipline." p133 "In classification theory the alternatives to disciplines as basic units has mostly been kinds of rationalistic structures without refrence to the social world of knowledge producers and users or to the historical developments in knowledge organization." p133 Overall Hjorland's work goes against the utility of studying individual's conceptualizations of knowledge. "Information systems cannot be designed to serve each and all individual user's many different projects and purposes." p134. The discipline, within which individuals work and become familiar with a particular structure of knowledge, is a more useful tool for organizing knowledge. (Of course this mainly holds only for those enculturated in a discipline, and then only within that discipline.) Knowledge Organization 2008.07.05 {A}n {A}nalysis of {S}ome {T}rends in {C}lassification {R}esearch 26 Kristina M. Spurgin 1999 pc 1999 BCL2003001b article 2008.08.31 Knowledge Organization {S}cientific and scholarly classifications are not "na?ve": a comment to {B}egthol [sic] CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW CAT-LIS-read 55--61 Kristina M. Spurgin 31 1 2004 pc 2004 HB-2005001 article Purpose-To suggest that a theory of classification for information retrieval (IR), asked for by Sparck Jones in a 1970 paper, presupposes a full implementation of a pragmatic understanding. Part of the Journal of Documentation celebration, "60 years of the best in information research". Design/methodology/approach-Literature-based conceptual analysis, taking Sparck Jones as its starting-point. Analysis involves distinctions between "positivism" and "pragmatism" and "classical" versus Kuhnian understandings of concepts. Findings-Classification, both manual and automatic, for retrieval benefits from drawing upon a combination of qualitative and quantitative techniques, a consideration of theories of meaning, and the adding of top-down approaches to IR in which divisions of labour, domains, traditions, genres, document architectures etc. are included as analytical elements and in which specific IR algorithms are based on the examination of specific literatures. Introduces an example illustrating the consequences of a full implementation of a pragmatist understanding when handling homonyms. Practical implications-Outlines how to classify from a pragmatic-philosophical point of view. Originality/value-Provides, emphasizing a pragmatic understanding, insights of importance to classification for retrieval, both manual and automatic. CAT-LIS-read Classification Positivism Pragmatism Classification-Automatic 0022-0418 582--597 5 As her starting point, Spa?rck Jones introduces an eight-wise categorization of classifications based on three pairs of mutually exclusive pairs of characteristics: first, a monothetic classification is one where all members of each class share one or more properties, while a polythetic classification is one where members of a class do not necessarily share one or more common properties. Second, an overlapping classification is one in which objects may appear in more than one class, while, in contrast, an exclusive classification only allows objects to appear in one class. Third, an ordered classification is one in which there are some systematic relationships between classes, whereas an unordered classification presupposes no such systematic relationships between classes. Spa?rck Jones takes these 2 ? 2 ? 2 ? 8 categories of classifications to exhaust the possibilities, and subsequently van Rijsbergen (1979, p. 28) has described the categorisation as ?. . .a very clear intuitive break down of classification methods in terms of some general characteristics of the resulting classificatory system?. P585: ?We accordingly suggest that a classification is always required for a purpose, why a consideration of that purpose is the most important part of the methodology of information science (IS). Whether or not that purpose can be stated formally is quite another question. We have to accept working at the level of preciseness that we have access to, i.e. this is the condition under which we have to work and we cannot change this by requiring something that is not available to us. This does not, however, change the fundamental insight: we have to base our classifications on knowledge about their purposes. The method of investigating such purposes may be termed pragmatic analysis (or pragmatic method ). By implication, the pragmatic method is the fundamental method in classification research (and probably in all of IS as well). The pragmatic method emphasizes the investigation of goals, purposes, interests, and values (Hj?rland, 2002, p. 269). We believe that many researchers hesitate to fully accept and implement this pragmatic insight because they either are overwhelmed by the enormousness of the task or would like to appear as neutral experts. Our response to such an argument is first that the cost may be that we do not use the most appropriate methods, and second that neither our theoretical nor our empirical knowledge can advance properly if we do not dare to approach the problem in an appropriate way.? P588: ?The agreement between the pragmatic and Kuhn?s view on concepts may be summarized this way: according to pragmatism, concepts are ways of classifying the world that serve human purposes. The concept of ?food? within a culture serves the purpose of indicating for the people in that culture what is and what is not eatable.? P590: ?Our understanding of homographs implies that different discourse communities use the same sign without any trouble as long as their literatures are not merged into one database. They use distinct journals and other communication outlets perhaps even without knowing that other discourse communities use the same term with different meanings. When literatures are merged a need to be able to distinguish these merged meanings arises. The job is thus to be able to separate the different meanings. The job for a theory of classification and retrieval is to identify the cues for how best to separate such merged discourses and meanings in order to uncover the relative meaning of different access points in different contexts (Hj?rland and Kyllesbech Nielsen, 2001).? P591: ?At the individual level, persons may pursue quite idiosyncratic goals, but such unclear or individual goals cannot serve as a sound basis for classification. There have to be either a larger group of people sharing identical goals or there have to be some ideal goals that can be used as basis for classification.? 2008.07.05 Journal of Documentation {A} substantive theory of classification for information retrieval HB-2005001.pdf:HB-2005001.pdf:PDF;HB-2005001.pdf:HB-2005001.pdf:PDF;HB-2005001.pdf:HB-2005001.pdf:PDF 61 Kristina M. Spurgin 2005 pdf 2005 HVJ2004001 inproceedings Museums have traditionally used timelines as a means of creating narratives of historical, cultural, political, geographical and social change. However, such timelines are only one aspect of a potential infinity of semantic continua, and fail to exploit fully the possibilities implicit in the objects that exemplify them. In this paper we describe the 'Gernsback Machine', a novel categorisation and navigation model based on principles of facet analysis that enables descriptive metadata terms to be located within a fully navigable universal facet tree. The navigation potential of 'step, flip or zoom' inherent in the GM permits exploration through all semantic continua, and, by allowing the users to follow their own particular threads, enables complex narrative structures to be created. We describe how the Gernsback Machine can be used to create a virtual museum space for new or existing collections, using a series of recursively defined 'bento' containers to define the museum content. We describe how our prototype illustrates the potential of the GM in exploring different aspects of the time facet, in a 'museum of the history of possible futures and probable pasts'. edited by Classification Faceted ; Navigation Arlington, VA Museums and the Web 2004: Selected papers http://www.archimuse.com/mw2004/papers/hobbs/hobbs.html Archives \& Museum Informatics 2008.07.05 {T}he {G}ernsback {M}achine: {T}owards a museum of possible futures and probable pasts Bearman, David and Trant, Jennifer Toronto Kristina M. Spurgin March 31-April 3 2004 html 2004-03 HLC1998001 inproceedings 2008.07.05 {M}etadata {S}tructures and {U}ser {P}references: {D}esigning {U}ser-{F}ocussed {K}nowledge {A}ccess {S}ystems CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW Metadata focus-groups checklist-methodology prototype-tools CAT-LIS-Read Universite Charles-de-Gaulle, Lille, France Kristina M. Spurgin 25 Aug 1998-29 Aug 1998 1998 Structures and Relations in Knowledge Organization: Proceedings of the Fifth International Conferencece of the International Society of Knowledge Organization Focus groups were conducted with users of public and academic libraries in order to define more user-centered bibliographic descriptions and displays for monographs and serials. Users were asked to order descriptive metadata elements by their importance in identifying and accessing items. This study was focused on user's cognitive representations of ideal item surrogates, not how those surrogates should be arranged. However, this is an example of eliciting user mental models in order to improve the design of information organization and access systems. pc 1998 HowarthWeihs2008 article 2008-09-28 Cataloging \& Classification Quarterly {E}nigma variations: parsing the riddle of main entry and the "{R}ule of {T}hree" from {AACR2} to {RDA} main-entry cataloging choice-of-access 201-220 Kristina 46 2 2008 pc, pdf 2008 HWG1969001 article Classification (quantitative approaches) 1--\& 1 finding optimal number of categories for n items for retrieval with least information (Shannon def of info) UNC SILS PER Information Storage and Retrieval 2008-12-08 {ON} {NUMBER} {OF} {CATEGORIES} {FOR} {CLASSIFICATION} 5 Kristina 1969 ref 1969 Hsieh-Yee2006 book 2008.07.05 {O}rganizing {A}udiovisual and {E}lectronic {R}esources for {A}ccess: a {C}ataloging {G}uide Westport, Conn 376 Kristina M. Spurgin 2006 Libraries Unlimited 2006 HYI2003001 techreport 2008.07.05 {C}ataloging and metadata education: {A} proposal for preparing cataloging professionals of the 21st century: {A} response to {A}ction {I}tem 5.1 of the "{B}ibliographic {C}ontrol of {W}eb {R}esources: {A} {L}ibrary of {C}ongress {A}ction {P}lan" CatalogerEducation HYI2003001.pdf:HYI2003001.pdf:PDF;HYI2003001.pdf:HYI2003001.pdf:PDF;HYI2003001.pdf:HYI2003001.pdf:PDF 59 Kristina M. Spurgin 2003 http://www.loc.gov/catdir/bibcontrol/CatalogingandMetadataEducation.pdf pdf ALCTS/ALISE Task Force 2003 HM-2005001 article Results of a project focused on a sample of six Web-based libraries in the field of education. Our analysis of ad hoc classification structures considers three dimensions. "Structure" is described through quantitative data (e.g. number of main categories, average number of hierarchical levels, etc.). "Logic: concentrates on two aspects of the subdividing process: classificatory model and type of hierarchical relation. "Semantics" relates to concepts and their representation in the form of terms. We observe that the classification structures are hierarchical,not overly complex, and not very specific. The choice, arrangement, and sequence of classes are logic enough and are sufficient to facilitate navigation. However, we suggest that problems will arise at the semantic level, where conceptual and terminological inconsistencies emerge due to significant gaps in conceptual coverage and lack of terminological control. ClassificatioN-Folk ; CAT-LIS read ; Classification usefulness of for novices ; World Wide Web 1195-096X 265--288 3 P266-7: ?To conduct the analysis, we applied and tested a model developed by Sabine Mas as part of her doctoral research on the classification of electronic records residing on personal workstations in large organizations. This model uses the findings of theoretical research on classification (Maniez 1987; Iyer 1995), of theoretical and applied research in the field of personal information management (Henderson 2003; Boardman and Sasse 2004), and of previous analyses of Web directory structures (van der Walt 1998; Hudon 2000; Zins 2002). The analysis is multidimensional. Structure, logic, and semantics are examined in turn. Structure is described through quantitative data, logic is concerned with various aspects of the subdividing process, and semantics relates to concepts and their representation in the form of terms.? "Indeed, Koch et al. (1997) believe that classification schemes facilitate browsing and navigation through large collections, enable the broadening and/or narrowing of searches, and often provide a much needed context. They also found classification structures useful for inexperienced searchers or for searchers who were not familiar with the subject matter they had to deal with. " Classification theory: "Common to lists of desirable qualities proposed by specialists (see, among others, Maniez 1987; Iyer 1995; Molholt 1995; Mai 2004; van der Walt 2004) are the following: simplicity, logic, flexibility, hospitality, authority, and specificity. " 2008.07.05 Canadian Journal of Information and Library Science-Revue Canadienne Des Sciences De L Information Et De Bibliotheconomie {S}tructure, logic, and semantics in ad hoc classification schemes applied to {W}eb-based libraries in the field of education HM-2005001.pdf:HM-2005001.pdf:PDF;HM-2005001.pdf:HM-2005001.pdf:PDF;HM-2005001.pdf:HM-2005001.pdf:PDF 29 Kristina M. Spurgin 2005 pdf 2005 Hufford1991 article 2008.09.02 This article discusses the major catalog codes published in the United States and Great Britain since 1841. The main point made is that, although a number of the authors of these codes had the catalog user in mind when creating their codes, not one of the codes was significantly influenced by the findings of empirical investigations of user needs. The article concludes with the idea that authors of future codes should consider taking into account the research findings of catalog use studies when creating their codes. Cataloging \& Classification Quarterly {T}he pragmatic basis of catalog codes: {H}as the user been ignored cataloging-codes cataloging---history Hufford1991.pdf:Hufford1991.pdf:PDF 27--38 Kristina M. Spurgin 14 1 1991 1991 IP-1992001 article Contribution to a thematic issue devoted to an investigation and celebration of the works of Dr. S.R. Ranganathan. Examines Ranganathan's approach to knowledge organisation and its relevance to intellectual accessibility in libraries. Discusses the current and future developments of his methodology and theories in knowledge-based systems. Topics covered include: semi-automatic classification and structure of thesauri; user-intermediary interactions in information retrieval (IR); semantic value-theory and uncertainty principles in IR; and case grammar. 00 Original abstracT-amended Information-retrieval Indexing Classification Thesauri Ranganathan 0024-2667 184--201 3 Libri 2008.07.05 {R}anganathan in the perspective of advanced information retrieval 42 Kristina M. Spurgin 1992 - 1992 IH-1991001 inproceedings Apples Ranganathan's theory of classification, specifically the use of facet analysis, to the searching of on-line data bases. On-line searches were performed for each of 30 students' queries using: facet model searching: quorum function searching; and Boolean searching. Precision and recall was measured for all 3 techniques. The facet model yielded the highest mean recall and precision values. 00 N.L.M. edited by Information-retrieval Indexing Classification Faceted Ranganathan Darmstadt 159--167 Tools for knowledge organisation and the human interface: Proceedings of the 1st International ISKO Conference. Part 2. 2008.07.05 {O}nline searching: use of classificatory structures Fugmann, Robert 14 Aug 1990-17 Aug 1990 Kristina M. Spurgin 1991 - 1991 IH-1995001 incollection 2008.07.05 Textbooks for knowledge organization {V}ocabularies Indexing Controlled-vocabularies Frankfurt/Main 60--87 Kristina M. Spurgin 1995 Classificatory Structures: Concepts, Relations and Representation pc Indeks Verlag 1995 Iyer1995 book 2008.07.05 Textbooks for knowledge organization {C}lassificatory {S}tructures: {C}oncepts, {R}elations and {R}epresentation - Frankfurt/Main Kristina M. Spurgin 1995 - Indeks Verlag 1995 Iyer2004 article Enumerates various paths that may lead to knowledge discovery (KD). Most of these paths begin from knowing what exists. To know what exists about an entity requires comprehensively assembling relevant data and information, in-depth analysis of the information, and identifying relations among the concepts in the related and even apparently unrelated subjects. Provision has to be made to reorganize and synthesize the information retrieved and/or that obtained through observation, experiment, survey, etc. Information and communication technologies (ICT) have considerably augmented the capabilities of information systems. Such ICT applications may range from the simple to sophisticated computerized systems, with data gathered using aerial photography, remote sensing, satellite imagery, large radar and planetary telescopes and many other instrument records of phenomena, as well as downloading via the Internet. While classification helps in data prospecting and data mining, for it to assist the KD process effectively it has to be supplemented with good indexes, hypertext links, access to statistical and modeling techniques, etc. Computer software assists text analysis, complex data manipulation, computation, statistical analysis, concept mapping, etc. But manual information systems can also assist KD. Enumerates several prerequisites to KD and relevant tools and techniques to be incorporated into information support systems. Presents case studies of information systems and services that assisted KD. Copies of this article are available for fee from the Haworth Document Delivery Service http: / [mailto:/docdelivery@haworthpress]. (Original abstract) Knowledge-organization Databases 0163-9374 115--130 1/2 Cataloging and Classification Quarterly 2008.08.31 {I}nformation organization to assist knowledge discovery: case studies with non-bibliographic databases 37 Kristina M. Spurgin 2004 - 2004 JEK2004001 article EXAMINATION OF THE SYSTEMIC PROPERTIES AND FORMS of interaction that characterize classification and categorization reveals fundamental syntactic differences between the structure of classification systems and the structure of categorization systems. These distinctions lead to meaningful differences in the contexts within which information can be apprehended and influence the semantic information available to the individual. Structural and semantic differences between classification and categorization are differences that make a difference in the information environment by influencing the functional activities of an information system and by contributing to its constitution as an information environment. CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW Categories--Definition Classification--Definition CAT-LIS-read Organization-of-information Pre-coordinate-indexing Post-coordinate-indexing subject-headings 0024-2594 515--540 3 "The argument elaborated here is that fundamental syntactic distinctions exist between the structure of classification systems and the structure of categorization systems; that these distinctions lead to meaningful differences in the contexts within which information can be apprehended; and that these differences, in turn, influence the semantic informationthe information about realitythat is available to the individual. " p516 "That cognitive accord can be achieved across individuals is a fundamental assumption of the shareability constraint proposed by Freyd (1983). She argued that the intent to communicate without loss of information causes the individual to modify her internal conceptual representations to reflect the cognitive organization assumed to be held by the other participant(s) in the communicative process. " "Classification as process involves the orderly and systematic assignment of each entity to one and only one class within a system of mutually exclusive and nonoverlapping classes. This process is lawful and systematic: lawful because it is carried out in accordance with an established set of principles that governs the structure of classes and class relationships; and systematic because it mandates consistent application of these principles within the framework of a prescribed ordering of reality. The scheme itself is artificial and arbitrary: artificial because it is a tool created for the express purpose of establishing a meaningful organization; and arbitrary because the criteria used to define classes in the scheme reflect a single perspective of the domain to the exclusion of all other perspectives. " "While traditional classification is rigorous in that it mandates that an entity either is or is not a member of a particular class, the process of categorization is flexible and creative and draws nonbinding associations between entities?associations that are based not on a set of predetermined principles but on the simple recognition of similarities that exist across a set of entities. Classification divides a universe of entities into an arbitrary system of mutually exclusive and nonoverlapping classes that are arranged within the conceptual context established by a set of established principles. The fact that neither the context nor the composition of these classes varies is the basis for the stability of reference provided by a system of classification. In contrast, categorization divides the world of experience into groups or categories whose members bear some immediate similarity within a given context." -- p527-8 "Shera (1951/1965) observes that, throughout history, attempts to classify knowledge have relied on four basic assumptions: universal order, unity of knowledge, similarity of class members, and intrinsic essence. " 2008.08.31 Library Trends {C}lassification and categorization: {A} difference that makes a difference JEK2004001.pdf:JEK2004001.pdf:PDF;JEK2004001.pdf:JEK2004001.pdf:PDF;JEK2004001.pdf:JEK2004001.pdf:PDF 52 Kristina M. Spurgin 2004 pdf 2004 JEK2001001 article One major aspect of T.D. Wilson's research has been his insistence on situating the investigation of information behaviour within the context of its occurrence - within the everyday world of work. The significance of this approach is reviewed in light of the notion of embodied cognition that characterises the evolving theoretical episteme in cognitive science research. Embodied cognition employs complex external props such as stigmergic structures and cognitive scaffoldings to reduce the cognitive burden on the individual and to augment human problem-solving activities. The cognitive function of the classification scheme is described as exemplifying both stigmergic structures and cognitive scaffoldings. Two different but complementary approaches to the investigation of situated cognition are presented: cognition-as-scaffolding and cognition-as-infrastructure. Classification-as-scaffolding views the classification scheme as a knowledge storage device supporting and promoting cognitive economy. Classification-as-infrastructure views the classification system as a social convention that, when integrated with technological structures and organisational practices, supports knowledge management work. Both approaches are shown to build upon and extend Wilson's contention that research is most productive when it attends to the social and organisational contexts of cognitive activity by focusing on the everyday world of work. CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW Classification Cognitive Classification-in-context Everyday-information CAT-LIS-read Situated-cognition boundary-objects context 0022-0418 76--99 1 Jacob (2001) puts forth the need to study organization of information (specifically classification schemes, but could be extended to other forms of information organization) within the everyday world of work (could be extended simply to the everyday) in order to understand how information organization schemes function as cognitive scaffolding or infrastructure within social and organizational context. Other ways in which systems and artefacts of information organization may be intertwined with everyday activities may also be discovered. The key is moving from studying these systems as stand-alone things and start looking at them as a kind of information behaviour (Spink...?) that is situated in a wider context. -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- From a practical perspective, Project INISS is significant because it was the FIrst study of information use intentionally situated within the context of the everyday world of work. From a more theoretical perspective, Project INISS is signiFIcant because it effectively redirected the focus of information behaviour research from the documents used in satisfying an information need to the individual and the context within which information behaviour actually occurred. Most importantly, perhaps, Project INISS is signiFIcant because it stands as one of the FIrst examples of empirical investigation in information studies undertaken from a sociocognitive perspective [9]. Underlying this project were two tacit but substantive assumptions: ?rst, that individuals involved in a particular domain of work share a mental model of their working environment ? an internalised conception of how the everyday world of social services praxis actually ?works?; and, second, that the information actually used by these individuals becomes meaningful within the context of that model [10]. This functional integration of individual and environment is at the heart of the theory of augmentation advanced by Englebart [20] in a little-known paper published in 1963. In this paper, Engelbart addresses ?the total system of a human plus his augmentation devices and techniques ... as a set of interacting elements rather than a number of isolated components? [pp. 1?2]. ? But the actual performance of any such process is carried out by what Engelbart refers to as the H-LAM/T augmentation system, an integrated system comprised of the Human using the Language, the Artefacts and the Methodologies in which he has been Trained. Clark proposes two types of external structure which, he contends, function to facilitate and control individual actions. The ?rst of these external structures, which he identi?es as ?stigmergic structures? [15, p. 186], consists of the sociocultural, sociopolitical and organisational con?gurations of responses that institutionalise patterns of behaviour: for example, the universal pattern of responses to the standardised system of traf?c lights is just such a stigmergic structure. The other type of external structure consists of what Clark calls ?cognitive scaffoldings? [15, ch. 9]. In contrast to the more formulaic or standardised nature of stigmergic structures, the notion of cognitive scaffoldings ?denotes a broad class of physical, cognitive, and social augmentations ? augmentations that allow us to achieve some goal that would otherwise be beyond us? [pp. 194?195]? Clark?s [15, p. 194] notion of scaffolding extends Vygotsky?s original theory to include not only the intellectual and the social realms, but the physical realm as well. Clark?s contention is that many cognitive activities rely upon or exploit external scaffoldings ? the technologies, knowledge structures or methodologies developed by others ? which the individual co-opts to support his or her own problem-solving activities. Culture provides the collections of tools that structure the physical and social environment; the environment, in turn, gives shape to the human mind; and the human mind, in its turn, re?nes and extends culture [23]. Given this iterative process of interaction, re?nement and extension, it is simply not satisfactory to characterise cognition as the product of an isolated mind acting in a physical or social void. Rather, cognitive activity is more appropriately understood as the synergistic product of the individual mind actively and intimately coupled with his or her sociomaterial environment. Thus, while language may be the ultimate cognitive artefact, as Clark [15] contends, the classi?cation scheme must be acknowledged as the ultimate cognitive constraint. When the obvious insularity of the classi?cation scheme is coupled with its inherent inability to accommodate changes in the everyday world of practice and with its requirement for top-down as opposed to bottom-up changes, it appears that the most critical distinction between classi?cation-as-infrastructure and classi ?cation-as-scaffolding can be found in the contrast between open and closed systems. 2008.08.31 Journal of Documentation {T}he everyday world of work: {T}wo approaches to the investigation of classification in context JEK2001001.pdf:JEK2001001.pdf:PDF;JEK2001001.pdf:JEK2001001.pdf:PDF;JEK2001001.pdf:JEK2001001.pdf:PDF 57 Kristina M. Spurgin 2001 pdf pc 2001 JEK1994001 inproceedings 2008.07.05 {C}lassification and crossdisciplinary communication: {B}reaching the boundaries imposed by classificatory structure CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW Interdisciplinarity Classification CAT-LIS-read Communication Language-for-special-purposes 101--108 Kristina M. Spurgin 1994 Advances in knowledge organization "The traditional process of formal classification entails the systematic arrangement of entities within a hierarchical structure of mutually exclusive and non-overlapping groups or classesbased upon a predetermined set of principles or guidelines. While traditional classificaiton is rigorous in that it mandates that an entity either is, or is not, a member of a particular class, the process of categorization is flecible and creative and draws non-binding associations between entities--associations that are based not on predetermined principles but on the recognition of similarities between a given set of entities. Categorization divides the world of experience into groups or categories whose members bear some immediate similarity within a given context. That this context may vary--and with it the composition of the category--is the very basis for both the flexibility and the power of cognitive categorization." p102-103 The process of learning the language and structure of a domain or discipline tranforms flexible and plastic cognitive categories into concretized classes with imposed absolute meaning. Communication forces rigidization... "...classification involves the systematic creation of order within a framework that is frequently both arbitrary and artificial: Arbitrary in that it adopts one perspective of the domain to the exclusion of all others; and artificial in that it is a tool or artifact created for the express purpose of establishing order." p103-104 Classification of this sort serves a useful purpose within a domain, but hinders communication across domains. Contrasts Shannon-Weaver conduit type model of communication of information with Dervin's information as brick or clay model. Bahktin's dialogue as more along the lines of Dervin. We need the Dervin/dialogue model to inform knowledge structures to support interdisciplinary communication. "Because domain specificity confounds crossdisciplinary dialogue, efforts to identify new relations of similarity and to create new forms of knowledge requires teh rejection of rigid, formalized classificatory schemas in favor of more generalized structures that will accommodate the transfer of information across domains and facilitate dialogue across domains." p108 pc 1994 JEK1991001 inproceedings 2008.07.05 {C}lassification and categorization: {D}rawing the line CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW Classification categorization Definitions Research-Ideas CAT-LIS-Read Literature-review Washington, D.C. 67--83 Kristina M. Spurgin 27 Oct 1991 1991 Proceedings of the 2nd ASIS SIG/CR Classification research workshop p. 81: "But equally as important is an understanding of how these categories may be structured, or restructured, by the intent to communicate that knowledge to others." "...from this perspective, the primary problem confronting the information industry is the need to facilitate effective interaction between the user and the system-- interaction that fosters access to appropriate and relevant materials within the constraints imposed by cognitive representations of the individual. Interaction at this level can only proceed from an understanding of the relationship that exists between an external, artificial ordering of knowledge and the internal, mental representations of the user--of the interaction between the intellectual structure imposed upon recorded knowledge by the classification system and the cognitive framework individuals impose upone their experiences of the world. Any preliminary understanding of this relationship must begin with the process of classification itself and its functional role in cognition." p68 (discussing Molholt 1989) "But even a cursory review of the philophical and spychological literature on categorization strongly suggests that this terminological imprecision (treating classify and categorize as synonymous) has served to obscure the realization that researchers are, in fact, dealing with two closely related but nonetheless separate and distinct processes." p77 "Like the classes nested within a hierarchical classificatory system, cognitive categories do not exist in isolation but are frequently combined into hierarchical relationships that include specific instances within the structure of broader or more general superordinate categories. But, unlike the classes in a classificatory system, categories do not exhibit fixed boundaries demarcated by a set of essential characteristics. " p79 "While various theories have been advanced to account for the instability of categories, it seems obvious that knowledge of the cognitive roles performed by categories cannot proceed until researchers effectively separate the process of classification from that of categorization. The confusion that suffuses research into the cognitive nature of categories is due, in large part, to a pervasive failure to acknowledge that classification and categorization are distinct processes--that "classes" function within a rigidly fixed and universal order exemplified by the analytical process of classification, while "categories" function at the idiosyncratic, cognitive level of the individual through the context-based process of categorization." p80 "The important question here is not "What is the structure of categories?", but "Does the individual, given the constraints imposed by the need to communicate, restructure internalized representations of reality -- those idiosyncratic cognitive categories -- to reflect a fixed and arbitrary external ordering of knowledge? And, if so, how?"" p82 (this is her dissertation research question) -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- This made me think of a possible experiment to run regarding tags and either photos or bookmarks. We have often discussed informally whether people tag for themselves or for others. We don't know... we could ask... but what would the differences be? You could maybe do something like have each subject bring in/send you 10 photos. Split group in half. One half instructed to generate tags as if the photos and tags would only remain on their own computer. Other half instructed to tag as though they would be available on a photo sharing service like Flickr. Wait a period (what does indexer consistency say about time?). Have them do the experiment again, switching instructions to the groups. Quotes Rosch et al, 1976, p384: "...one purpose of categorization is to reduce the infinite differences among stimuli to behaviorally and cognitively usable proportions. It is to the organism's advantage not to differentiate one stimulus from others when that differentiation is irrelevant for the purposes at hand. The basic level of classification, the primary level at which cuts are made in the environment, appears to result from the combination of these two principles; the basic categorization is the most general and inclusive level at which categories can delineate real-world structures." pc 1991 JEK1999001 inproceedings edited by Classification-in-context Sheffield, UK 519--534 Exploring the contexts of information behaviour, Proceedings of the Second International Conference on Research in Information Needs, Seeking and Use in Different Contexts cited by TJT2005001 2008.07.05 {W}hen essence becomes function: post-structuralist implications for an ecological theory of organisational classification systems Wilson, Tom D. and Allen, David K. 13 Aug 1998-15 Aug 1998 Kristina M. Spurgin 1999 ref 1999 JEK2003001 inproceedings 2008.07.05 {W}hat ontologies are not:a [draft] theoretical framework for the analysis of representational systems Ontologies Definitions Kristina M. Spurgin 4 Apr 2003 2003 School of Library and Information Science, Indiana University-Bloomington ppt 2003 JEK1998001 article 2008-12-08 Annual Review of Information Science and Technology {S}ociocognitive {P}erspectives on {R}epresentation CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW ; CAT-LIS Unread 131--185 Kristina 33 1998 Much is known about the physical characteristics of representation. Much of the research in cognitive information retrieval glosses over issues of how representations are created. We do not well understand the cognitive processes of creating, applying, and using representation structures. This includes building classification schemes and indexing languages, doing subject analysis and applying keywords or subject headings, categorizing, building mental models, and abstracting, among other things. "Although the results of empirical research focusing on the categorization process seem to hold potential for the development of effective indexing languages and organizational structures, more immediate applications can be seen in their contribution to the condeptual organization presented to the user by a system interface." p.157 Perhaps findings from cognitive psychology on categorizationc an inform representation in LIS. "The findings of Kwasnik and Case provide insight on specific, domain-based contextual cues that can enhance existing systems of representation; and they indicate the need for further research leading to the identification of patterns of sociocognitive representations that are characteristic of other discourse domains and knowledge communities." p. 151 Avoiding mentalism and subjective individualism, a sociocultural approach to studying representation can examine representation at the level of the individual in a particular community or domain, within a broader perspective--"grounding the internal/individual with in the external/environment and thereby integrating the various levels of investigation to achieve truly effective systems of representation and retrieval." p. 141 This latter is a bit of what I intend to do. Look at what types of representation (organization schemes/tags/categories/labels) are used, how those have changed, and what factors (internal and external) affect choices regarding representation. This review also is a treasure trove for sparking future research ideas. I had so many I couldn't write them all down. -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- "Frohmann (1992b) points out that "Knowledge of users' internal realities--their 'internal programmes,' 'sense-making processes,' ' images,' 'world models,' or 'cognitive maps'--is the whole point of the 'paradigm shift from system to user' ushered in by the cognitive viewpoint" (p. 379). Accordingly, he finds the cognitive viewpoint to be reductionist in nature, imposing "a discourse of interiors" (p. 374) within which the complexities of real-world context and practice become little more than external triggers determining the individual's construction of internalized representations. This focus on interiors and the resulting opposition of internal and external states supports introduction of a radical individualism that is captured, for Frohmann, in Dervin's contention that "sense" cannot be imposed from without but that "each individual must make his own sense" (p. 28). Inherent in the cognitive viewpoint is the assumption that "crucial differences" are situated within the individual in the particular world view that he or she has constructed. For Frohmann (1992b), this extreme individualism represents what he facetiously indentifies as one of the most "significant" contributions of the cognitive viewpoint: "The erasure of the social" (p. 376). Ok first of all Dervin's Sense-Making does NOT erase the social. Each person is seen as situated in a time and space and that includes a social world. This is seen as important, is not ignored, and is taken into account. The individual person's viewpoint, however, is priveleged. This is necessary because the social can be contrued, interpreted, and used by different people in vastly different ways, even if we are all influenced by it. People in the same social contexts do not always construct the same world view. They do not always make the same sense of what they are exposed to. Second, a main goal of the strict application of the Sense-Making Methodology is to be able to identify patterns of gap-bridging in different types of gap situations, *across subjects* which means that though it does not refuse to take into account the existence of "radical individualism" and the basic subjectivity of everything, it hopes to be able to extrapolate to something useful for groups. To find patterns across social groups. And so on. Individual people are hard. They are messy. Idiosyncratic. It is convenient to sweep them away by saying their individual views, practices, conceptual structures, etc are not important. But that's like saying the qualities of the individual bricks used to build a structure are not important. print-copy 1998 JA-2000001 inproceedings In this paper, we present a conceptual framework for indexing different aspects of visual information. Our framework unifies concepts from the literature in diverse fields such as cognitive psychology, library sciences, art, and the more recent contentbased retrieval. We present multiple level structures for visual and non-visual information. The ten-level visual structure presented provides a systematic way of indexing images based on syntax (e.g., color, texture, etc.) and semantics (e.g., objects, events, etc.), and includes distinctions between general concept and visual concept. We define different types of relations (e.g., syntactic, semantic) at different levels of the visual structure, and also use a semantic information table to summarize important aspects related to an image. While the focus is on the development of a conceptual indexing structure, our aim is also to bring together the knowledge from various fields, unifying the issues that should be considered when building a digital image library. Our analysis stresses the limitations of state of the art content-based retrieval systems and suggests areas in which improvements are necessary. edited by CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW images Indexing image-attributes San Jose, CA 2--15 IS\&T/SPIE Internet Imaging I SPIE 2008.07.05 {A} conceptual framework for indexing visual information at multiple levels Beretta, Giordano B. and Schettini, Raimondo Bellingham, WA JA-2000001.pdf:JA-2000001.pdf:PDF;JA-2000001.pdf:JA-2000001.pdf:PDF;JA-2000001.pdf:JA-2000001.pdf:PDF Kristina M. Spurgin 26 Jan 2000-28 Jan 2000 2000 pdf 2000 JLH1993001 article 2008.08.31 Journal of education for library and information science {F}rom cataloging to organization of information: {A} paradigm for the core curriculum Classification Cataloging LIS-education 608 113--126 Kristina M. Spurgin 34 2 1993 - 1993 JPE1985001 article 2008.08.31 Describes a study conducted at the graduate library school of the University of Rhode Island to examine the effectiveness of 3 methods of instruction in the teaching of basic subject cataloguing and to develop an instructional module for students. Determines differences between videotaped television lecture and microcomputer programmed instruction and the conventional method, the printed text, in 2 levels of learning, factual and problem-solving, and attempts to establish relative effectiveness in the retention of the instructional content of the module. The findings have implications for instructional programmes and strategies as well as for future instructional effectiveness research. Journal of education for library and information science {T}hree methods of teaching basic subject cataloguing Classification Cataloging LIS-education 608 190--199 Kristina M. Spurgin 25 3 1985 - 1985 JGM2007001 techreport 2008.07.05 {E}liminating {S}eries {A}uthority {R}ecords and {S}eries {T}itle {C}ontrol: {I}mproving {E}fficiency or {C}reating {W}aste? {O}r, 12 {R}easons {W}hy the {L}ibrary of {C}ongress {S}hould {R}econsider {I}ts {SAR}s {D}ecision cataloging authority-control series Washington, D.C. JGM2007001.pdf:JGM2007001.pdf:PDF;JGM2007001.pdf:JGM2007001.pdf:PDF;JGM2007001.pdf:JGM2007001.pdf:PDF Kristina M. Spurgin 2007 http://www.guild2910.org/SARS%20PAPER.pdf pdf Library of Congress Professional Guild 2007 Jones1983 article A major cause of duplicate bibliographic records in the OCLC and RLIN bibliographic utilities is the difficulty of distinguishing printings and editions of a given monographic title. This decision is complex because the cataloguer must consider the history of printing technology, cataloguing rules, Library of Congress policy, and local practices, as they apply to the standards of the bibliograhic utilities. Understanding these elements will help cataloguers achieve consistency and accuracy in the creating and editing of bibliographic records at the local, national, and international level. Cataloging Editions OCLC-Worldcat 0024-2527 211--220 2 Library resources \& technical services 2008.08.31 {D}uplicate records in the bibliographic utilities: a historical review of the printing versus edition problem 27 Kristina M. Spurgin 1983 - 1983 JKP1974001 article Classification (theory) ; Semantic triangle ; CAT-LIS Read 0002-8231 44--51 1 covers multiple facets of definitions of classification. notes that definitions tend to privilege the action/process of classification, whereas studies of classification focus on the objects: a classification scheme or the end result of things classified. different types of sameness and difference "...all concepts have blurred edges. When we attempt to group them together or to order them into hierarchies difficulties will inevitably ensue. It is as if we had a jig-saw puzzle in which the pieces fitted together on some days and not on others--on some days the pieces are too big, on others too small, and on yet others they completely change their shape. Faced with a surrealistic, constantly changing jig-saw puzzle there would only appear to be three solutions: to abandon it, to force the pieces to mesh together, so far as humanly possible, knowing that the result will crack and crumble under the strain, or attempt to translate the pieces from an inelastic material like wood into a resilient material like rubber." p47 Journal of the American Society for Information Science 2008-12-08 {ENVIRONMENT} {OF} {CLASSIFICATION} .2. {HOW} {WE} {CLASSIFY} 25 Kristina 1974 print-copy 1974 JKP1973001 article tagging ; CAT-LIS Read 0002-8231 157--163 2 Mutual exclusivity does not actually exist in the world but we need the *idea* of it to move forward and make progress... "...classification will be interpreted so as to incorporate all attempts at the imposition of order upon our observastions of the universe." p157 paper explores alien notion of mutual exclusivity and the use of inflexible structures to mirror a dynamic universe question of observer -- bias from perspective, perception, timescale mutual exclusivity as a symbol TAG: "...when words are used as tags to describe a universe which fails to clearly display exclusivity." p160 "...classifications are numerous and a vital component in logical thought: indeed it is difficult to discuss classification, or anything else, without constructing classifications. But the destruction, re-structuring and postulation of new classifications is an equally important part of scientific endeavour, and in part is needed merely to keep pace with changes in the universe." p161 Journal of the American Society for Information Science 2008-12-08 {ENVIRONMENT} {OF} {CLASSIFICATION} - {CONCEPT} {OF} {MUTUAL} {EXCLUSIVITY} 24 Kristina 1973 print-copy 1973 JAJ1984001 article Classification-schemes 0340-0050 69--76 2 On developing a special classification scheme for classifying organizations by their function. Applied. UNC SILS PER 2008.08.31 International Classification {FUNCTIONAL} {CLASSIFICATION} .1. ({REPRINTED}) 11 Kristina M. Spurgin 1984 ref 1984 JAJ1984002 article Classification-schemes 0340-0050 139--150 3 On developing a special classification scheme for classifying organizations by their function. Applied. UNC SILS PER 2008.08.31 International Classification {FUNCTIONAL} {CLASSIFICATION} .2 11 Kristina M. Spurgin 1984 ref 1984 JE-1998001 article 2008.07.05 Journal of internet cataloging {N}ow that we know the answer, what are the questions? Cataloging World-Wide-Web 9--14 Kristina M. Spurgin 1 3 1998 pc 1998 KS-1976001 article 2008.07.05 International Classification {C}lassification theory Classification-(theory) CAT-LIS-Read 3--6 Kristina M. Spurgin 3 1 1976 Principles of classification: logical principles material principles - natural vs artificial - essential vs empirical - pragmatic vs other justifications "...the purpose of library classification is not so much to exhibit the fundamental relations among the things classified as it is to exhibit relations that are helpful in locating the information being sought." p5 ways of classifying: - by perceptual and non perceptual objects - by morphological and genetic criteria - by differences of kind and degree - by differences of quantity and of quality pc 1976 Kani-GheorghitaZabihiChen2008 article 2008.07.18 International Journal of Information Management {U}ser perceptions of online public library catalogues Kani-GheorghitaZabihiChen2008.pdf:Kani-GheorghitaZabihiChen2008.pdf:PDF unpaged Kristina M. Spurgin In press In press KM-2007001 article 2008.07.05 In the article, the author aims to clarify some of the issues surrounding the discussion regarding the usefulness of a substantive classification theory in information science (IS) by means of a broad perspective. By utilizing a concrete example from the High Accuracy Retrieval from Documents (HARD) track of a Text REtrieval Conference (TREC), the author suggests that the bag of words approach to information retrieval (IR) and techniques such as relevance feedback have significant limitations in expressing and resolving complex user information needs. He argues that a comprehensive analysis of information needs involves explicating often-implicit assumptions made by the authors of scholarly documents, as well as everyday texts such as news articles. He also argues that progress in IS can be furthered by developing general theories that are applicable to multiple domains. The concrete example of application of the domain-analytic approach to subject analysis in IS to the aesthetic evaluation of works of information arts is used to support this argument. Journal of the American Society for Information Science and Technology {N}eed for a systemic theory of classification in information science Classification (theory) Kristina M. Spurgin 2007 html 2007 Karpuk2004 inproceedings 2008.09.11 Teaching classification extends beyond teaching any one classification system, but involves a variety of thinking approaches to the possibilities of how to organize. Teaching classification in the 21st century involves recognizing that the traditional parking of materials co-exists with more flexible ways of classifying new formats, objects, digital files, etc. Involving students in the logical and systematic underpinnings of various classification systems along with the technological advancements that offer new ways to organize and sort launches the thinking process. Classroom simulations serve to introduce students to a range of classification problems, including organization of objects and images along with discussions of user perspectives and anticipation of future use of the item. The group simulations and discussions surface new issues while presenting basic concepts through active participation. Breitenstein, Mikel {V}isual approaches to teaching classification Providence, RI Karpuk2004.pdf:Karpuk2004.pdf:PDF n.p. Kristina M. Spurgin 2004 Proceedings 15th Workshop of the American Society for Information Science and Technology Special Interest Group in Classification Research http://dlist.sir.arizona.edu/1765/ 2004 HK-1999001 article This paper examines the correlations between user characteristics and their preferences for two selected features of Web-based OPAC systems. User characteristics identified in this study were age, gender, educational status, computer skills and OPAC experience. Usability features included interaction styles, character and image on screen, browsing and navigating style, screen layout, and ease of learning, whereas availability features attended to availability of information, quality of information and up-to-date information, Individual variables and features are described, and the correlation between the variables and the features are explored using Pearson's correlation coefficient (r), Although based on a small-scale sample survey, a considerably large number of statistically significant correlations were found between the users' characteristics and the selected evaluation features of interactive Web-based OPACs, From these observations, it seems to be suitable to recommend that system designers should make a more considered appraisal of the users' demographic characteristics in the design of the new generation of OPAC such as in user-tailored interactive Web-based OPAC systems. 301 83--93 4 Etri Journal 2008.07.05 {C}orrelations {B}etween {U}sers' {C}haracteristics and {P}referred {F}eatures of {W}eb-{B}ased {O}pac {E}valuation HK-1999001.pdf:HK-1999001.pdf:PDF;HK-1999001.pdf:HK-1999001.pdf:PDF;HK-1999001.pdf:HK-1999001.pdf:PDF 21 Kristina M. Spurgin 1999 pdf 1999 Kipp2007 inproceedings 2008.07.05 @toread and {C}ool: tagging for time, task and emotion CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW Folksonomy Tagging Las Vegas, NV Kristina M. Spurgin [Kristina] 2007 Proceedings of the 8th Information Architecture Summit ref 2007 KME2007001 inproceedings tagging Health-information Information-overload Information-retrieval Vancouver, BC [Kristina] Joint Conference on Digital Libraries http://dlist.sir.arizona.edu/2026/ 2008.07.05 {T}agging for {H}ealth {I}nformation {O}rganisation and {R}etrieval KME2007001.pdf:KME2007001.pdf:PDF;KME2007001.pdf:KME2007001.pdf:PDF;KME2007001.pdf:KME2007001.pdf:PDF 18 Jun 2007-23 Jun 2007 Kristina M. Spurgin 2007 pdf 2007 KME2007002 inproceedings To what extent do term usage patterns of user tags, author keywords and intermediary descriptors suggest a similar context between users, authors and intermediaries? CiteULike, biology journal articles tagging Bookmarks Montreal, QC [Kristina] Canadian Association for Information Science "short term and highly specific tags suggest important differences between user classification systems and author or intermediary classification systems." Term patterns of the 3 types different. Confirms Kipp 2006 as good findings and relavant. "user tagging could provide additional access points to traditional controlled vocabularies and provide users with the associative classifications necessary to tie documents and articles to time and task relationships as well as other associations which are new and novel. " http://dlist.sir.arizona.edu/2027/ 2008.07.05 {T}agging {P}ractices on {R}esearch {O}riented {S}ocial {B}ookmarking {S}ites KME2007002.pdf:KME2007002.pdf:PDF;KME2007002.pdf:KME2007002.pdf:PDF;KME2007002.pdf:KME2007002.pdf:PDF 10 May 2007-10 May 2007 Kristina M. Spurgin 2007 pdf 2007 KME2006001 inproceedings unpubstrag tagging indexing York University, Toronto 15 [Kristina] Proceedings Canadian Association for Information Science will be published in Canadian J Info and Lib Sci. cited by KME2007002: "This supports findings from the previous study in which author keywords were found to be more diverse than tags or descriptors. Author keywords were also less likely to match tags or descriptors. (Kipp 2006) " http://dlist.sir.arizona.edu/1533/ 2008.07.05 {C}omplementary or discrete contexts in online indexing: {A} comparison of user, creator and intermediary keywords KME2006001.pdf:KME2006001.pdf:PDF;KME2006001.pdf:KME2006001.pdf:PDF;KME2006001.pdf:KME2006001.pdf:PDF Kristina M. Spurgin 2006 pdf 2006 KME2006002 inproceedings This paper analyzes the tagging patterns exhibited by users of del.icio.us, to assess how collaborative tagging supports and enhances traditional ways of classifying and indexing documents. Using frequency data and co-word analysis matrices analyzed by multi-dimensional scaling, the authors discovered that tagging practices to some extent work in ways that are continuous with conventional indexing. Small numbers of tags tend to emerge by unspoken consensus, and inconsistencies follow several predictable patterns that can easily be anticipated. However, the tags also indicated intriguing practices relating to time and task which suggest the presence of an extra dimension in classification and organization, a dimension which conventional systems are unable to facilitate. tagging Multidimensional-scaling co-occurence-matrix del.icio.us PIM Austin, TX [Kristina] Proceedings of the 2006 Annual Meeting of the American Society for Information Science and Technology cited by KME2007002: "A study of del.icio.us found that approximately 16% of tags in the sample were time and task related tags having a personal information management edge. (Kipp and Campbell 2006) " http://eprints.rclis.org/archive/00008315/ 2008.07.05 {P}atterns and inconsistencies in collaborative tagging systems: an examination of tagging practices KME2006002.pdf:KME2006002.pdf:PDF;KME2006002.pdf:KME2006002.pdf:PDF;KME2006002.pdf:KME2006002.pdf:PDF 3 Nov 2006-8 Nov 2006 Kristina M. Spurgin 2006 pdf 2006 KLN2005001 article Considerable documentation, tools, and manuals are available to aid catalogers, but without some guidance, many have no idea how to use these shelves of reference guides and manuals. This bibliography is intended as a guide to the information and resources available to assist the cataloger in cataloging. The availability of each resource is given (including online availability), along with a brief summary of the type of information that each resource contains. Copies of this article are available for a fee from the Haworth Document Delivery Service http: [mailto://docdelivery@haworthpress.com]. (Original abstract) Cataloguing Bibliographies 521? 0163-9374 79--99 1 2008.08.31 Cataloging \& Classification Quarterly {R}esources for catalogers: an annotated bibliography KLN2005001.pdf:KLN2005001.pdf:PDF;KLN2005001.pdf:KLN2005001.pdf:PDF;KLN2005001.pdf:KLN2005001.pdf:PDF 40 Kristina M. Spurgin 2005 pdf 2005 KB-2005001 article 2008.07.05 Library Journal {A}mazing, magic searches!: subdivisions combine the precision of the cataloger with the freewheeling style of a {G}oogler LCSH 521? 44--46 Kristina M. Spurgin 2005 http://www.libraryjournal.com/article/CA6277396.html html 2005 KB-2002001 article 2008.07.05 Cataloging and Classification Quarterly "{I}f {I} knew then what {I} know now": {UNCG} {LIS} graduates' perspectives on cataloging education CatalogerEducation KB-2002001.pdf:KB-2002001.pdf:PDF;KB-2002001.pdf:KB-2002001.pdf:PDF;KB-2002001.pdf:KB-2002001.pdf:PDF 143--162 Kristina M. Spurgin 34 1/2 2002 pdf 2002 Kunsthistorische2007 misc 2008.07.05 {I}conclass CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW website Kristina M. Spurgin 2007 02 Mar 2008 http://www.iconclass.nl/ web 2007 KBH2005001 misc 2008.07.05 {T}he use of classification for information retrieval unpubstrag Classification Information-retrieval Powerpoint presentation Kristina M. Spurgin Nov 2005 Powerpoint presentation ppt Nov 2005 KBH1999001 article Article included in an issue devoted to the theme: Knowledge discovery in bibliographic databases. Explores the link between classification and knowledge. Classification schemes have properties that enable the representation of entities and relationships in structures that reflect knowledge of the domain being classified. The strengths and limitations of four classificatory approaches are described in terms of their ability to reflect, discover, and create new knowledge. These approaches are hierarchies, trees, paradigms, and faceted analysis. Examples are provided of the way in which knowledge and the classification process affect each other. CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW 602 Classification Classification-schemes Knowledge-representation Theory Faceted CAT-LIS-Read Classic 0024-2594 22--47 1 "Classification is the meaningful clustering of experience." p24 Classification as one method of theory development "A good classification functions in much the same way that a theory does, connecting concepts in a useful structure. If successful, it is, like a theory, descriptive, explanatory, heuristic, fruitful, and perhaps also elegant, parsimonious, and robust (Kwasnik, 1992b)" p24 cited by HM-2005001: "A classification structure works as a textbook, identifying, defining, and naming concepts and then relating them to create a logical structure, most often hierarchical (Kwasnik 1999)." Classification as a way of seeing and interacts with knowledge in multiple ways--changing explanatory frameworks (has a role in theory-building/discovery); changes in perspective (new tools allow us to classify along new dimensions); changing enitites (new things developed that do not fit into old classes); pragmatic classification with no consensus (DSM -- no one is happy...); classification in the face of no stable or uniform entities (smell has no units of measurement--analogy only); intersection of theory and economic interests (whose interests do a classification serve?); keys and thin classifications (use surface knowledge to further break down classes). Need to be able to analyze differing forms of classification for strengths, weaknesses, and appropriateness to the tasks at hand. 2008.08.31 Library Trends {T}he role of classification in knowledge representation and discovery KBH1999001.pdf:KBH1999001.pdf:PDF;KBH1999001.pdf:KBH1999001.pdf:PDF;KBH1999001.pdf:KBH1999001.pdf:PDF 48 Kristina M. Spurgin 1999 pdf pc 1999 KBH1992001 inproceedings 2008.07.05 {T}he {R}ole of {C}lassification {S}tructures in {R}eflecting and {B}uilding {T}heory CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW Classification Theory CAT-LIS-read Faceted Qualitative-data-analysis KBH1992001.pdf:KBH1992001.pdf:PDF;KBH1992001.pdf:KBH1992001.pdf:PDF;KBH1992001.pdf:KBH1992001.pdf:PDF 63--81 Kristina M. Spurgin 1992 1992 Advances in classification research : proceedings of the ... ASIS SIG/CR Classification Research Workshop "Ranganathan's contribution to classification theory is not only his innovative principles, canons, and techniques for notation, but also his acknowledgment that all classification is tentative in nature, that is, he developed his scheme with the understandign that ther is no one way to view the world." p72 What is theory. DSM Classification for mental disorders as a classification trying to be atheoretical Periodic Table of elements as a theory heavy classification One is more powerful. Types of classification structures. Hierarchies - Trees Before there is a theory and before the important "cuts" are known, facet analysis helpful. Art and Architecture Thesaurus reusable software library qualitative research analysis (her dissertation work on PIM) pdf 1992 Kwasnik1989 phdthesis 2008.07.05 {T}he influence of context on classificatory behavior dissertation CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW PIM Analytic-induction Rutgers University Kristina M. Spurgin [Kristina] 1989 UNC SILS HF5547.15 .K937 1989a - 1989 Kwasnik2003 incollection This session seeks to bridge the recognized gap between information science understandings of classification and the applications of classification techniques in various disciplines and the corporate world. Classification experts in the information sciences are challenged to look at classification from several perspectives: how do we serve different disciplines in the arts and sciences, whose discourse traditions vary?; what can we learn from the understandings of classification as it is used implicitly and explicitly to organize information in other fields?; and, from a corporate case, on the way an artificial intelligence technology approaches the problem of knowledge representation and classification. Proceedings of the Asist Annual Meeting Classification 493--493 Asist 2003: Proceedings of the 66th Asist Annual Meeting, Vol 40, 2003 Session abstract only. No good content. UNC SILS PER 2008.07.05 {C}lassification across disciplines: {T}he same, only different Kristina M. Spurgin 2003 ref 2003 KBH2004001 article The authors describe the difficulties of translating classifications from a source language and culture to another language and culture. To demonstrate these problems, kinship terms and concepts from native speakers of fourteen languages were collected and analyzed to find differences between their terms and structures and those used in English. Using the representations of kinship terms in the Library of Congress Classification (LCC) and the Dewey Decimal Classification (DDC) as examples, the authors identified the source of possible lack of mapping between the domain of kinship in the fourteen languages studied and the LCC and DDC. Finally, some preliminary suggestions for how to make translated classifications more linguistically and culturally hospitable are offered. Copies of this article are available for fee from the Haworth Document Delivery Service http: [mailto://docdelivery@haworthpress]. (Original abstract) CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW LCC DDC Multilingual-terminology 0163-9374 33--47 1/2 Kwasnik and Rubin used an iterative interview and concept mapping technique to elicit fourteen people?s conceptual structures of kinship relations. Each person was from a different country and spoke a different language. The analysis of kinship terms and inter-term relationships across languages was used to highlight difficulties in making current universal classification schemes more hospitable to different cultures, and in constructing a multilingual universal classification scheme. 2008.08.31 Cataloging and Classification Quarterly {S}tretching conceptual structures in classifications across languages and cultures KBH2004001.pdf:KBH2004001.pdf:PDF;KBH2004001.pdf:KBH2004001.pdf:PDF;KBH2004001.pdf:KBH2004001.pdf:PDF 37 Kristina M. Spurgin 2004 pdf 2004 Larsgaard1998 book 2008.07.05 {M}ap {L}ibrarianship: an {I}ntroduction Englewood, CO 487 Kristina M. Spurgin 1998 Libraries Unlimited 1998 LBP2005001 inproceedings cataloging frbr cataloging-codes---international Pretoria, South Africa 5th IFLA meeting of experts on an international cataloguing code http://www.imeicc5.com/index.php?content=papers IFLA 2008.07.05 {B}rave new {FRBR} world (version 5) LBP2005001.pdf:LBP2005001.pdf:PDF;LBP2005001.pdf:LBP2005001.pdf:PDF;LBP2005001.pdf:LBP2005001.pdf:PDF 14 Aug 2007-15 Aug 2007 Kristina M. Spurgin 2007 pdf 2007 LK-2002001 article 2008.07.05 The role of cataloguing education within the library profession is a topic of considerable interest and debate. Reports results of a questionnaire survey involving 55 heads of reference and 65 heads of cataloguing in Association of Research Libraries (ARL) institutions, based on the Association for Library Collections and Technical Services Educational Policy Statement, Appendix: Knowledge and Skills, Intellectual Access and Information Organization, concerning the importance of cataloguing competencies for all entry-level academic librarians. The survey found that practitioners agreed upon a definite set of core cataloguing competencies that all entry level academic librarians should possess. This finding holds larger implications for library education for academic librarians and for the profession as a whole. Library resources \& technical services {P}ractitioner perspectives on cataloging education for entry-level academic librarians Cataloging LIS-education 608 11--22 Kristina M. Spurgin 46 1 2002 - 2002 ISBDM2002 book 2008.07.05 2002 Revision {ISBD}({M}): {I}nternational {S}tandard {B}ibliographic {D}escription for {M}onographic {P}ublications 67 Kristina M. Spurgin 2002 IFLA 2002 LinTsaiRoan2008 article Purpose Because of the popularity of digital cameras, the number of personal photographs is increasing rapidly. In general, people manage their photos by date, subject, participants, etc. for future browsing and searching. However, it is difficult and/or takes time to retrieve desired photos from a large number of photographs based on the general personal photo management strategy. In this paper the authors aim to propose a systematic solution to effectively organising and browsing personal photos. Design/methodology/approach In their system the authors apply the concept of content-based image retrieval (CBIR) to automatically extract visual image features of personal photos. Then three well-known clustering techniques -- k-means, self-organising maps and fuzzy c-means -- are used to group personal photos. Finally, the clustering results are evaluated by human subjects in terms of retrieval effectiveness and efficiency. Findings Experimental results based on the dataset of 1,000 personal photos show that the k-means clustering method outperforms self-organising maps and fuzzy c-means. That is, 12 subjects out of 30 preferred the clustering results of k-means. In particular, most subjects agreed that larger numbers of clusters (e.g. 15 to 20) enabled more effective browsing of personal photos. For the efficiency evaluation, the clustering results using k-means allowed subjects to search for relevant images in the least amount of time. Originality/value CBIR is applied in many areas, but very few related works focus on personal photo browsing and retrieval. This paper examines the applicability of using CBIR and clustering techniques for browsing personal photos. In addition, the evaluation based on the effectiveness and efficiency strategies ensures the reliability of our findings. Keywords: Cluster analysis, Content management, Image processing, Photographs photographs-(digital)---auto-organized content-based-image-retrieval image-retrieval 759--772 6 Online information review 2008-11-23 {P}ersonal photo browsing and retrieval by clustering techniques: effectiveness and efficiency evaluation LinTsaiRoan2008.pdf:LinTsaiRoan2008.pdf: 32 Kristina 2008 pdf 2008 Linderman2003 incollection dewey-melvil librarians---great 839--849 Encyclopedia of library and information science http://www.dekker.com/sdek/linking~db=enc~content=t713172967 Dekker 2008.08.30 {D}ewey, {M}elvil Drake, Miriam A. New York Linderman2003.pdf:Linderman2003.pdf:PDF Kristina M. Spurgin 2003 2003 LHM1997001 article Explores the possibility of creating a thesaurus from the cognitive viewpoint. This approach is based on a system that organizes its representation of knowledge or its classification as closely as possible to the authors' and users' images of the subject domain with the objective of increasing the interaction between users and texts, and thus the communication in a given information retrieval system. Discourse analysis is used as a main method to identify the categories and its relevance for building such a structure is discussed. Original abstract-amended. Thesauri Cognitive-modeling Discourse-analysis Music 0022-0418 139--177 2 Lopez-Huertas {Lopez-Huertas 1997 {{#}}40356 /d} explores a new technique in user-centered thesaurus construction. She uses discourse analysis of musicology textsdictionariesto derive the structure of relationships between terms in a thesaurus. The assumption is that the structure of the writing expresses the cognitive structure of the experts in the field who wrote the definitions. They theorize that written statements of user needsperhaps search queries or something more involvedcould also be analyzed in this way to discover relevant terms and relationships, as well as how these relate to experts? conceptualizations. They posit that this technique could be used to construct a thesaurus is user-centeredone that mediates between the conceptual structure of the user and the structure of the system, as well as helping the user to explore the relationship of their own conceptual structure in relation to the conceptual structure of the expert. 2008.08.31 Journal of Documentation {T}hesaurus structure design: a conceptual approach for improved interaction LHM1997001.pdf:LHM1997001.pdf:PDF;LHM1997001.pdf:LHM1997001.pdf:PDF;LHM1997001.pdf:LHM1997001.pdf:PDF 53 Kristina M. Spurgin 1997 pdf 1997 Losee1995 article Contribution to an issue devoted to Classification: options and opportunities. Answers to questions concerning individual library decisions to adopt classification systems are important in understanding the effectiveness of libraries but are difficult to provide. Discusses measures of classification system performance, as well as different methodologies that may be used to seek answers, ranging from formal or philosophical models to quantitative experimental techniques and qualitative methods. Original abstract-amended. Classification Performance Research-methods 0163-9374 45--58 3/4 Cataloging and classification quarterly 2008.08.31 {H}ow to study classification systems and their appropriateness for individual institutions 19 Kristina M. Spurgin 1995 - 1995 LRM1993001 article For classification to advance to the point where optimal systems may be developed for manual or automated use, it will be necessary for a science of document or library classification to be developed. Seven questions are posed which the author feels must be answered before such optimal systems can be developed. Suggestions are made as to the forms that answers to these questions might take. Classification-(quantitative-approaches) 0943-7444 65--70 2 focuses on quantifying formal library classification. similarity distances, etc. not relevant for dissertatation work. UNC SILS PER 2008.08.31 Knowledge Organization 7 {FUNDAMENTAL} {QUESTIONS} {FOR} {THE} {SCIENCE} {OF} {LIBRARY} {CLASSIFICATION} 20 Kristina M. Spurgin 1993 ref 1993 Losee1989 article Electronic message systems can contribute to 'information overload'--the examination of irrelevant messages leading to economic loss. Proposes a model to predict the usefulness of a message based on the available message features which may be useful for ranking messages by expected importance or economic worth. Describes several experiments to evaluate the ability of a computer program consistent with the model to separate relevant from non-relevant messages using software developed from UNIX shell programs and messages from USENET news-groups. 00 Original abstract--amended PIM 0165-5515 179--189 [Kristina] 3 UNC SILS Per 2008.08.31 Cataloging and classification quarterly {M}inimizing information overload: {T}he ranking of electronic messages 15 Kristina M. Spurgin 1989 ref 1989 LAT1996001 mastersthesis 2008.07.05 {E}valuating bibliographic displays from the users' point of view: a focus group study mastersthesis OPACs User-studies University of Toronto LAT1996001.pdf:LAT1996001.pdf:PDF;LAT1996001.pdf:LAT1996001.pdf:PDF;LAT1996001.pdf:LAT1996001.pdf:PDF Kristina M. Spurgin 1996 http://www.fis.utoronto.ca/images/documents/research/projects/luk.pdf web 1996 MG-2006001 article Purpose ? The purpose of the paper is to provide an overview of the collaborative tagging phenomenon and explore some of the reasons for its emergence. The paper reviews the related literature and discusses some of the problems associated with, and the potential of, collaborative tagging approaches for knowledge organisation and general resource discovery. Design/methodology/approach ? A definition of controlled vocabularies is proposed and used to assess the efficacy of collaborative tagging. An exposition of the collaborative tagging model is provided and a review of the major contributions to the tagging literature is presented. Findings ? There are numerous difficulties with collaborative tagging systems (e.g. low precision, lack of collocation, etc.) that originate from the absence of properties that characterise controlled vocabularies. However, such systems can not be dismissed. Librarians and information professionals have lessons to learn from the interactive and social aspects exemplified by collaborative tagging systems, as well as their success in engaging users with information management. The future co-existence of controlled vocabularies and collaborative tagging is predicted, with each appropriate for use within distinct information contexts: formal and informal. Research limitations/implications ? Librarians and information professional researchers should be taking a lead role in research aimed at assessing the efficacy of collaborative tagging in relation to information storage, organisation, and retrieval, and to influence the future development of collaborative tagging systems. Practical implications ? The paper indicates clear areas where digital libraries and repositories could innovate in order to better engage users with information. Originality/value ? At time of writing there were no literature reviews summarising the main contributions to the collaborative tagging research or debate. tagging ; Literature review 5 http://eprints.rclis.org/archive/00005703/ Library review 2008.07.05 {C}ollaborative {T}agging as a {K}nowledge {O}rganisation and {R}esource {D}iscovery {T}ool MG-2006001.pdf:MG-2006001.pdf:PDF;MG-2006001.pdf:MG-2006001.pdf:PDF;MG-2006001.pdf:MG-2006001.pdf:PDF 55 Kristina M. Spurgin 2006 pdf 2006 MJE2004001 article This paper surveys classification research literature, discusses various classification theories, and shows that the focus has traditionally been on establishing a scientific foundation for classification research. This paper argues that a shift has taken place, and suggests that contemporary classification research focus on contextual information as the guide for the design and construction of classification schemes. Mai (2004) identifies a shift in classification theory and research. We have moved from viewing bibliographic classification is not the same as scientific and philosophic classification. The universal bibliographic classification schemes that grew out of the late 19th century obsession with taxonomy must be viewed for what they are: representations of specific perspectives on the organization of the world and topics within it, made by specific men, in specific places, at specific times. Any classification is inextricably bound up in the context in which it is created. Understanding this is what has precipitated the shift from attempting to uncover universal truths about classifications, or True Classifications to developing ways to study ways classifications are used in contexts and how understanding contexts can inform the development of classifications that will work in those domains. CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW Classification-(theory) Classification-in-context CAT-LIS-read 0943-7444 39--48 1 2008.08.31 Knowledge Organization {C}lassification in context: {R}elativity, reality, and representation MJE2004001.pdf:MJE2004001.pdf:PDF;MJE2004001.pdf:MJE2004001.pdf:PDF;MJE2004001.pdf:MJE2004001.pdf:PDF 31 Kristina M. Spurgin 2004 pdf pc 2004 Mai1997 article 2008-12-09 The paper argues that if digital objects are considered signs, the process of representing the subject matter of digital objects could be analyzed in a semiotic framework. The paper discusses and introduces such a framework.The framework is based on two elements of the American philosopher Charles Sanders Peirce's semiotics, viz. the notion of 'unlimited semiosis' and the categorization of signs. Peirce has discussed how meaning is derived from signs and how new meaning is produced on the basis of earlier interpretations. He has also defined and categorized ten types of signs. It is in this categorization made clear that signs differ in their level of interpretation required to interpret them, and in how they relate to the objects which they represent,The framework relates Peirce's notion of unlimited semiosis to the subject indexing process and categorizes each element of the process in Peirce's categorization of signs. It is concluded that more research on the subject indexing process is critically needed. Especially research on the first step of the process in which the meaning of the digital object is determined. Proceedings of the Asis Annual Meeting {T}he {C}oncept of {S}ubject in a {S}emiotic {L}ight - 54--64 Kristina 34 1997 - 1997 Mandel1996 article Considers the relevance of Charles Ami Cutter's principles of bibliographic access to Internet accessible digital materials and explores new methods for applying these principles in the context of new information technologies. Examines the value for retrieval of collecting authors' names, identifying authors' roles, collocating works and versions, and providing subject access through classification and controlled vocabularies for digital resources available through the World Wide Web (WWW). Identifies emerging technologies and techniques that may be used in lieu of or as a supplement to traditional cataloguing to achieve these functions in organizing access to Internet resources. Cataloging Electronic-resources Internet Classification 0163-9374 25--42 3/4 Cataloging and Classification Quarterly 2008.08.31 {I}ntellectual access to digital documents: {J}oining proven principles with new technologies 22 Kristina M. Spurgin 1996 - 1996 MJ-1991001 article ALSYN-Classification Classification-schemes Classification-history 0340-0050 73--77 2 About work of Eric de Grolier International Classification 2008.07.05 {A} {DECADE} {OF} {RESEARCH} {IN} {CLASSIFICATION} 18 Kristina M. Spurgin 1991 pc 1991 MT-2007001 techreport 2008.07.05 {T}he {P}eloponnesian {W}ar and the {F}uture of {R}eference, {C}ataloging, and {S}cholarship in {R}esearch {L}ibraries Cataloging Reference Bibliographic-instruction 521? Washington, DC MT-2007001.pdf:MT-2007001.pdf:PDF;MT-2007001.pdf:MT-2007001.pdf:PDF;MT-2007001.pdf:MT-2007001.pdf:PDF 41 Kristina M. Spurgin 2007 http://www.guild2910.org/Peloponnesian%20War%20June%2013%202007.pdf pdf Library of Congress Professional Guild 2007 ML-2001001 misc 2008.07.05 {D}atabase as a {S}ymbolic {F}orm Semiotics Databases Narrative website Kristina M. Spurgin 2001 09 Mar 2004 http://www.libr.org/Juice/issues/vol7/LJ_7.4.html#2 html 2001 MA-2007001 inproceedings 2008.07.05 By analysing the current structure and the usage patterns of collaborative tagging systems, we can find out many important aspects which still need to be improved. Problems related to synonymy, polysemy, di erent lexical forms, mispelling errors or alternate spellings, di erent levels of precision and di erent kinds of tag-to-resource association cause inconsistencies and reduce the effciency of content search and the e ectiveness of the tag space structuring and organization. They are mainly caused by the lack of semantic information inclusion in the tagging process. We propose a new way to describe resources: the semantic tagging. It allows user to state semantic assertions: each of them expresses a defined characteristic of a resource associating it with a concept. We present SemKey, a semantic collaborative tagging system, describing its global architecture and functioning along with the most relevant organizational issues faced. We explore the adequacy of the support o ered by the entries of Wikipedia and WordNet in order to access to and reference concepts. {S}em{K}ey: {A} semantic collaborative tagging system tagging prototype-tools Banff, Canada MA-2007001.pdf:MA-2007001.pdf:PDF;MA-2007001.pdf:MA-2007001.pdf:PDF;MA-2007001.pdf:MA-2007001.pdf:PDF Kristina M. Spurgin 8 May 2007 2007 WWW2007 Tagging and Metadata for Social Information Organizations pdf 2007 MFJ1993001 article 2008.08.31 Knowledge Organization {O}n some contributions of the cognitive sciences snd epistemology to a theory of classification CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW Cognitive Classification Theory CAT-LIS-Read Information-(definition) knowledge-(definitions) 126--132 Kristina M. Spurgin 20 3 1993 "If intelligence is adaptation, one should consider both goals and methods, including methods of symbolic processing. This distinction signifires the difference between information and knowledge. One cannot use all information, only the information which makes sense to the individual, and this is knowledge." p128 "...the authors believe that cognitive psychology is interesting for information scientists for two principal reasons. First of all, information science and cognitive psychology are both cognitive sciences in a broad sense. Both are interested in the way that information is processed, and how a better adaptation of reality is achieved. Secondly, psychological processes mediate the information cycle. This happens mainly in all kinds of interface activities--those between humans and machines and those among humans. This forumulation of common interests puts limits on the connections between the two disciplines. Information science must equally consider the transfer of information as a social event, mediated by psychological, historical, and social factores, as well as technological factors." p128 classical approach -- the common approach in the design of classificaiton systems and retrieval tools prototype approach -- implications for design of interface for use by common people, access points, and the need for specialized tools for specialized needs "This is because documentary classificaiton systems are in close relationship with the two principal contemporary Western approaches to human knowledge: rationalism and logical positivism." p129 This hasn't happened in a particularly conscious way, but each classification grows out of a state of and approach to knowledge at a particular time. "...the Dewey Decimal and Universal Decimal Classification systems can be throught of primarily as the results of research in taxonomy as it was developed in the 18th century in the field of the natural sciences together with the development of phenetic hierarchical structures." p129 pc 1993 Marcum2008 techreport 2008.07.05 {R}esponse to "{O}n the record: {R}eport of the {L}ibrary of {C}ongress {W}orking {G}roup on the {F}uture of {B}ibliographic {C}ontrol" Washington, DC 75 Kristina M. Spurgin 2008 http://www.loc.gov/bibliographic-future/news/LCWGRptResponse_DM_053008.pdf pdf, 20080626 Library of congress 2008 Markey1986 book 2008.07.05 New directions in information management {S}ubject {A}ccess to {V}isual {R}esources {C}ollections: {A} {M}odel for {C}omputer {C}onstruction of {T}hematic {C}atalogs CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW PHOTO Cataloging art images New York Kristina M. Spurgin 1986 UNC SILS Z699.5.P53 M37 1986 - Greenwood Press 1986 MML2001001 article This paper represents a step toward a theory of knowledge reusability, with emphasis on knowledge management systems and repositories, often called organizational memory systems. Synthesis of evidence from a wide variety of sources suggests four distinct types of knowledge reuse situations according to the knowledge reuser and the purpose of knowledge reuse. The types involve shared work producers, who produce knowledge they later reuse; shared work practitioners, who reuse each other's knowledge contributions; expertise-seeking novices; and secondary knowledge miners. Each type of knowledge reuser has different requirements for knowledge repositories. Owing to how repositories are created, reusers' requirements often remain unmet. Repositories often require considerable rework to be useful for new reusers, but knowledge producers rarely have the resources and incentives to do a good job of repurposing knowledge. Solutions include careful use of incentives and human and technical intermediaries. expertise ; PIM ; PIM 57--93 1 Cites MTW1983001 ISI:000169621900004 2008-12-09 Journal of Management Information Systems {T}oward a {T}heory of {K}nowledge {R}euse: {T}ypes of {K}nowledge {R}euse {S}ituations and {F}actors in {R}euse {S}uccess MML2001001.pdf:MML2001001.pdf:PDF;MML2001001.pdf:MML2001001.pdf:PDF;MML2001001.pdf:MML2001001.pdf:PDF 18 Kristina 2001 pdf 2001 MC-2006001 inproceedings 2008.07.05 {HT}06, {T}agging {P}aper, {T}axonomy, {F}lickr, {A}cademic {A}rticle, {T}o{R}ead tagging Folksonomy New York MC-2006001.pdf:MC-2006001.pdf:PDF;MC-2006001.pdf:MC-2006001.pdf:PDF;MC-2006001.pdf:MC-2006001.pdf:PDF Kristina M. Spurgin 2006 Proceedings of Hypertext 2006 pdf ACM Press 2006 MD-2007001 article Abstract As a comparatively novel but increasingly pervasive organizational arrangement, call centres have been a focus for much recent research. This paper identifies lessons for organizational and technological design through an examination of call centres and ?classification work? ? explicating what Star [1992, Systems/Practice vol. 5, pp. 395?410] terms the ?open black box?. Classification is a central means by which organizations standardize procedure, assess productivity, develop services and re-organize their business. Nevertheless, as Bowker and Star [1999, Sorting Things Out: Classification and Its Consequences. Cambridge MA: MIT Press] have pointed out, we know relatively little about the work that goes into making classification schema what they are. We will suggest that a focus on classification ?work? in this context is a useful exemplar of the need for some kind of ?meta-analysis? in ethnographic work also. If standardization is a major ambition for organizations under late capitalism, then comparison might be seen as a related but as-yet unrealized one for ethnographers. In this paper, we attempt an initial cut at a comparative approach, focusing on classification because it seemed to be the primary issue that emerged when we compared studies. Moreover, if technology is the principal means through which procedure and practice is implemented and if, as we believe, classifications are becoming ever more explicitly embedded within it (for instance with the development of so-called ?semantic web? and associated approaches to ontology-based design), then there is clearly a case for identifying some themes which might underpin classification work in a given domain. CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW ; cscw ; classification 231--264 3 Computer Supported Cooperative Work (CSCW) 2008.07.05 {H}ow {C}an {I} {H}elp {Y}ou? {C}all {C}entres, {C}lassification {W}ork and {C}oordination MD-2007001.pdf:MD-2007001.pdf:PDF;MD-2007001.pdf:MD-2007001.pdf:PDF;MD-2007001.pdf:MD-2007001.pdf:PDF 16 Kristina M. Spurgin 2007 pdf 2007 MA-2004001 misc 2008.07.05 {F}olksonomies - {C}ooperative classification and communication through shared metadata unpubstrag PIM DBIS READ MA-2004001.pdf:MA-2004001.pdf:PDF;MA-2004001.pdf:MA-2004001.pdf:PDF;MA-2004001.pdf:MA-2004001.pdf:PDF Kristina M. Spurgin Dec 2004 I must admit, I was simultaneously excited and disappointed to see this paper surface. Excited because it addresses an important new way of organizing and sharing information. Disappointed, because I?ve been thinking in this general direction, possibly for my dissertation. These tools are being used for personal information management tasks, yet there is a social and distributed element to them that is potentially quite powerful, and is terribly fascinating. You don?t want to find out that someone else is doing what you are thinking of doing for a dissertation. Luckily, my fears were assuaged. There are many angles from which to approach this phenomenon of folksonomies, and what Mathes has done is provide a good description of what tools such as del.icio.us and Flickr are, how they are used, the strengths and weaknesses of folksonomies, the personal/social axes along which they work, and some possible future research approaches. The research field on this one is still wide open. The questions are are numerous and obvious. Just a few to start: - Who chooses to use these tools? - What motivates them? - Why do people choose to use these tools? My hunch is that most of us using these tools right now (I?m a Furl addict) are not average users. We are unusually motivated to find and save and share information. We are highly web-savvy. We welcome the openness of people being able to see what we?re bookmarking, and like seeing what other people are saving. Of course, I could be totally wrong, but we just don?t know yet, do we? That?s why these questions come first. We need to know about bit about the qualities of the people who are willing to adopt such tools and make tagging part of their work-and-play-flow before we start talking about how useful it would be to allow everyone to start tagging everything. - How do people use these tools? How many tags do people use? Do they use them consistently (or at least more-or-less so) within their personal folksonomies? Does it matter? Do most people using the service use tags at all? - Do people hoard things away, or do they use these services more actively, retrieving their documents as well? Do these services actually work well for personal information management? - What do these individual folksonomies look like, and what do folksonomies look like in aggregate? What can they tell us? Serious research into these matters could inform the development of future tools (or versions of existing tools?OSs, knowledge management systems, library catalogs, etc) that incorporate the strengths of folksonomy-building features. It could also help us learn how we might be able to harness the power of distributed metadata creation by users for information retrieval/automatic classification/relevance ranking/etc application. But right now we really know nothing about folksonomies and these associated tools except that some people are using them, and those of us who are think they are pretty cool. So, where to start? And then, how? These are the next questions I need to find the answers to. Internet-based surveys of users of these tools seem good for answering some very basic questions, even with their methodological pitfalls. However, many of the questions that need to be answered seem more suited to in-depth qualitative data gathering and analysis, but it may be difficult to identify users that are accessible (speaking mostly geographically here) and agreeable to participating. There is the ?build a similar system, recruit users, and study their behavior because you will have access to all their stats and activities? method, but I don?t have the development skills for that. With my interest in classification, categorization, and naming, I naturally gravitate to the questions about the nature of the tag-sets that users develop. I have been looking out for methods of analysis of such data for quite a while now, and either haven?t run across any, or haven?t realized them when I saw them. I suspect it?s a matter of me needing to clarify my questions better. So, things to keep thinking about and working on? http://www.adammathes.com/academic/computer-mediated-communication/folksonomies.pdf pdf pc Dec 2004 Maxwell2008 book 2008.08.07 {FRBR}: {A} guide for the perplexed frbr Chicago 978-0-8389-0950-8 151 Kristina M. Spurgin 2008 American Library Association 2008 Maxwell2002 book 2008.07.05 {M}axwell's {G}uide to {A}uthority {W}ork Chicago End Page: 275 Kristina M. Spurgin 2002 American Library Association 2002 MHD1993001 article 2008.08.31 Article included in an issue devoted to the proceedings of the 3rd Annette Lewis Phinazee Symposium: Education for the Technical Services: Putting Theory into Practice for the 1990s. Examines what is taught in 16 library schools in the USA. The trends and needs of cataloguing and classification professionals were analyzed from professional literature and compared with course descriptions. Identifies the variety of ways that cataloguing content is covered in education programmes particularly the titles of courses containing cataloguing content and also calls for curriculum experts to be aware of the quantitative and qualitative requirements of the profession. Original abstract-amended. Cataloging and classification quarterly {A}n analysis of courses in cataloging and classification and related areas offered in sixteen graduate library schools and their relationship to present and future trends in cataloging and classification and to cognitive needs of professional academic catalogers Classification Cataloging LIS-education 608 99--123 Kristina M. Spurgin 16 3 1993 - 1993 MR-2001001 inproceedings 2008.07.05 A number of conditions are necessary for the formation of glue to keep an online community together. One condition of the glue is community knowledge. We describe a theoretical basis and a practical representation framework on which community knowledge can be built and used. An illustrative example is given and further work noted. {R}epresenting {K}nowledge in {O}nline {C}ommunities Knowledge-representation Online-community MR-2001001.pdf:MR-2001001.pdf:PDF;MR-2001001.pdf:MR-2001001.pdf:PDF;MR-2001001.pdf:MR-2001001.pdf:PDF 91--94 Kristina M. Spurgin 2001 2001 Proceedings of the Sixth Australasian Document Computing Symposium pdf pc 2001 McGuinness2004 misc 2008.07.05 {OWL} {W}eb {O}ntology {L}angage {O}verview 252 website Kristina M. Spurgin 2004 26 Apr 2004 http://www.w3.org/TR/owl-features/ web 2004 Mcinerney2002 article 2008-12-09 Knowledge management (KM) or knowledge sharing in organizations is based on an understanding of knowledge creation and knowledge transfer. In implementation, KM is an effort to benefit from the knowledge that resides in an organization by using it to achieve the organization's mission. The transfer of tacit or implicit knowledge to explicit and accessible formats, the goal of many KM projects, is challenging, controversial, and endowed with ongoing management issues. This article argues that effective knowledge management in many disciplinary contexts must be based on understanding the dynamic nature of knowledge itself. The article critiques some current thinking in the KM literature and concludes with a view towards knowledge management programs built around knowledge as a dynamic process. Journal of the American Society for Information Science and Technology {K}nowledge {M}anagement and the {D}ynamic {N}ature of {K}nowledge - 1009--1018 Kristina 53 12 2002 - 2002 MHV1981001 article Philosophy ; Classification (theory) 0165-5515 191--195 4 summary of authors interpretation of these philosophers statements on classification and epistemology. a bit too theoretical for my purposes at this point. UNC SILS PER 2008-12-09 Journal of Information Science {BUCHANAN}, {LOCKE} {AND} {WITTGENSTEIN} {ON} {CLASSIFICATION} 3 Kristina 1981 ref 1981 McQuire1998 book 2008.07.05 {V}isions of {M}odernity: {R}epresentation, {M}emory, {T}ime and {S}pace in the {A}ge of the {C}amera London 279 Kristina M. Spurgin 1998 SAGE Publications 1998 Medeiros2007 article Abstract: Purpose ? The purpose of this article is to reflect on the state of bibliographic access. Design/methodology/approach ? The article contrasts today's bibliographic challenges with those of 25 years ago. Findings ? The article suggests many of the inadequacies that existed in the past will persist into the future. Originality/value ? The article provides a means of viewing today's bibliographic environment in historical context. Cataloging OPACs 332--334 4 UNC SILS PER OCLC Systems \& Services 2008.08.31 {B}ibliographic challenges in historical context: looking back to 1982 23 Kristina M. Spurgin 2007 ref 2007 Medeiros2007a article 2008.08.31 Abstract: Purpose ? The purpose of this paper is to describe the uncertain future of the online catalog, and the tensions that exist between creating a code that meets user needs while adhering to principles deemed necessary to librarians. Design/methodology/approach ? The paper uses provocative statements from the Taiga Forum to illustrate various points. Findings ? The paper finds that tension will exist for time to come between those who favor RDA's richness and those who claim RDA (1999) is too complex to be adopted by other information communities. Originality/value ? The paper provides thoughtful commentary on troubling issues surrounding cataloging and the future of the online catalog. OCLC Systems \& Services {T}he catalog's last stand OPACs Cataloging 521? 235--237 Kristina M. Spurgin 23 3 2007 - 2007 Medeiros2007b article Abstract: Purpose ? The purpose of this paper is to seek to inspire discussions about cataloging practices in academic libraries. Design/methodology/approach ? The article reviews the recent University of California Libraries report, Rethinking How We Provide Bibliographic Services for the University of California. Findings ? The UC report is sprinkled with a sufficient and warranted number of alarming statements about the future of libraries. It should serve as a wake-up call. Originality/value ? Readers will be acquainted with a recent, important work, the premises of which are central to the services provided by academic libraries. Cataloging Future 155--158 3 UNC SILS PER OCLC Systems \& Services 2008.08.31 {G}ood enough is good enough: cataloging lessons from the {U}niversity of {C}alifornia {L}ibraries 22 Kristina M. Spurgin 2007 - 2007 MUA2004001 article 2008-12-09 Ideant {A} del.icio.us study: {B}ookmark, classify and share: {A} mini-ethnography of social practices in a distributed classification community tagging ; Folksonomy ; Bookmarks ; del.icio.us Kristina 2004 http://ideant.typepad.com/ideant/2004/12/a_delicious_stu.html html 2004 ME-2005001 inproceedings 2008.07.05 {F}eedback, motivation and collectivity in a social bookmarking system Bookmarks Folksonomy ME-2005001.pdf:ME-2005001.pdf:PDF;ME-2005001.pdf:ME-2005001.pdf:PDF;ME-2005001.pdf:ME-2005001.pdf:PDF Kristina M. Spurgin 13 Jun 2005 2005 Kairosnews computers and writing online conference http://kairosnews.org/node/4338 pdf 2005 Meyer2004 misc 2008.07.05 {XFN} and {FOAF} 252 website Kristina M. Spurgin 2004 22 Apr 2004 http://gmpg.org/xfn/xfn-foaf web 2004 Miksa1983 incollection Dewey-Melvil---critical-work ALA---history libraries---history 49--100 Melvil Dewey: the man and the classification Forest Press 2008-11-14 {M}elvil {D}ewey and the corporate ideal Stevenson, G. and Kramer-Greene, J. Albany, NY Miksa1983.PDF:Miksa1983.PDF: Kristina 1983 pdf 1983 MFL1992001 inproceedings edited by CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW Classification CAT-LIS-Unread Toronto, ON, Canada 101--126 Classification research for knowledge representation and organization : proceedings of the 5th International Study Conference on Classification Research "In the early years of the modern library movement, librarians assumed from the very start and with barely a question raised to the contray that the most natural and best way to organize bookks--obviously, on the shelves, but also in catalogs--was in terms of what was considered to be the natural hierarchical classificatory order of knowedge. p105 classification helps people mentally map the relationships of subjects. p107 classification for creative meantal exploration and classification in order to form hypotheses Elsevier 2008.07.05 {T}he {C}oncept of the {U}niverse of {K}nowledge and the {P}urpose of {LIS} {C}lassification Williamson, Nancy J. and Hudon, Mich?le New York Kristina M. Spurgin 24 Jun 1991-28 Jun 1991 1992 pc 1992 MF-2007001 inproceedings The cultural legacy of the library to contemporary society is examined in order to provide a basis for discussing present changes taking place in the LIS field and in LIS education. By viewing the manifestation of the library over time as an ?era-specific? societal phenomenon, the modern library, which began in the mid-19th century and is still present, will be seen as replacing an earlier era-specific library, but also as currently being challenged by the beginnings of a new library era. The modern library is next contrasted with the library it replaced, after which three significant features of the modern library now being challenged are explored and contrasted with the emerging libraryhow the library is viewed as a social institution; how its normative target public is conceptualized; and what is acceptable as its normative funding. Lastly, speculations are provided as to how LIS education might respond to the challenges and changes that the emerging library is bringing. CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW Librarians-(Roles) Librarianship Libraries Libraries-as-institutions Library-education Library-services PIM-library-role Personal-libraries San Antonio, TX "with revisions and corrections December 8, 2007." The formally published version of this address will be found in Journal of Education for Library and Information Science 37 (no. 2, Spring 1996): 100-119. http://www.ischool.utexas.edu/~miksa/publications/ModLib_Rev2007_071208.pdf 2008.07.05 {T}he cultural legacy of the "modern library" for the future MF-2007001.pdf:MF-2007001.pdf:PDF;MF-2007001.pdf:MF-2007001.pdf:PDF;MF-2007001.pdf:MF-2007001.pdf:PDF 17 Jan 1996 Kristina M. Spurgin 2007 pdf 2007 MFL2006001 article The ?Relative Index? of the Dewey Decimal Classification (DDC) is investigated over the span of its lifetime in 22 editions of the DDC as to its character as a concept indexing system, its provision of conceptual contexts for the terms it lists, and the way in which the index intersects with special tables of categories used in the system. Striking features of the index that are discussed include how the locater function of an index is expressed in it, its practice of including concepts that have not been given specific notational locations in the system, its two methods of providing conceptual contexts for indexed terms (by means of the notation of the system and by the insertion of enhancement terms that portray conceptual context), and how the index has intersected with three types of special tables of categories in the system. Critical issues raised include the indexing of constructed or synthesized complex concepts, inconsistencies in how enhancement terms are portrayed and the absence of them in some instances, the problem of equating conceptual context with disciplinary context, and problems associated with not indexing one type of special table. Summary and conclusions are extended to problems that arise in studying the index. DDC Indexing 65--95 3/4 Cataloging and Classification Quarterly 2008.08.31 {T}he {DDC} {R}elative {I}ndex MFL2006001.pdf:MFL2006001.pdf:PDF;MFL2006001.pdf:MFL2006001.pdf:PDF;MFL2006001.pdf:MFL2006001.pdf:PDF 42 Kristina M. Spurgin 2006 pdf 2006 Miles misc 2008.07.05 {I}nter-{T}hesaurus {M}apping 252 website Kristina M. Spurgin 27 Apr 2004 http://www.w3c.rl.ac.uk/SWAD/deliverables/8.4.html web MA-2007002 article This article introduces the Simple Knowledge Organization System (SKOS), a Semantic Web language for representing controlled structured vocabularies, including thesauri, classification schemes, subject heading systems and taxonomies. SKOS provides a framework for publishing thesauri, classification schemes, and subject indexes on the Web, and for applying these systems to resource collections that are part of the Semantic Web. Semantic Web applications may harvest and merge SKOS data, to integrate and enhance retrieval service across multiple collections (e.g. libraries). This article also describes some alternatives for integrating Semantic Web services based on the Resource Description Framework (RDF) and SKOS into a distributed enterprise architecture. (Copies of this article are available for a fee from the Haworth Document Delivery Service, Haworth Press, Inc. E-Mail: getinfo@haworthpressinc.com, Web site http://www.HaworthPress.com). (Author abstract) SKOS 0163-9374 69--83 3/4 2008.07.05 Cataloging \& Classification Quarterly {SKOS}: {S}imple {K}nowledge {O}rganization for the {W}eb MA-2007002.pdf:MA-2007002.pdf:PDF;MA-2007002.pdf:MA-2007002.pdf:PDF;MA-2007002.pdf:MA-2007002.pdf:PDF 43 Kristina M. Spurgin 2007 pdf 2007 Milesa misc 2008.07.05 {SKOS}-{C}ore 1.0 {G}uide 252 website Kristina M. Spurgin 27 Apr 2004 http://www.w3c.rl.ac.uk/SWAD/skos/1.0/guide/draft01.html web MGA1995001 article 2008-12-09 Communications of the Acm {W}ordnet - a lexical database {F}or {E}nglish Controlled vocabularies ; Language ; semantics 0001-0782 39--41 Kristina 38 11 1995 print-copy 1995 Miller2003 incollection thesauri thesaurus-construction 2800--2810 Encyclopedia of library and information science http://www.dekker.com/sdek/linking~db=enc~content=t713172967 Dekker 2008.08.30 {T}hesaurus construction Drake, Miriam A. New York Miller2003.pdf:Miller2003.pdf:PDF Kristina M. Spurgin 2003 2003 MU-1997001 article Some general problems of thesaurus construction theory and practice are analyzed and discussed. The analysis is based on research and experience already accumulated in librarianship and information science as well as some other sciences and general scientific methods (linguistics, systems analysis, etc.). Some methodological and methodical ways of solving problems existing in thesaurus construction are recommended. (C) 1997 Elsevier Science Ltd. Thesauri 481--493 4 Information Processing \& Management 2008.07.05 {T}hesaurus {C}onstruction: {P}roblems and {T}heir {R}oots MU-1997001.pdf:MU-1997001.pdf:PDF;MU-1997001.pdf:MU-1997001.pdf:PDF;MU-1997001.pdf:MU-1997001.pdf:PDF 33 Kristina M. Spurgin 1997 pdf 1997 Mortimer2000 book 2008.07.05 {L}earn {D}ewey {D}ecimal {C}lassification (edition 21) Lanham, Md End Page: 145 Kristina M. Spurgin 2000 Scarecrow Press in cooperation with DocMatrix Pty. Ltd., Canberra, Australia 2000 MR-1964001 article ClassificatioN-Comparative ; Classification ; Ranganathan ; Aristotle ; Hume ; Farradane ; Categories ; CAT-LIS Read 0096-946X 296--301 4 Ranganathan and Aristotle, facets and categories. Not well specified. Compares Farradane and Hume. The more recent classificationist's categories match up with those older schemes. Not to say they are not new, but to point out they are not completely novel. R Moss 1964 "Most of us in daily life -- and especially when discussing information work -- tend to use the term "categories" at some time or other. We use it fairly loosely to signify our ideas, descriptors, groups, classes, keywords -- or just wordS- which we happen to favor at the time and which we are quite likely to change tomorrow. What I have said here is not intended to be a criticism of hte casual use of the word as a convenient mode of expression. However, in view of the fact that some listeners may take it to refer only to Aristotelian or similar categories, it might be better to restrict its use in library and information work to such contexts." -p298 American Documentation 2008.07.05 {CATEGORIES} {AND} {RELATIONS}: {ORIGINS} {OF} {TWO} {CLASSIFICATION} {THEORIES} 15 Kristina M. Spurgin 1964 print-copy 1964 MR-1962001 article Classification ; CAT-LIS Read 0001-253X 33--42 2 p33 "simpler everday routine practice of classification has tended to be forgotten in the search for an ideal theoretical basis." Examines classification from view of: classifier (creator of classifications) classer (does the classifying) customer (user) snarky observations about the status of things at the time and the impossibility of going on with traditional classification. Aslib Proceedings 2008.07.05 {HOW} {DO} {WE} {CLASSIFY} 14 Kristina M. Spurgin 1962 print-copy 1962 NM-2003001 incollection 2008.07.05 We describe LOCALE, a system that allows cooperating information systems to share labels for photographs. Participating photographs are enhanced with a geographic location stamp - the latitude and longitude where the photograph was taken. For a photograph with no label, LOCALE can use the shared information to assign a label based on other photographs that were taken in the same area. LOCALE thus allows (i) text search over unlabeled sets of photos, and (ii) automated label suggestions for unlabeled photos. We have implemented a LOCALE prototype where users cooperate in submitting labels and locations, enhancing search quality for all users in the system. We ran an experiment to test the system in centralized and distributed settings. The results show that the system performs search tasks with surprising accuracy, even when searching for specific landmarks. Lecture Notes in Computer Science {F}rom where to what: {M}etadata sharing for digital photographs with geographic coordinates personalphotocollection PHOTO Photographs automated-techniques-of-organization NM-2003001.pdf:NM-2003001.pdf:PDF;NM-2003001.pdf:NM-2003001.pdf:PDF;NM-2003001.pdf:NM-2003001.pdf:PDF 196--217 Kristina M. Spurgin 2003 On the Move to Meaningful Internet Systems 2003: Coopis, Doa, and Odbase pdf 2003 Neelameghan2003 incollection Theory of faceted classification. classification-theory classification---faceted 546--560 Encyclopedia of library and information science http://www.dekker.com/sdek/linking~db=enc~content=t713172967 Dekker 2008.08.30 {C}lassification, {T}heory of Drake, Miriam A. New York Neelameghan2003.pdf:Neelameghan2003.pdf:PDF Kristina M. Spurgin 2003 2003 NA-2002002 article 2008.07.05 Information Studies {S}ystems perspective of subject representation architecture: {S}. {R}. {R}anganathan's model revisited Classification ; Classification Faceted ; Information retrieval ; Subject analysis ; Subject indexing ; Ranganathan ; Knowledge representation NA-2002002.pdf:NA-2002002.pdf:PDF;NA-2002002.pdf:NA-2002002.pdf:PDF;NA-2002002.pdf:NA-2002002.pdf:PDF 205--220 Kristina M. Spurgin 8 4 2002 pdf 2002 NA-1997001 article Summarizes some experiences of the application of the principles and postulates of S. R. Ranganathan's General Theory of Knowledge Classification, incorporating the freely faceted approach and analytico synthetic method, to the design and development of specialized databases, including indexing, user interfaces and retrieval. Enumerates some of the earlier instances of the facet method in machine based systems, beginning with Hollerith's punched card system for the data processing of the US Census. Elaborates on Ranganathan's holistic approach to information systems and services provided by his normative principles. Notes similarities between the design of databases and faceted classification systems. Examples from working systems are given to demonstrate the usefulness of selected canons and principles of classification and the analytico synthetic methodology in database design. The examples are mostly operational database systems developed using Unesco's Micro CDS-ISIS software. Original abstract-amended. Databases Classification Faceted Ranganathan Knowledge-representation 0254-2553 3--53 1 Library Science with a Slant to Documentation and Information Studies 2008.07.05 {S}. {R}. {R}anganathan's {G}eneral {T}heory of {K}nowledge {C}lassification in designing, indexing and retrieving from specialised databases. 34 Kristina M. Spurgin 1997 - 1997 NA-1992001 article Contribution to a thematic issue devoted to an investigation and celebration of the works of Dr. S.R. Ranganathan. Discusses and presents examples of some practical applications of the postulates and techniques formulated by Dr. S.R. Ranganathan within the framework of his general theory of knowledge classification, at various stages in the design and development of specialised data bases, such as, in conceptualising, structuring and organising information as perceived by specialist users and preparing data bases therefrom; in preparing field definition tables; and in objectoriented analysis and design. Information-retrieval Indexing Databases Classification Faceted Ranganathan Knowledge-representation 0024-2667 202--226 3 Libri 2008.07.05 {A}pplication of {R}anganathan's general theory of knowledge classification in designing specialised databases 42 Kristina M. Spurgin 1992 - 1992 NA-2002001 article Looks at the complementary role of knowledge organization tools such as subject classification schemes and thesauri in information systems. Focuses on issues of organizing selected embodied and retrieved information, and the development of facilities to assist system users to intelligently interact with the information system so as to select relevant information from the offerings. (Original abstract - amended) Information retrieval ; Thesauri ; Classification ; Classification schemes 0971-6726 25--42 1 2008.07.05 Information Studies {D}igitized schemes for subject classification and thesauri: complementary roles NA-2002001.pdf:NA-2002001.pdf:PDF;NA-2002001.pdf:NA-2002001.pdf:PDF;NA-2002001.pdf:NA-2002001.pdf:PDF 8 Kristina M. Spurgin 2002 pdf 2002 Neill1990 article Evidence is presentd to show that the body plays a continuing and fundamental part in the process of thinking and the development of the knowledge used to think. Concludes that there is a crucial part of our subjective knowledge base which cannot be represented in an objectified scheme, whether for artificial intelligence (AI) or information retrieval (IR), and therefore we cannot expect to get a computer to think as a human being thinks. 00 Original abstract Theory 0022-0418 1--15 1 Journal of documentation 2008-12-09 {B}ody {E}nglish: the dilemma of the physical in the objectification of subjective knowledge structures: the role of the body in thinking 46 Kristina 1990 - 1990 NSD1987001 article A discussion of the nature of information is undertaken by bringing together the views of Brenda Dervin and Karl Popper on subjectivity and objectivity as these relate to information use. It is shown that while they take different routes, they come to similar positions. From the historical development of information science, some work on the problem of information management is selected to show the relevance of the philosophical discussion to the practice. The overall purpose is to establish information as an existent with which librarians (I use the word 'librarian' to indicate the intermediary since the word 'intermediary' can carry the meaning 'human and or non-human'. Here we are concerned with the human problems) and information scientists work in a peculiar way, resulting in the acts of classification and indexing as applied information retrieval systems (or libraries). The nature of information and its relationship to human activities is seen to be fundamental to the practice and principles of the profession as well as the science. CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW ; Sense making ; Information (definition) ; Subject indexing ; Information retrieval ; Information Science foundations ; Classification 193--211 3 Dervin's definition of information (information 3) starts with the focus on "in here," or information constructed by the individual. This overlaps with Popper's World 2. Popper's World 3 refers to "out there," an external, objectified world of information objects that exist In LIS we deal with the mismatch between "in here" and "out there," as has been explored in the cognitive tradition of IR. How can we model the user's information need to the system? Charles A. Cutter: "It is true that no system of classification can bring together all related works. The arrangement that suits one man's investigations is a hinderance to another's." "No catalogue can exhibit all possible connections of thought. Enought if it exhibit the most common, and give some clew for tracing the rarer ones. Those that claim perfection for any system show theat they have no idea of the difficulties to be overcome." Melvil Dewey: "The impossibility of making a satisfactory classification of all knowledge as preserved in books, has been appreciated from the first, and nothing of the kind attempted. ... Theoretically, the division of every subject into just nine heads is absurd." Journal of Documentation 2008-12-09 {T}he {D}ilemma of the {S}ubjective in {I}nformation {O}rganization and {R}etrieval 43 Kristina 1987 klib 1987 BCL2003001d article 2008.08.31 Knowledge Organization {A} rejoinder to {B}eghtol (2004) CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW CAT-LIS-read 199--201 Kristina M. Spurgin 31 3 2004 pc 2004 NA-2006001 article Folksonomy, a free-form tagging, is a user-generated classification system of web contents that allows users to tag their favorite web resources with their chosen words or phrases selected from natural language. These tags (also called concepts, categories, facets or entities) can be used to classify web resources and to express users' preferences. Folksonomy-based systems allow users to classify web resources through tagging bookmarks, photos or other web resources and saving them to a public web site like Del.icio.us. Thus information about web resources and online articles can be shared in an easy way. The purpose of this study is to provide an overview of the folksonomy tagging phenomenon (also called social tagging and social bookmarking) and explore some of the reasons why we need controlled vocabularies, discussing the problems associated with folksonomy. tagging Folksonomy 199--203 4 http://eprints.rclis.org/archive/00011286/ 2008.07.05 Knowledge Organization {F}olksonomies: ({U}n){C}ontrolled {V}ocabulary? NA-2006001.pdf:NA-2006001.pdf:PDF;NA-2006001.pdf:NA-2006001.pdf:PDF;NA-2006001.pdf:NA-2006001.pdf:PDF 33 Kristina M. Spurgin 2006 pdf 2006 OET2003001 inproceedings 2008.07.05 {FAST} ({F}aceted {A}pplication of {S}ubject {T}erminology): {A} {S}implified {LCSH}-{B}ased {V}ocabulary LCSH FAST Berlin OET2003001.pdf:OET2003001.pdf:PDF;OET2003001.pdf:OET2003001.pdf:PDF;OET2003001.pdf:OET2003001.pdf:PDF Kristina M. Spurgin 1 Aug 2003-9 Aug 2003 2003 World Library and Information Congress: 69th IFLA General Conference and Council pdf 2003 OTH1980001 article 2008.08.31 A selective survey of developments in the subject indexing of visual materials, based on the following meetings: Subject access to visual images, College Art Association, New York, Jan 78; International conference on automatic processing of art history data and documents, Scuola Normale Superiore, Pisa, Sept 78; 1st international conference on data bases in the humanities and social sciences, Dartmouth College, USA, Aug 79; International conference on computerised inventory standards for works of art, Public Archives of Canada, Ottawa, Nov 79; 80th annual conference of the Art Libraries Society of North America, New Orleans, Jan 80; and Archival automation: future access to the past, University of Maryland, Apr 80. Concludes that activities must be coordinated, now that communication has begun. Visual resources {S}ubject indexing of visual resources: {A} survey CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW PHOTO images 67--73 Kristina M. Spurgin 1 1 1980 pc 1980 OC-2007001 article 2008.07.05 Feliciter {C}hanging to {RDA} RDA OC-2007001.pdf:OC-2007001.pdf:PDF;OC-2007001.pdf:OC-2007001.pdf:PDF;OC-2007001.pdf:OC-2007001.pdf:PDF 250--253 Kristina M. Spurgin 5 2007 pdf 2007 OLSON2001 article Presents a study that examined knowledge organization in library and information studies through the use of deconstruction as a poststructural methodology. Background on the deconstructive approach; Characteristics of feminist deconstruction; Distinction between objective information and subjective information. CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW ; subject headings ; feminist 1195096X 1--29 2/3 Canadian Journal of Information and Library Science 2008-12-09 {P}atriarchal {S}tructures of {S}ubject {A}ccess and {S}ubversive {T}echniques for {C}hange. 26 Kristina Jun-Sep2001 - Jun-Sep2001 Olson2002 book 2008.07.05 {T}he power to name: locating the limits of subject representation in libraries Dordrecht 261 Kristina M. Spurgin 2002 Kluwer 2002 OHA2001001 article The idea of sameness is used to gather material in classifications. However it is also used to separate what is different. Sameness and difference as guiding principles of classification seem obvious but are actually fundamental characteristics specifically related to Western culture. Sameness is not a singular factor but has the potential to represent multiple characteristics or facets. This article explores the ramifications of which characteristics are used to define classifications and in what order it explains the primacy of division by discipline, its origins in Western philosophy, and the cultural specificity that results. The Dewey Decimal Classification is used as an example throughout. CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW DDC Classification--Evaluation-of CAT-LIS-read 0024-2527 115--122 3 2008.08.31 Library resources \& technical services {S}ameness and difference - {A} cultural foundation of classification OHA2001001.pdf:OHA2001001.pdf:PDF;OHA2001001.pdf:OHA2001001.pdf:PDF;OHA2001001.pdf:OHA2001001.pdf:PDF 45 Kristina M. Spurgin 2001 pdf 2001 OHA1994001 inproceedings 2008.07.05 {U}niversal models: {A} history of the organization of knowledge CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW Classification-history Classification-(theory) Women CAT-LIS-read 72--80 Kristina M. Spurgin 1994 Advances in knowledge organization "The central assumption of this paper is that naming knowledge is a discourse of constructing knowledge." p72 Olson reviews the history of library classification as aligned with ideas of the existence and need for structures that represent the "real" universe of knowlege in strict hierarchical form. How to represent "difference without relinquishing the successes of existing models"? p79 "Deconstruction suggests that as every concept is defined by what it is not and every structure is defined by what it includes and excludes, there can be no universal model. Any model excludes something/someone." p79 pc 1994 Olszewski1994 article 2008-12-09 RQ {M}adonna, {B}rahms and {P}resident {C}linton: reference use of the {OCLC} {A}uthority {F}ile Cataloging ; reference ; Authority control 395--403 Kristina 1994 UNC SILS PER ref 1994 OPG2002001 article 2008.08.31 Classification instruction will change markedly because the needs of users have altered, as have information formats. While a theoretical overlay was present in the teaching of classification during the past century, the thrust of the courses was not the organization of information but the organization of books in catalogues and on shelves. The theoretical basis is now more important and the challenge is to educate the classifiers to organize the formats of the future while responding to the continuing need to classify print materials in libraries. Focuses on teaching the organization of information whether in digital form, the World Wide Web, databases, or in printed books on shelves. International cataloguing and bibliographic control {T}eaching classification in the 21st century Classification Cataloging LIS-education 608 16--17 Kristina M. Spurgin 31 1 2002 - 2002 PS-2004002 article BIBLIOGRAPHY PROVIDES A COMPELLING VANTAGE from which to study the interconnection of classification, rhetoric, and the making of knowledge. Bibliography, and the related activities of classification and retrieval, bears a direct relationship to textual studies and rhetoric. The paper examines this relationship by briefly tracing the development of bibliography forward into issues concomitant with the emergence of classification for retrieval. A striking similarity to problems raised in rhetoric and which spring from common concerns and intellectual sources is demonstrated around Gadamer's notion of intellectual horizon. Classification takes place within a horizon of material conditions and social constraints that are best viewed through a hermeneutic or deconstructive lens, termed the "classificatory horizon". 0024-2594 588--603 3 Library Trends 2008.07.05 {C}lassification, rhetoric, and the classificatory horizon PS-2004002.pdf:PS-2004002.pdf:PDF;PS-2004002.pdf:PS-2004002.pdf:PDF;PS-2004002.pdf:PS-2004002.pdf:PDF 52 Kristina M. Spurgin 2004 pdf 2004 PCL2001001 article 2008-12-09 This paper examines the category of "Woman" within the metastructure of a system of knowledge organization. We trace the subject scheme used to list books about women in a standard bibliographic guide over the first three-quarters of the twentieth century. Building on the feminist critique of subject representation, our analysis documents how the category was continually constructed over time, providing evidence of multiplication, isolation, and confusion in the process. The outcome is a framework that fails to capture the complex nature of knowledge about women and conceals relationships to the larger body of knowledge. The case of this legacy system exemplifies problems associated with representing the complexity and integration of knowledge and provides a basis for considering the potential residual impacts of current information organization and navigation systems. Information Society {E}laborate {I}solation: {M}etastructures of {K}nowledge {A}bout {W}omen - 179--194 Kristina 17 3 2001 - 2001 PN-2003001 mastersthesis 2008.07.05 This report explores the IFLA?s document Functional Requirements for Bibliographic Records (FRBR). It discusses the notion of work in cataloguing as it was built since the 1950s, inasmuch this notion constitutes the conceptual framework for the proposal. Also, the entity-relationship database modeling (ERDM) system is described as far as such model provides to FRBR the operative elements that make it functional. ERDM gives to FRBR a user-centered approach as well. In its third chapter, the report tests the FRBR model through its application to a set of items belonging to the novel Rayuela, by Julio Cort?zar, held at the Benson Latin American Collection of the University of Texas at Austin. Finally, some critical issues are raised along with general conclusions regarding the functionality of the model {T}he {B}ibliographic {C}oncept of {W}ork in {C}ataloguing and {I}ts {I}ssues work---concept-of-a frbr cataloging Graduate School of Information, University of Texas PN-2003001.pdf:PN-2003001.pdf:PDF;PN-2003001.pdf:PN-2003001.pdf:PDF;PN-2003001.pdf:PN-2003001.pdf:PDF Kristina M. Spurgin 2003 pdf 2003 Parameswaran1991 inproceedings Describes the chain indexing procedure for deriving subject index entries for a classified catalogue. The problems involved in deriving subject entries based on Dewey Decimal Classification numbers due to defects in the hierachical structure of the notation and lack of precise terminology are studied and solutions are suggested. Alternative solutions for tackling the problem of synonyms are also discussed. edited by Information-retrieval Indexing Classification DDC Darmstadt 250--258 Tools for knowledge organisation and the human interface: Proceedings of the 1st International ISKO Conference. Part 1. 2008.07.05 {C}hain procedure and {D}ewey {D}ecimal {C}lassification Fugmann, Robert 14 Aug 1990-17 Aug 1990 Kristina M. Spurgin 1991 ref 1991 Park2002 article Optimal success in the organization of heterogeneous networked resources and in the attainment of optimal recall and precision in the harvesting of these resources and exchanging of information depends on how best to deal with the characteristics of natural language in correlation with information technology and with the user's information seeking behaviour. The characteristics of natural languages pose enormous challenges in attaining optimal resource discovery, as well as in exchanging information in the process of semantic mapping involving thesauri and metadata and in developing multilingual metathesauri. Ambiguity caused by polysemy especially hinders the capacity of semantic mapping, making the implementation of crosswalks for resource exchange potentially chaotic. Therefore, disambiguation of the multiple meanings of polysemous terms is absolutely essential for achieving interoperability involving thesauri and metadata. Searching Information-retrieval Thesauri Metadata 1091-1367 59--77 3 Journal of internet cataloging 2008.08.31 {H}indrances in semantic mapping involving thesauri and metadata: a linguistic perspective 5 Kristina M. Spurgin 2002 - 2002 PD-2007001 article OPACs 521? 32--34 10 http://www.cilip.org.uk/NR/exeres/CC89E0D5-77DF-44E2-989E-98D76B809B77 Update 2008.07.05 {A}re you happy with your {OPAC}? PD-2007001.pdf:PD-2007001.pdf:PDF;PD-2007001.pdf:PD-2007001.pdf:PDF;PD-2007001.pdf:PD-2007001.pdf:PDF 6 Kristina M. Spurgin 2007 pdf 2007 PAM1993001 inproceedings Paper presented at Online Information 93, the Seventeenth International Online Information Meeting, London, 7-9 December 1993. Describes a new OPAC system called the Book House. Discusses it relevance as a solution to current OPAC developments. It is an interactive, multimedia, system designed to support casual and/or novice end-users in information retrieval. The design is based on a new approach to cognitive analysis of retrieval in libraries. Original abstract-amended. OPACs User-based 273--290 Online Information 93: Proceedings of the Seventeenth International Online Information Meeting Learned Information (Europe) Ltd 2008.07.05 {A} new approach to design of document retrieval and indexing systems for {OPAC} users Oxford and New Jersey 7 Dec 1993-9 Dec 1993 Kristina M. Spurgin 1993 pc 1993 PE-2006001 article 2008.07.05 D-Lib Magazine {B}eneath the {M}etadata: {S}ome philosophical problems with folksonomy Folksonomy ; tagging ; critique Kristina M. Spurgin 12 11 2006 html 2006 PooKhoo2003 incollection opac opac---use subject-headings---use opac---displays 2218--2228 Encyclopedia of library and information science http://www.dekker.com/sdek/linking~db=enc~content=t713172967 Dekker 2008.08.30 {O}nline catalog subject searching Drake, Miriam A. New York PooKhoo2003.pdf:PooKhoo2003.pdf:PDF Kristina M. Spurgin 2003 2003 PHJ1995001 article Responding to challenges by Wartella (1994) and Zarefsky (1993) to describe the underlying nature of the discipline we teach, this essay develops a detailed model of the intellecutual structure of the human communication discipline. The model proposes that the discipline's content is arranged into four tiers of research and pedagogical interest. Tier-1 work defines the distinctive nature of the discipline, exploring all aspects of the abstract concept of message. The second tier concentrates on the relationship of message analyses to communicators as individuals, as elements in social/interactional relationships, and as members of various cultural communities. Research in the third tier gathers our tier-1 and tier-2 interests into various clusters or levels, including public, small group and interpersonal communication. Work in the fourth tier explores human message behavior as it occurs in significant recurring situations such as health care, schools, business, and other areas. Literature review ; Communication 191--222 3 Communication Education 2008-12-09 {O}n the {I}ntellectual {S}tructure of the {H}uman-{C}ommunication {D}iscipline PHJ1995001.pdf:PHJ1995001.pdf:PDF;PHJ1995001.pdf:PHJ1995001.pdf:PDF;PHJ1995001.pdf:PHJ1995001.pdf:PDF 44 Kristina 1995 pdf 1995 PU-2006001 article Knowledge representation 0066-4200 521--543 KNOWLEDGE DISCOVERY; CONCEPT LATTICES; RETRIEVAL; GRAPHS; SYSTEMS; ways of representing knowledge to work with it. external cognition. UNC SILS Z699.A1 A65 Annual Review of Information Science and Technology 2008.07.05 {F}ormal concept analysis in information science 40 Kristina M. Spurgin 2006 ref 2006 QD-2003001 inproceedings 2008.07.05 As the amount of information stored on and accessed by computer has increased over the past twenty years, the tools available for organizing and retrieving such information have become outdated. The folder paradigm has dominated existing user interfaces as the primary mechanism for organizing information for day-to-day use. This paradigm encourages many-to-one placement of documents into strictly hierarchical containers. In this paper we examine an alternative organization and navigation mechanism that promotes membership in multiple overlapping categories (as opposed to storage containment). In particular, we explore the user interface consequences of multiple categorization support being made conveniently available from within Web browsers. We have carried out user studies providing evidence that compared to the folder paradigm, multiple categorization not only improves organization and retrieval times but also matches more closely with the way users naturally think about organizing their information. {U}ser interfaces for supporting multiple categorization Interface Bookmarks QD-2003001.pdf:QD-2003001.pdf:PDF;QD-2003001.pdf:QD-2003001.pdf:PDF;QD-2003001.pdf:QD-2003001.pdf:PDF Kristina M. Spurgin 2003 2003 Interact 2003 pdf 2003 QB-1994001 article This article is a selective review of recent studies in classification and indexing theory. A number of important problems are discussed, including subjectivity versus objectivity, theories of indexing, the theoretical role of automation, and theoretical approaches to a universal classification scheme. Interestingly, much of the work appears to have been done outside the United States. After reviewing the theoretical work itself, some possible reasons for the non-American origins of the work are explored. Classification-(theory) Literature-review CAT-LIS-Read Theory Indexing 0943-7444 140--147 3 Why do Americans not tend to work in theoretical areas of classification? -- a general focus on vocational knowledge and pragmatism. References on importance of theory. What theory does: establish an agenda for research spur innovation through better problem solving (thinking about the problem at a deeper level) focus on and explain relationships between phenomena -- a bigger picture view rooting and grounding a profession in something beyond technical practice. Work in Classification Theory needs to: be more cohesive, with more synthesis published where more practitioners will see it be more collaborative build more on previous theoretical work Components of classification theory circa 1994 in the view of Quinn: subjective vs. objective classification theory of indexing role of automation in indexing and classification theoretical approaches to a universal classification scheme in light of recognization of the biases and ossification inherent in having one scheme -- how to create an inclusive, flexible scheme types of relationships different classification needed for different areas (ie science (predominant model) and humanities need to be classified differently) classification of fiction 2008.07.05 Knowledge Organization {RECENT} {THEORETICAL} {APPROACHES} {IN} {CLASSIFICATION} {AND} {INDEXING} 21 Kristina M. Spurgin 1994 pc 1994 RP-2001001 article This article explores the representation of knowledge through the discursive practice of 'general' or 'universal' classification schemes. These classification schemes were constructed within a philosophical framework which viewed 'man' as the central focus in the universe, which believed in progress through science and research, and which privileged written documentation over other forms. All major classification schemes are built on clearly identifiable systems of knowledge, and all classification schemes, as discursive formations, regulate the ways in which knowledge is made accessible. Of particular interest in determining how knowledge is represented in classification schemes are the following:- Main classes: classification theorists have attempted to 'discipline epistemology' in the sense of imposing main class structures with the view to simplifying access to knowledge in documents for library users.- Notational language: a number of classification theorists were particularly interested in the establishment of symbolic languages through notation.The article considers these aspects of classification theory in relation to: the Dewey Decimal Classification scheme; Otlet and La Fontaine's Universal Bibliographic Classification and the International Institute of Bibliography; Henry Evelyn Bliss's Bibliographic Classification; and S.R. Ranganathan's Colon Classification. CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW Classification-schemes Theory Knowledge-representation DDC UDC Bliss-Bibliographic-Classification Colon-classification CAT-LIS-read 180--191 4 181 Excellent quote: "Librarians have traditionally combined high purpose and idealist aspirations with pragmatic practical solutions. Their creative genius embodied in library classification schemes attempts at one and the same time to map knowledge, to represent 'the order of things' in relation to the ideal, and to organise the materiaL-books on shelveS-within the everyday confines of the library building." Not just books and not just within the confines of the library building any more, though. General/universal classification schemes represent a perspective of the structure of the whole of knowledge for the library user. Classification theory in library science traditionally a positivist endeavor. If we carve up and organize knowledge in such a way that it accurately reflects Truth, then the furtherance of knowledge is the outcome. Each scheme also represents a set of epistemological assumptions within the context of history and culture. "That all classification schemes are built on clearly identifiable systems of knowlege, epistemological assumptions, is itself the assumption upon which this paper rests." -p182 Two main aspects of classification schemes for representing knowledge: The structure of the main classes - imposed structure - represents ideal rather than natural world - not only knowledge, but culture, history, belief, philosophy, morals, politics, etc are represented in class structures - class structures define how things can be named and located within the library. Notation (code for location within class) - acts as a language - semiotic communicative practice - represents spatiality, represents meaning - represents the ways in which separate concepts are allowed to combine within the knowledge representation. rigid or flexible. DDC - Baconian, very hierarchical history - memory poesy - imagination philosophy - reason Bliss - natural categories based on academic consesus. UDC - DDC hierarchies into facets which could be used with complex notation to communicate complex subject through notation (used as indexing system) utopian Colon Classification - true faceted approach. Acceptance that we can't anticipate growth/development and patterns in knowledge. Flexibility to express concepts that don't have terms through notation. Now/future: Past understood knowledge mostly as hierarchical tree, and that's how it was represented As we become more and more interdisciplinary, networked, and interlinked our concepts of knowledge become more like a rhizome than a tree. Library classifications have changed to represent changes in philosophy of knowledge before, but how they can respond to this remains to be seen. tree vs. rhizome Knowledge Organization 2008.07.05 {T}he {R}epresentation of {K}nowledge in {L}ibrary {C}lassification {S}chemes 28 Kristina M. Spurgin 2001 pc 2001 Raj1991 inproceedings The organisation and representation of the subject, anaesthesiology, in 5 different classification schemes: Systematik des Sachkatalogues der Universitats-bibliothek, Dusseldorf; Dewey Decimal Classification; National Library of Medicine Classification; UDC; and Colon Classification. edited by Classification DDC UDC Colon-classification Classification--Comparative NLM-Classification Darmstadt 133--143 Tools for knowledge organisation and the human interface: Proceedings of the 1st International ISKO Conference. Part 1. 2008.07.05 {P}osition and organisation of subject content of anaesthesiology in different library classification systems Fugmann, Robert 14 Aug 1990-17 Aug 1990 Kristina M. Spurgin 1991 ref 1991 RSR1967001 book 2008.07.05 {P}rolegomena to library classification London Kristina M. Spurgin 1967 Asia Publishing House 1967 Rayward1994 article 2008.08.31 The work of the Belgian internationalist and documentalist, Paul Otlet (1868-1944), and his colleagues in Brussels, forms an important and neglected part of the history of information science. They developed a complex of organizations that are similar in important respects functionally to contemporary hypertext/hypermedia systems. These organizations effectively provided for the integration of bibliographic, image, and textual databases. Chunks of text on cards or separate sheets were created according to ''the monographic principle'' and their physical organization managed by the Universal Decimal Classification, created by the Belgians from Melvil Dewey's Decimal Classification. This article, discusses Otlet's concept of the Office of Documentation and, as examples of an approach to actual hypertext systems, several special Offices of Documentation set up in the International Office of Bibliography. In his Traite de Documentation of 1934, one of the first systematic treatises on what today we would call information science, Otlet speculated imaginatively about telecommunications, text-voice conversion, and what is needed in computer workstations, though of course he does not use this terminology. By assessing how the intellectual paradigm of nineteenth century positivism shaped Otlet's thinking, this study suggests how, despite its apparent contemporaneity, what he proposed was in fact conceptually different from the hypertext systems that have been developed or speculated about today. Such as analysis paradoxically also suggests the irony that a ''deconstructionist'' reading of accounts of these systems might find embedded in them the positivist approach to knowledge that the system designers would seem on the face of it explicitly to have repudiated. Journal of the American Society for Information Science {V}isions of {X}anadu - {O}tlet,{P}aul (1868-1944) and {H}ypertext - 235--250 Kristina M. Spurgin 45 4 1994 - 1994 RD-1989001 article Discusses the role of the Department of Information Studies at the Australian Capital Territory Institute of Technical and Further Education (TAFE) in the education of cataloguers and the changing role of library and information work and its workers. Argues that the current industry restricting foreshadows a need for different types of education and training to meet the wide range of skills now being required. The challenge lies in matching skills with industry information needs in order to fully utilise an important asset, the cataloguing staff Cataloging LIS-education 608 0312-4371 118--122 4 Cataloguing Australia 2008.07.05 {E}ducating library technicians: {T}raining for the workplace 15 Kristina M. Spurgin 1989 - 1989 RPA1988001 article 0022-0418 242--249 3 A summary of Brian Vickery's research career. In a festschrift issue. UNC SILS PER Journal of Documentation 2008-12-09 {PRECEDENT}-{SETTING} {CONTRIBUTIONS} {TO} {MODERN} {CLASSIFICATION} 44 Kristina 1988 ref 1988 Roberts2000 article 2008-12-09 This article discusses the possibility of the automation of sophisticated subject indexing of medical journal articles. Approaches to subject descriptor assignment in information retrieval research are usually either based upon the manual descriptors in the database or generation of search parameters from the text of the article. The principles of the Medline indexing system are described, followed by a summary of a pilot project, based upon the Amed database. The results suggest that a more extended study, based upon Medline, should encompass various components:Extraction of 'concept strings' from titles and abstracts of records, based upon linguistic features characteristic of medical literature.Use of the Unified Medical Language System (UMLS) for identification of controlled vocabulary descriptors.Coordination of descriptors, utilising features of the Medline indexing system. The emphasis should be on system manipulation of data, based upon input, available resources and specifically designed rules. Aslib Proceedings {T}he {A}utomation of {C}ontrolled {V}ocabulary {S}ubject {I}ndexing of {M}edical {J}ournal {A}rticles - 384--401 Kristina 52 10 2000 - 2000 RM-1991001 inproceedings edited by Information-retrieval Indexing Classification Faceted Darmstadt 233--238 Tools for knowledge organisation and the human interface: Proceedings of the 1st International ISKO Conference. Part 2. 2008.07.05 {F}acet analysis and thesauri for corporate information retrieval Fugmann, Robert 14 Aug 1990-17 Aug 1990 Kristina M. Spurgin 1991 - 1991 RL-1995001 article 2008.07.05 Reports results of a study, involving graduate students in an accredited library school who had completed a course on monographic cataloguing, to determine the entry level errors in subject analysis. Records were analyzed for errors in subject cataloguing and classification and results compiled for percentages of errors in subject analysis. Specific errors studied included: personal name subject headings; topical subject headings; geographical subject headings; MARC tagging; and classification. Addresses the strengths and weaknesses in subject analysis and the use of subject analysis tools. Provides insight into possible reasons for errors and presents recommendations regarding training and education of cataloguers. For the first part of this study see Journal of Education for Library and Information Science, 35 (3) Summer 94, 210-26 Journal of education for library and information science {A}n evaluation of classification and subject cataloging in entry-level cataloging copy: implications for access and instruction Cataloging LIS-education 608 217--229 Kristina M. Spurgin 36 3 1995 - 1995 Rowley1994 article 2008-12-09 This article revisits the debate concerning con trolled and natural indexing languages, as used in searching the databases of the online hosts, in-house information retrieval systems, online public access catalogues and databases stored on CD-ROM. The debate was first formu lated in the early days of information retrieval more than a century ago but, despite significant advances in technology, remains unresolved. The article divides the history of the debate into four eras. Era one was characterised by the introduction of controlled vocabulary. Era two focused on comparisons between different indexing languages in order to assess which was best. Era three saw a number of case studies of limited generalisability and a general recognition that the best search performance can be achieved by the parallel use of the two types of indexing languages. The emphasis in Era four has been on the development of end-user-based systems, including online public access catalogues and databases on CD-ROM. Recent developments in the use of expert systems techniques to support the representation of meaning may lead to systems which offer significant support to the user in end-user searching. In the meantime, however, information retrieval in practice involves a mixture of natural and controlled indexing languages used to search a wide variety of different kinds of databases. Journal of Information Science {T}he controlled versus natural indexing languages debate revisited: a perspective on information retrieval practice and research 108 Kristina 20 2 1994 ref, 20080504 1994 RJE1988001 article 2008.08.31 Reports on recent innovations and approaches that underlie the way in which the teaching of cataloguing and classification has evolved into a modern syllabus. The BA(Hons) Library and Information Studies Year 2 syllabus, at Manchester Polytechnic, Department of Library and Information Studies, is described as an example that illustrates the general approach taken in the teaching of information retrieval and cataloguing and classification. Catalogue \& index {C}at and class in a computer-based environment Classification Cataloging LIS-education 608 Instructional-technology 0008-7629 5--7 Kristina M. Spurgin 89 1988 - 1988 SMP2000001 article Arguing that an established technical terminology is crucial to the development of a discipline, and that classification terminology is neither well settled nor widely used by its exponents, this paper provides an explanation of some of the concepts generally accepted by classification theorists. In particular, the elaborate terminology generated by S.R. Ranganathan is examined. Definitions are provided for numerous concepts, including "classification"; "characteristics" and "attributes"; the genus-species relationship; the types of classes (canonical, systems, special, and environmental main classes); the kinds of subject (basic, compound, complex); as well as concepts such as facets, isolates, arrays, and chains. Comparisons between different classification systems, specifically the Dewey Decimal Classification, Colon Classification, and Library of Congress Classification, are also made. Classification Definitions CAT-LIS-read 0943-7444 221--229 4 Difference in use of technical terms by different classificationists. Sides with Ranganathan's use. 2008.08.31 Knowledge Organization {L}ibrary classification: {A}n essay in terminology 27 Kristina M. Spurgin 2000 pc 2000 SMP1998001 article The pervasiveness of classification in all human activities is described. Classification is characterized as being relative, utilitarian, and artificial. The importance of classification in library settings and academic disciplines is documented. Classification is described as an emerging, independent discipline. Classification-(theory) CAT-LIS-Read 0943-7444 32--35 1-2 Summarizes work from Hunter, Langridge, and Shera. We always classify an entity with respect to something else. (relative) Classifications are invented for a purpose There are no natural classifications. There are no good or bad classifications--there are only relevant or irrelevant to a given purpose. Prior experience and knowledge are important in designing useful classifications (Ranganathan's Canon of Relevant Characteristics) "Classification is done to understand the situation, for simplification, for economy, and for aesthetics. Hence no classification is without utility." p34 2008.08.31 Knowledge Organization {C}lassification: {S}ome fundamentals, some myths, some realities 25 Kristina M. Spurgin 1998 pc 1998 SJD1990001 article Paper presented at the 2nd Annette Lewis Phinazee Symposium on Classification as an enhancement of intellectual access to information in an online environment, held at the School of Library and Information Sciences, North Carolina Central University, Durham, North Carolina. This response to the paper by Dr. Chan, while accepting the merits of call number searching in the theoretical sense, raises questions about its usefulness in typical library situations. Compares searching on-line with call numbers and the use of classified catalogues and shleflists. Asks who is expected to do call number searching. Considers the availability of indexex to the classification scheme, problems created by the provision of only 1 class number per document, and the use of multiple cutter numbers to express the subject of a document. Information-retrieval Indexing Classification LCC OPACs Classification-schemes 0163-9374 27--35 1 Cataloging and Classification Quarterly 2008.08.31 '{T}he {L}ibrary of {C}ongress {C}lassification {S}ystem in an online environment': {A} reaction 11 Kristina M. Spurgin 1990 - 1990 SJD1987001 article 2008.08.31 Contribution to a thematic issue on education and training for cataloguers and classifiers. Expanded version of a paper presented to the Heads of Cataloging Group, Cataloging and Classification section, Resources and Technical Services Division, at the American Library Association's (ALA) Midwinter Meeting, Jan 86. Describes 1 approach to the teaching of both basic and advanced courses in Cataloguing. Identifies the short and long-term objectives of the basic course for 4 categories of students: cataloguing specialists; general/special librarians; non-cataloguing specialists; non-library information specialists. The instruction emphasises group interaction and making the course enjoyable for the student, thus increasing interest while imparting more information and better preparing students for work. Importance is given to student participation and the use of realistic situations to instruct and evaluate student performance. Cataloging and classification quarterly {T}he cataloguing experience in library and information science education: {A}n educator's perspective Classification Cataloging LIS-education 608 27--45 Kristina M. Spurgin 7 4 1987 - 1987 SC-2007001 inproceedings 2008.07.05 Social resource sharing systems like YouTube and del.icio.us have acquired a large number of users within the last few years. They provide rich resources for data analysis, information retrieval, and knowledge discovery applications. A first step towards this end is to gain better insights into content and structure of these systems. In this paper, we will analyse the main network characteristics of two of the systems. We consider their underlying data structures socalled folksonomies as tri-partite hypergraphs, and adapt classical network measures like characteristic path length and clustering coecient to them. Subsequently, we introduce a network of tag co-occurrence and investigate some of its statistical properties, focusing on correlations in node connectivity and pointing out features that reflect emergent semantics within the folksonomy. We show that simple statistical indicators unambiguously spot non-social behavior such as spam. {N}etwork {P}roperties of {F}olksonomies tagging Folksonomy Semiotics network-characteristics Banff, Canada SC-2007001.pdf:SC-2007001.pdf:PDF;SC-2007001.pdf:SC-2007001.pdf:PDF;SC-2007001.pdf:SC-2007001.pdf:PDF Kristina M. Spurgin 8 May 2007 2007 WWW2007 Tagging and Metadata for Social Information Organizations pdf 2007 SP-2006001 inproceedings In this paper, we describe some promising initial results in inducing ontology from the Flickr tag vocabulary, using a subsumption-based model. We describe the utility of faceted ontology as a supplement to a tagging system and present our model and results. We propose a revised, probabilistic model using seed ontologies to induce faceted ontology, and describe how the model can integrate into the logistics of tagging communities. tagging images flickr Ontologies Edinburgh, Scotland WWW2006 Collaborative Web Tagging Workshop irrelevant for my lit review needs 2008.07.05 {I}nducing ontology from {F}lickr tags SP-2006001.pdf:SP-2006001.pdf:PDF;SP-2006001.pdf:SP-2006001.pdf:PDF;SP-2006001.pdf:SP-2006001.pdf:PDF 22 May 2006 Kristina M. Spurgin 2006 pdf 2006 Schwartz2008 article The field of subject analysis enjoyed a flurry of interest in the 1970s, and has recently become a focus of attention again. The scholarly community doing work in this area has become more diffuse, and has grown to include new groups, such as information architects. Changes in information services and information seeking have led to reexamination of the nature and role of subject analysis tools and practices. This selective review looks at thesauri, guided navigation, and folksonomy as three activity areas in which subject analysis researchers have been attempting to address rapidly changing new environments. subject-analysis literature-review hiob-paper 521 830--842 4 Library Trends 2008-11-28 {T}hesauri and facets and tags, oh my! {A} look at three decades in subject analysis. Schwartz2008.pdf:Schwartz2008.pdf: 56 Kristina 2008 pdf 2008 Scott2005 book 2008.07.05 {D}ewey {D}ecimal {C}lassification, 22nd {E}dition: {A} {S}tudy {M}anual and {N}umber {B}uilding {G}uide Westport, CT Kristina M. Spurgin 2005 Libraries Unlimited 2005 SR-1988001 article 2008.07.05 Library resources \& technical services {T}he teaching of cataloging in {U}.{S}. library schools Classification Cataloging LIS-education 608 30--42 Kristina M. Spurgin 32 1 1988 - 1988 SJJ1999001 inproceedings Standard bibliographic classification schemes and scientific taxonomies are useful devices for bringing a certain order -- at least an external and abstract order -- into the mass of available information and knowledge. But they have two limitations: (1) People do not necessarily or automatically organize information and knowledge in accordance with them. Individuals -- scholars, researchers, knowledge workers, and human beings in general -- seem to organize information, at least in part, in accordance with meaning schemes and cognitive principles of their own individual personalities and lifeworlds, which are shaped by personal (Kelly 1963) and cultural forces (D'Andrade 1995) as well, of course, as by the classification schemes and taxonomies that have become embedded in them. (2) Reality itself is not necessarily or automatically structured in accordance with these schemes. While it is useful, even essential, to learn about them, they are often limited and corrupted by untenable or outmoded ontological and cosmological assumptions. In this world of increasing complexity and perpetual information flooding and, at least in the humanities and social sciences, increasingly decentered and interdisciplinary knowledge, innovation in research often comes from grasping, exploring, and articulating relationships that fall outside of or between the categories of standard schemes and that arise from a combination of interdisciplinary cross-fertilization and personal meaning schemes. Articulating and representing personal meaning schemes and using them to order information can be a valuable method of cognitive organization that can counteract information overload and contribute to intellectual and cultural creativity. And software tools for doing this are now becoming available. CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW Classification Cognitive Theory LibBlog CAT-LIS-Read Charlottesville, VA ACH-ALLC'99 International Humanities Computing Conference "Every scheme for classifying or ordering information is grounded in or implies some ontology or cosmology. The majority of current schemes (e.g. the LC and Dewey Decimal systems) are in effect operationalizations of neo-Platonic, realist ontology and theology, the "Great Chain of Being" (Lovejoy 1936) that asserts the priority of the universal over the particular, of the abstract over the concrete and that see the individual or particular as mere emanations of the abstract and the universal." "By personal meaning scheme we mean a map of the cognitive/symbolic organization of a person's individuated world, which we take to be not only scientific and conceptual but also to include affective, normative, aesthetic, and existential dimensions (Mucchielli 1970). Personal meaning schemes draw on a number of sources, including cultural context, individual psychological development, the canonical information ordering schemes to which the individual has been exposed, the scientific community of which she may be a part, metaphysical systems and traditions, historical context, and technologies (Goody 1977)." "We believe that the personal meaning scheme, while not viable as the fundamental organizing principle for libraries or large collections of information, is valuable for individuals' information organization and can contribute to the current discourse on the organization of information in the contemporary, postmodern world of information explosion and transdisciplinary intellectual work. There are several avenues of research to be carried out in this area: (1) exploration of the use of relevant theories and empirical research from psychology, cognitive science, and anthropology in developing methods of capturing individuals' personal meaning schemes and cognitive systems; (2) the use of computer tools for the representation and easy manipulation of personal meaning schemes; (3) the practical application of personal meaning schemes to individuals' methods of storing and organizing information; (4) the role of personal meaning schemes in promoting interdisciplinary research and scholarly dialogue." http://www.iath.virginia.edu/ach-allc.99/proceedings/shapiro.html 2008.07.05 {T}he {P}ersonal {M}eaning {S}cheme as {P}rinciple of {I}nformation {O}rdering: {P}ostmodernism, {T}ransdisciplinarity, and the {O}ntology of {C}lassification 9 Jun 1999-13 Jun 1999 Kristina M. Spurgin 1999 html pc 1999 SS-1986001 article 2008.07.05 Cataloging and Classification Quarterly {A}nalyzing the subject of a picture: {A} theoretical approach CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW PHOTO images 39--62 Kristina M. Spurgin 6 3 1986 PART 1: development of a classification of subjects of images comes out of theory or meaning in art, theory of meaning in language, and classification theory. Panofsky: 3 levels of meaning in a work of art. -- can be applied to any representational pictorial work - Pre-iconographical analysis - factual=OF; expressional=ABOUT - Iconographical analysis in the narrower sense of the word - Shatford: "It might be called 'educated knowledge' as it requires its possessor to have a 'familiarity with specific themes and concepts as transmitted through literary sources, whether acquired by purposeful reading or by oral transmission.'" Can also have OFness (it is The Virgin Mary) or ABOUTness (it is OF Mrs. Siddons, but it is ABOUT The Tragic Muse -- Mrs. Siddons was playing the role of the tragic Muse.) - Iconographical synthesis: Shatford calls this iconology and says: "Iconology is 'intrinsic meaning of content' and requires a synthesis of information, of pre-iconographical and iconographical information derived from the work itself, as well as knowledge about the artistic, social and cultural setting to which it belongs." Does subject analyst run risk of introducing bias/limited interpretation by coding aboutness? Based on: Panofsky's 3 levels (pre-iconography, iconography, and iconology) The linguistic concepts of sense and referent (general and specific) Ranganathan's 5 fundamental facets (PMEST) Shatford develops a classification scheme for the types of subjects of pictures. Based on this, actual classification schemes or index vocabularies can be built for specific purposes or collections. But these tools will be based on a sound fundamental understanding of the levels and types of description of images as seen in the classification of types of subjects. Table of this faceted classification. PART 2: Principles of indexing images Consider nature of and intended use of the collection for which the indexing system is intended. -- whether to index OFness or ABOUTness or both. Aboutness so subjective. -- depth of indexing -- how many subjects per picture? -- threshold of detail (do not index what is an integral part of some whole that can be indexed -- more OFlike) -- threshold of pertinance (index only wholes that are meaningful in the context of the image -- more ABOUTlike) pc 1986 LSS1984001 article Attempts to develop some concepts and objectives to use as a theoretical basis for the descriptive cataloguing of pictures. Suggests that although the basic objectives to be met when describing books and pictures are similar, the means used to achieve these objectives may be different. Maintains that the purpose of developing a theoretical basis for picture cataloguing is to provide the reader with the means of evaluating, adapting, and applying presently existing codes and formats, or for devising new codes and formats. Does not attempt to construct an actual code, nor to present methodical evaluations of present practices. CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW PHOTO images 0163-9374 13--30 4 Cataloging and classification quarterly 2008.08.31 {D}escribing a picture: {A} thousand words are seldom cost effective 4 Kristina M. Spurgin 1984 pc 1984 SAA2000001 article Reviews recent developments in the application of thesauri in information organization and retrieval on the World Wide Web. Describes some recent thesaurus projects undertaken to facilitate resource description and discovery and access to wide-ranging information resources on the Internet. Types of thesauri available on the Web, thesauri integrated in databases and information retrieval systems and multiple-thesaurus systems for cross-database searching are also discussed. Collective efforts and events in addressing the standardisation and novel applications of thesauri are briefly reviewed. Thesauri Searching Information-retrieval Internet 1468-4527 273--279 4 2008.08.31 Online information review {T}hesauri on the web: current developments and trends SAA2000001.pdf:SAA2000001.pdf:PDF;SAA2000001.pdf:SAA2000001.pdf:PDF;SAA2000001.pdf:SAA2000001.pdf:PDF 24 Kristina M. Spurgin 2000 pdf 2000 SAA2002001 article Provides a review of the literature related to the application of domain specific thesauri in the search and retrieval process. Focusing on studies that adopt a user centred approach, presents a survey of the methodologies and results from empirical studies undertaken on the use of thesauri as sources of term selection for query formulation and expansion during the search process. Summarizes the ways in which domain specific thesauri from different disciplines have been used by various types of users and how these tools aid users in the selection of search terms. (Original abstract - amended) Thesauri Searching Information-retrieval 0943-7444 1--19 1 Knowledge Organization 2008.08.31 {T}hesaurus assisted search term selection and query expansion: a review of user centred studies 29 Kristina M. Spurgin 2002 - 2002 SC-2005001 misc 2008.07.05 {O}ntology is overrated: categories, links, and tags Ontologies Categories tagging links-(hypertext) website Kristina M. Spurgin 2005 This piece is based on two talks I gave in the spring of 2005 -- one at the O'Reilly ETech conference in March, entitled "Ontology Is Overrated", and one at the IMCExpo in April entitled "Folksonomies & Tags: The rise of user-developed classification." The written version is a heavily edited concatenation of those two talks. 20 Feb 2008 http://www.shirky.com/writings/ontology_overrated.html html 2005 SC-2001002 inproceedings edited by CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW classification cscw Bonn, Germany 19--38 ECSCW 2001: Proceedings of the Seventh European Conference on Computer Supported Cooperative Work cited by HM-2004001: "Small-scale classification schemes are an important topic in CSCW(Computer Supported Cooperative Work) research because they are a widespread example of the artefacts people produce to articulate their work, organise their information, and coordinate their cooperative activities (Schmidt and Bannon, 1992; Simone and Sarini, 2001). " p36 The role of classification schemes in cooperation is pervasive and differentiated. Kluwer 2008.07.05 {A}daptability of classification schemes in cooperation: what does it mean? Prinz, Wolfgangand Jarke, Matthiasand Rogers, Yvonneand Schmidt, Kjeldand Wulf, Volker Dordrecht, The Netherlands SC-2001002.pdf:SC-2001002.pdf:PDF;SC-2001002.pdf:SC-2001002.pdf:PDF;SC-2001002.pdf:SC-2001002.pdf:PDF Kristina M. Spurgin 16 Sep 2001-20 Sep 2001 2001 pdf 2001 Simpson2007 article The role of catalogers within academic libraries is evolving to meet new demands and cultivating a broader understanding of cataloging--one that focuses on collections, not the catalog, and applies cataloger expertise across metadata activities. Working collaboratively as never before, catalogers are reinventing their place within the library. cataloging 507--511 4 1947103 2008.07.18 The Journal of Academic Librarianship {C}ollections define cataloging's future Simpson2007.pdf:Simpson2007.pdf:PDF 33 July Kristina M. Spurgin 2007 2007-07 SA-2002001 article 2008.07.05 Library classification in the Croatian library school at the department of information sciences, University of Zagreb, has an important place in the curriculum, because classification is the most important indexing language in Croatian libraries, documentation centres and services, and its role has not been undermined by automation as is the case elsewhere. The course Classification and Classification Systems has undergone many changes since the school was established in 1975. Important objectives are to teach content analysis and classification as a process and demonstrate how to adapt and use classification for different purposes and different environments. The current syllabus embraces the use of classification in information organization and for book and non-book materials, information resources on the Internet and, even more importantly, the course covers the application of classification in information retrieval and discovery. International cataloguing and bibliographic control {T}eaching classification to fit a modern and sustainable {LIS} curriculum: {T}he case of {C}roatia Classification Cataloging LIS-education 608 13--15 Kristina M. Spurgin 31 1 2002 - 2002 Slavic2008 article The paper highlights some aspects of the UDC management policy for 2007 and onwards. Following an overview of the long history of modernization of the classification, which started in the 1960s and has influenced the scheme's revision and development since 1990, major changes and policies from the recent history of the UDC revision are summarized. The perspective of the new editorial team, established in 2007, is presented. The new policy focuses on the improved organization and efficiency of editorial work and the improvement of UDC products. 23-29 2 http://dlist.sir.arizona.edu/2388/ International Cataloguing and Bibliographic Control 2008.07.10 {M}aintenance of the {U}niversal {D}ecimal {C}lassification: overview of the past and preparations for the future Slavic2008.pdf:Slavic2008.pdf:PDF;Slavic2008.pdf:Slavic2008.pdf:PDF 37 Kristina M. Spurgin 2008 pdf 2008 SDJ2000001 article This article reports on a qualitative study exploring: (1) strategies and behaviors of public library users during interaction with an on-line public access catalog; and (2) users' confidence in finding needed information on-line. Questionnaires, interviews, and observations were employed to gather data from 32 public library users. The results found search behaviors, confidence, and other feelings varied, based on three types of searches: unknown-item searches, area searches, and known-item searches. Term generation was the most important factor in unknown-item search strategies. Speed and convenience played a role in area searches, and simplicity characterized known-item searches. Of the three types, unknown-item searchers experienced the most frustration and doubt; known-item searchers the most disappointment; and area searchers the most confidence and contentment. Knowledge of these differences may prove helpful for librarians and interface designers. Cites-Dervin-Not-Useful-for-my-purposes 757--773 8 Journal of the American Society for Information Science 2008.08.31 {E}ncounters {W}ith the {O}pac: on-{L}ine {S}earching in {P}ublic {L}ibraries SDJ2000001.pdf:SDJ2000001.pdf:PDF;SDJ2000001.pdf:SDJ2000001.pdf:PDF;SDJ2000001.pdf:SDJ2000001.pdf:PDF 51 Kristina M. Spurgin 2000 pdf 2000 SRP2001001 article Describes the term theory as a system of testable explanatory statements derived from research. Generation of theory in knowledge organization; Colloquial use of the word; Areas leading to the positing of preliminary theoretical statements which includes author productivity and distribution of name headings. CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW ; THEORY ; Classification (theory) 1195096X 31--50 2/3 2008-12-09 Canadian Journal of Information and Library Science {F}urther {P}rogress {T}oward {T}heory in {K}nowledge {O}rganization. SRP2001001.pdf:SRP2001001.pdf:PDF;SRP2001001.pdf:SRP2001001.pdf:PDF;SRP2001001.pdf:SRP2001001.pdf:PDF 26 Kristina Jun-Sep2001 pdf Jun-Sep2001 Smiraglia2004 article Explicit authority control of works is essentially non-existent. Our catalogs are built on a principle of controlling headings, and primarily headings for names of authors. Our syndetic structure creates a spider's web of networked relationships among forms of headings, but it ends there, despite the potential richness of depth among bibliographic entities. Effective authority control of works could yield richness in the catalog that would enhance retrieval capabilities. Works are considered to constitute the intellectual content of informative artifacts that may be collected and ordered for retrieval. In a 1992 study, the author examined a random sample of works drawn from the catalog of the Georgetown University Library. For each progenitor work, an instantiation network (also referred to as a bibliographic family) was constituted. A detailed analysis of the linkages that would be required for authority control of these networks is reviewed here. A new study is also presented, in which Library of Congress authority records for the works in this sample are sought and analyzed. Results demonstrate a near total lack of control, with only 5.6%of works for which authority records were found. From a sample of 410 works, of which nearly half have instantiation networks, only 23 works could be said to have implicit authority control. However, many instantiation networks are made up of successive derivations that can be implicitly linked through collocation. The difficult work of explicitly linking instantiations comes with title changes, translations, and containing relations. The empirical evidence in the present study suggests that explicit control of expressions will provide the best control over instantiation networks because it is instantiations such as translations, abridgments, and adaptations that require explicit linking. uniform-titles authority-control---works work---concept-of-a 291-308 3/4 2008-10-05 Cataloging \& Classification Quarterly {A}uthority control of works: cataloging's chimera? Smiraglia2004.pdf:Smiraglia2004.pdf: 38 Kristina 2004 doi:10.1300/J104v38n03_22 pdf 2004 SRP2002001 article CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW ; Classification (theory) ; Theory 330--349 3 cited by MJE2004001 Library trends 2008-12-09 {T}he progress of theory in knowledge organization SRP2002001.pdf:SRP2002001.pdf:PDF;SRP2002001.pdf:SRP2002001.pdf:PDF;SRP2002001.pdf:SRP2002001.pdf:PDF 50 Kristina 2002 pdf 2002 Smiraglia2001 article 2008.08.31 Works are key entities in the universe of recorded knowledge. Works are those deliberate creations (known variously as opera, oeuvres, Werke, etc.) that constitute individual sets of created conceptions that stand as the formal records of knowledge. In the information retrieval domain, the work as opposed to the document, has only recently received focused attention. In this paper, the definition of the work as an entity for information retrieval is examined. A taxonomic definition (that is, a definition built around a taxonomy) is presented. An epistemological perspective aids in understanding the components of the taxonomic definition. Works, thus defined as entities for information retrieval, are seen to constitute sets of varying instantiations of abstract creations. These variant instantiations must be explicitly identified in future systems for documentary information retrieval. An expanded perception of works, such as that presented in this paper, helps us understand the variety of ways in which mechanisms for their control and retrieval might better be shaped in future. Knowledge Organization {W}orks as {S}igns, {S}ymbols, and {C}anons: the {E}pistemology of the {W}ork - 192--202 Kristina M. Spurgin 28 4 2001 - 2001 Smiraglia2005 article 2008.07.05 Cataloging \& Classification Quarterly {S}pecial issue on metadata Metadata Dublin-Core METS EAD EAC XML CLEANUP output Kristina M. Spurgin 40 3/4 2005 ref 2005 ST-2007001 inproceedings Folksonomies, or user-created taxonomies, are currently used as collaborative tools to describe images, films, hyperlinks, and other objects and documents. LibraryThing is a website that lets users catalog their own book collections through the use of Library of Congress Subject Headings and social tagging. This paper records the results of exploratory research focusing on the connection between folksonomies and controlled vocabulary and utilizing LibraryThing as a possible benchmark to measure tagging?s efficacy and accuracy as an instrument for subject analysis. edited by Folksonomy LCSH Controlled-vocabularies evaluation LibraryThing Milwaukee, WI Proceedings 18th Workshop of the American Society for Information Science and Technology Special Interest Group in Classification Research http://dlist.sir.arizona.edu/2061/ 2008.07.05 {C}ataloging and {Y}ou: {M}easuring the {E}fficacy of a {F}olksonomy for {S}ubject {A}nalysis Lussky, Joan 20 Oct 2007 Kristina M. Spurgin 2007 word (download trouble?) 2007 SJL2000001 article The literature on the role of models and theories in physics suggests that multiple models, abstract or concrete exist for a particular phenomenon. These models could be organized into hierarchies describing the entire physics domain (Giere 1994). Hierarchies of concepts have been used in other domains with success; however, criteria for a hierarchy of models in physics and theory's role are unclear. Therefore, research was conducted to describe the knowledge structures of experts, intermediates, and novices. A reiterative categorization task required subjects to sort and re-sort physics problems. The proportions of theory- and model-based categories created by the subjects were compared. Novices created hierarchies of model-based categories. Both intermediates and experts created theory- based categories at the highest, most abstract, level but combined model-and theory- based categories at middle and lower levels. These results support a representation of physics knowledge in which a hierarchy of models is organized by theory- based categories. expertise ; Rosch ; COGNITIVE STRUCTURE ; NATURAL CATEGORIES ; CONSTRUCTION ; PERFORMANCE 0950-0693 979--992 9 2008-12-09 International Journal of Science Education {A}n investigation of the knowledge structures of experts, intermediates and novices in physics SJL2000001.pdf:SJL2000001.pdf:PDF;SJL2000001.pdf:SJL2000001.pdf:PDF;SJL2000001.pdf:SJL2000001.pdf:PDF 22 Kristina 2000 pdf 2000 SD-1999001 article Classifications/ontologies, thesauri, and dictionaries serve many functions, which are summarized in this note. As a result of this multiplicity of functions, classifications-often called ontologies-are developed in many communities of research and practice. Unfortunately, there is little communication and mutual learning; thus, efforts are fragmented, resulting in considerable reinvention and less than optimal products. Ontologies Classification 0002-8231 1119--1120 12 2008.07.05 Journal of the American Society for Information Science {T}he rise of ontologies or the reinvention of classification SD-1999001.pdf:SD-1999001.pdf:PDF;SD-1999001.pdf:SD-1999001.pdf:PDF;SD-1999001.pdf:SD-1999001.pdf:PDF 50 Kristina M. Spurgin 1999 pdf pc 1999 SP-1991001 inproceedings edited by CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW Classification 163--170 Advances in classification research: Proceedings of the 2nd ASIS SIG/CR Classification Research Workshop Learned Information 2008.07.05 {U}ser-based methods for classification development Kwasnik, Barbara H. and Fidel, Raya Medford, NJ Kristina M. Spurgin 1991 pc 1991 Solomon2000 inproceedings This paper builds on numerous suggestions of the need for a theoretical basis for knowledge organization from the point of view of interest, concern, or problem (e.g., domain, ecology, use environment, or language game). This is accomplished by first developing a possible theoretical understanding of why knowledge organization schemes tend toward stability through structuration and autopoiesis. In understanding this tendency, the possibility of promoting (desirable) change is also considered through activity. Second, the paper considers the requirements for the contextualization provided by such mappings. Finally, the case of the Internet is briefly explored. All of this provides a recipe a theory for practice 'stew,' which would highlight the possibility that just as structures (e.g., classification schemes) enable actions (e.g., information retrieval, knowledge transfer), actions enable structures. For this theoretical stew to influence practice, rules and resources --- the structures of a knowledge organization scheme or system --- must both support self-reflection and needs for consistency and adaptability. The virtuality of the developing electronic information world suggests the possibility of both coexisting through, for instance, mappings or crosswalks. {E}xploring {S}tructuration in {K}nowledge {O}rganization: {I}mplications for {M}anaging the {T}ension {B}etween {S}tability and {D}ynamism structuration classification-theory Solomon2000.pdf:Solomon2000.pdf:PDF 254--260 2000 in Dynamism and Stability in Knowledge Organization: Proceedings of the Sixth International ISKO Conference 2000 Sowa2000 inproceedings 2008.07.05 The Internet is a giant semiotic system. It is a massive collection of Peirce's three kinds of signs: icons, which show the form of something indices, which point to something,, and symbols, which represent something according to some convention. But current proposals for ontologies and metadata have overlooked some of the most important features of signs. A sign has three aspects: it is (1) an entity that represents (2) another entity to (3) an agent. By looking only at the signs themselves, some metadata proposals have lost sight of the entities they represent and the agents - human, animal, or robot - which interpret them. With its three branches of syntax, semantics, and pragmatics, semiotics provides guidelines for organizing and using signs to represent something to someone for some purpose. Besides representation, semiotics also supports methods for translating patterns of signs intended for one purpose to other patterns intended for different but related purposes. This article shows how the fundamental semiotic primitives axe represented in semantically equivalent notations for logic, including controlled natural languages and various computer languages. Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence, 1867 {O}ntology, {M}etadata, and {S}emiotics booklong CLEANUP - Darmstadt, Germany 55--81 Kristina M. Spurgin 14 Aug 2000-18 Aug 2000 2000 ICCS 2000 : international conference on conceptual structures, no. 8: logical, linguistic, and computational issues 2000 SJK2005001 article CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW Classification-(theory) Classification-Automatic Factor-analysis Multidimensional-scaling Classification--Evaluation-of CAT-LIS-Read 89--101 2 REPRINTED IN JDOC IN 2005 - THIS IS THE COPY I HAVE v61 n5 571-581 2 important questions raised by moving to auto classification: - what sort of classification we should look for? - how we should exploit classification theory, given that we have a specific purpose, namely that of retrieving documents relevant to requests assuming a polythetic and multiple classification p574 "We can describe classification in general as a process of grouping objects which resemble one another in terms of their properties. But this statement, though true, is far too vague to be useful: we have to give it a cash value. However, we can more usefully, and somewhat more specifically, say that classification is both an information-losing process and an information-gaining process. " Questions to ask of any classification scheme to determine its type: (1) Relation between properties and classes: . monothetic; and (all members share same common property/ies) . polythetic. (2) Relation between objects and classes: . exclusive; and . overlapping. (3) Relation between classes and classes: . ordered; and . unordered. This results in 8 types of classifications. "There is no one correct or natural way of classifying a universe of objects. This has to be emphasized because in many cases remarks are made about the relative merits of classifications as if classification reflects something intrinsic to a set of objects, where it in fact reflects the frame of reference of the person seeking a classification. " -p577 "We can say that classification involves three distinct ideas: that we should divide the universe of objects; that we should do this in such a way that the subsets into which the objects fall are held together by likeness among their members, and that the resulting description of the objects in terms of their class membership should be simpler than their original description in terms of properties. " -p580 -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- cited by HB-2005001: "As her starting point, Spa?rck Jones introduces an eight-wise categorization of classifications based on three pairs of mutually exclusive pairs of characteristics: first, a monothetic classification is one where all members of each class share one or more properties, while a polythetic classification is one where members of a class do not necessarily share one or more common properties. Second, an overlapping classification is one in which objects may appear in more than one class, while, in contrast, an exclusive classification only allows objects to appear in one class. Third, an ordered classification is one in which there are some systematic relationships between classes, whereas an unordered classification presupposes no such systematic relationships between classes. Spa?rck Jones takes these 2 ? 2 ? 2 ? 8 categories of classifications to exhaust the possibilities, and subsequently van Rijsbergen (1979, p. 28) has described the categorisation as ?. . .a very clear intuitive break down of classification methods in terms of some general characteristics of the resulting classificatory system?. Journal of Documentation 2008.08.31 {S}ome thoughts on classification for retrieval SJK2005001.pdf:SJK2005001.pdf:PDF;SJK2005001.pdf:SJK2005001.pdf:PDF;SJK2005001.pdf:SJK2005001.pdf:PDF 26 Kristina M. Spurgin 1970 pdf 1970 Spiteri2007 article 2008.08.31 Folksonomies have the potential to add much value to public library catalogues by enabling clients to: store, maintain, and organize items of interest in the catalogue using their own tags. The purpose of this paper is to examine how the tags that constitute folksonomies are structured. Tags were acquired over a thirty-day period from the daily tag logs of three folksonomy sites, Del.icio.us, Furl, and Technorati. The tags were evaluated against section 6 (choice and form of terms) of the National Information Standards Organization (NISO) guidelines for the construction of controlled vocabularies. Webology {S}tructure and form of folksonomy tags: the road to the public library catalogue Folksonomy Kristina M. Spurgin 4 2 2007 ref 2007 SL-1998001 article 2008.07.05 Canadian journal of information and library science {A} simplified model for facet analysis: {R}anganathan 101 Classification ; Classification Faceted ; Ranganathan 1--30 Kristina M. Spurgin 23 1998 print-copy 1998 SLF1997001 article In spite of the growth in the number of faceted thesauri since 1968, there is little consensus among thesaurus designers regarding how the principles of facet analysis are to be used in thesauri. An examination of various national and international guidelines for thesaurus construction reveals that they emphasize primarily the construction of alphabetical thesauri, but provide little guidance in the use of facet analysis in thesauri. (Copies of this article are available for a fee from the Haworth Document Delivery Service, Haworth Press, Inc., 10 Alice Street, Binghamtom, New York, 13904-1580, USA. E-Mail: getinfo@haworth.com). (Original abstract - amended) Thesauri Classification Faceted 0163-9374 21--37 1 Cataloging and Classification Quarterly 2008.08.31 {T}he use of facet analysis in information retrieval thesauri: {A}n examination of selected guidelines for thesaurus construction 25 Kristina M. Spurgin 1997 - 1997 SLF1995001 article 2008.08.31 Katharine Sharp Review {T}he {C}lassification {R}esearch {G}roup and the theory of integrative levels Classification CAT-LIS-read Integrated-levels Theory-of SLF1995001.pdf:SLF1995001.pdf:PDF;SLF1995001.pdf:SLF1995001.pdf:PDF;SLF1995001.pdf:SLF1995001.pdf:PDF Kristina M. Spurgin 1 1995 Attempt to more accurately/equally design universal classification: CRG and Theory of Integrated Levels - a bottom up instead of top down approach - not unproblematic because of issues of multiple branching causing chaos in the structure, and the tenacious unavoidable pitfalls of subjectivity. (Spiteri, 1995) http://mirrored.ukoln.ac.uk/lis-journals/review/review/summer1995/spiteri.pdf pdf 1995 Sridhar1998Problemswithcataloging article Discusses lack of clarity of objectives of information systems, inadequate level of understanding of information requirements of users, exemplifies the nature of work of scientists and engineers and the consequent purposes of seeking information by them, put forth with few examples the lacunae in the present way of organisation and retrieval of information. Concludes by highlighting the need-based approach in design and operation of information systems for space scientists and engineers and recommends establishing an ?Information Systems Planning and Assessing Cell? 00 to skim - proposal ; Organization of information ; Cataloging ; Cataloging -- critique ; Personal collections ; Personal indexes ; Scientists 71--79 2/3 http://eprints.rclis.org/archive/00012341/ 2008-12-09 IASLIC Bulletin {O}rganisation of information systems: {A}n introspection of present premises, presumptions and practices Sridhar1998Problemswithcataloging.pdf:Sridhar1998Problemswithcataloging.pdf:PDF;Sridhar1998Problemswithcataloging.pdf:Sridhar1998Problemswithcataloging.pdf:PDF;Sridhar1998Problemswithcataloging.pdf:Sridhar1998Problemswithcataloging.pdf:PDF 33 Kristina 1988 pdf, 20080503 1988 SSL1991001 inproceedings edited by CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW Invisible-work Helsinki, Finland 81--92 Women, work, and computerization : understanding and overcoming bias in work and education : proceedings of the IFIP TC9/WG 9.1 Conference on Women, Work, and Computerization Elsevier 2008.07.05 {I}nvisible work and silenced dialogues in knowledge representation Eriksson, Inger V.and Kitchenham, Barbara A.and Tijdens, Kea G Amsterdam 2 Jun 1930-2 Jul 1991 Kristina M. Spurgin 1991 pc 1991 SSL1989002 incollection Research notes in artificial intelligence Editors CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW boundary-objects 37--54 Distributed artificial intelligence Pitman 2008.07.05 {T}he structure of ill-structured solutions: {B}oundary objects and heterogeneous distributed problem solving Gasser, Les and Huhns, Michael N. London SSL1989002.pdf:SSL1989002.pdf:PDF;SSL1989002.pdf:SSL1989002.pdf:PDF;SSL1989002.pdf:SSL1989002.pdf:PDF Kristina M. Spurgin 1989 pdf 1989 LeighStar2002 inproceedings 2008.07.05 {G}ot infrastructure? {H}ow standards, categories, and other aspects of infrastructure influence communication infrastructure London, England LeighStar2002.pdf:LeighStar2002.pdf:PDF;LeighStar2002.pdf:LeighStar2002.pdf:PDF;LeighStar2002.pdf:LeighStar2002.pdf:PDF Kristina M. Spurgin 22 Apr 2002-23 Apr 2002 2002 2nd Social Study of IT Workshop at the LSE: ICT and Globalization http://is2.lse.ac.uk/events/ssit2/LeighStar.pdf pdf (20080629) 2002 Star1999 article infrastructure London, England 377--391 3 2nd Social Study of IT Workshop at the LSE: ICT and Globalization 2008.07.05 American Behavioral Scientist {T}he ethnography of infrastructure Star1999.PDF:Star1999.PDF: 43 Kristina M. Spurgin 1999 pdf 1999 SSL1998001 article Article included in an issue devoted to the theme: How classifications work: problems and challenges in an electronic age. Compares the qualitative method of grounded theory (GT) with Ranganathan's construction of faceted classification schemes (FC) in library and information science. Both struggle with a core problem: the representation of vernacular words and processes, empirically discovered, which will, although ethnographically faithful, be powerful beyond the single instance or case study. Compares The discovery of grounded theory, by B. Glaser and A. Strauss with Ranganathan's Classification, coding and machinery for search. (Original abstract - amended) Classification ; Classification Faceted ; Ranganathan ; Grounded theory ; Qualitative data analysis ; PIM--library role ; Repertory grid ; Personal construct theory 0024-2594 218--232 2 "Both faceted classification (FC) and grounded theory (GT) began as reform movements against powerfully entrenched a priori schemes with claims on universality. " "As the introduction to this issue notes, formerly firm boundaries between library and office, catalog and desktop are transmogrifying. The change means that a wider range of human activities come under the purview of library and information science. When the library and the desktop become seamless, then practices of work organization become part of the cataloging and indexing process. This merger calls for methodological creativity and cross fertilization between previously disparate methodological domains." 2008-09-23 Library trends {G}rounded classification: {G}rounded theory and faceted classification 47 Kristina 1998 html 1998 SL-2005001 inproceedings 2008.07.05 {G}ive{AL}ink: {M}ining a semantic network of bookmarks for web search and recommendation Bookmarks Folksonomy Chicago SL-2005001.pdf:SL-2005001.pdf:PDF;SL-2005001.pdf:SL-2005001.pdf:PDF;SL-2005001.pdf:SL-2005001.pdf:PDF Kristina M. Spurgin 21 Aug 2005 2005 LinkKDD'05 http://www.informatics.indiana.edu/fil/Papers/givealink-linkkdd.pdf pdf 2005 Storey1993 article 2008.08.31 VLDB Journal {U}nderstanding semantic relationships Knowledge-representation semantics relationship Storey1993.pdf:Storey1993.pdf:PDF;Storey1993.pdf:Storey1993.pdf:PDF;Storey1993.pdf:Storey1993.pdf:PDF 455--488 Kristina M. Spurgin 2 1993 pdf, 20080515 1993 SWE1996001 article The author, a well known cataloguer with over 30 years' experience of cataloguing, reflects on what it means to be a long term professional cataloguer. Cataloging Opinion 0163-9374 49--52 1 Cataloging and classification quarterly 2008.08.31 {H}alf a lifetime in the cataloger's chair: {A} perspective from a career cataloger 23 Kristina M. Spurgin 1996 - 1996 SDN2004001 misc 2008.07.05 {C}ommunal categorization: {T}he folksonomy unpubstrag Folksonomy SDN2004001.pdf:SDN2004001.pdf:PDF;SDN2004001.pdf:SDN2004001.pdf:PDF;SDN2004001.pdf:SDN2004001.pdf:PDF Kristina M. Spurgin 16 Dec 2004 http://www.davidsturtz.com/drexel/622/sturtz-folksonomy.pdf pdf 16 Dec 2004 Suchman1994 article 2008-12-09 Drawing on writings within the CSCW community and on recent social theory, this paper proposes that the adoption of speech act theory as a foundation for system design carries with it an agenda of discipline and control over organization members' actions. I begin with a brief review of the language/action perspective introduced by Winograd, Flores and their colleagues, focusing in particular on the categorization of speakers' intent. I then turn to some observations on the politics of categorization and, with that framework as back-ground, consider the attempt, throughthe coordinator, to implement a technological system for intention-accounting within organizations. Finally, I suggest the implications of the analysis presented in the paper for the politics of CSCW systems design. Computer Supported Cooperative Work {D}o {C}ategories {H}ave {P}olitics? {T}he {L}anguage/{A}ction {P}erspective {R}econsidered Categories ; CSCW ; speech act theory 177--190 Kristina 2 3 1994 ref, 20080512 1994 Svenonius2003 incollection controlled-vocabularies 822--838 Encyclopedia of library and information science http://www.dekker.com/sdek/linking~db=enc~content=t713172967 Dekker 2008.08.30 {D}esign of controlled vocabularies Drake, Miriam A. New York Svenonius2003.pdf:Svenonius2003.pdf:PDF Kristina M. Spurgin 2003 2003 Svenonius2004 article THIS PAPER LOOKS AT THE EPISTEMOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS of knowledge representations embodied in retrieval languages. It considers questions such as the validity of knowledge representations and their effectiveness for the purposes of retrieval and automation. The knowledge representations it considers are derived from three theories of meaning that have dominated twentieth-century philosophy. The discipline of philosophy impacts other knowledge disciplines, particularly in the theoretical constructs they employ. The purpose of this paper is to explore how epistemology, that branch of philosophy concerned with how and what we know, has contributed to the design of knowledge representations embodied in retrieval languages designed for organizing information. Different retrieval languages make different presuppositions about what is meant by knowledge. These differences give rise to questions such as How valid are the knowledge representations embodied in different retrieval languages, i.e., how well do they do what they purport to do, i.e., to represent knowledge? How effective are they in facilitating the achievement of the objectives of a retrieval language: collocation, discrimination, and navigation? How amenable are they to automation and semantic interoperability? In the course of the twentieth century, the problem of what and how we know has been dealt with through language analysis and theories of meaning. Three theories of meaning are especially relevant to the discussion of knowledge representations: Operationalism, the Referential or Picture theory of meaning, and the Contextual or Instrumental theory of meaning. Epistemology ; Knowledge representation 0024-2594 571--587 3 Library trends 2008-12-09 {T}he epistemological foundations of knowledge representations 52 Kristina 2004 ref 2004 SE-2000001 book 2008.07.05 {T}he intellectual foundation of information organization Cambridge, MA Kristina M. Spurgin 2000 MIT Press 2000 SE-1994001 article 2008.07.05 Journal of the American Society for Information Science {A}ccess to nonbook materials: the limits of subject indexing for visual and aural languages CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW PHOTO images SE-1994001.pdf:SE-1994001.pdf:PDF;SE-1994001.pdf:SE-1994001.pdf:PDF;SE-1994001.pdf:SE-1994001.pdf:PDF 600--606 Kristina M. Spurgin 45 8 1994 pdf 1994 Svenonius1992 article Contribution to a thematic issue devoted to an investigation and celebration of the works of Dr. S.R. Ranganathan. Discusses some of Ranganathan's contributions to the productive, practical and theoretical aspects of classification science. These include: a set of design criteria to guide the designing of schemes for knowledge/subject classification; a conceptual framework for organising the universe of subjects; and an understanding of the general principles underlying subject disciplines and classificatory languages. Concludes that Ranganathan has contribued significantly to laying the foundations for a science of subject classification. Information-retrieval Indexing Classification Theory Ranganathan 0024-2667 176--183 3 Libri 2008.08.31 {R}anganathan and classification science 42 Kristina M. Spurgin 1992 - 1992 TS-2007001 article Recording evidence for data element values, in addition to the values themselves, in bibliographic records and descriptive metadata is likely to be useful for improving the expressivity and reliability of such records and metadata. Recorded evidence indicates why and how data values are recorded for elements. This article is Part II of a study to explore a way of assisting catalogers in recording evidence in bibliographic records, with the aim of minimizing the costs and effort of doing so. This article begins with a scenario for utilizing recorded evidence to which a cataloger refers for information and understanding of the ways that have been adopted to record data value(s) in a given element. In line with that scenario, the proper content of evidence to be recorded is first discussed. Second, the functionality of the system developed in Part I is extended and refined to make the system more useful and effective in recording such evidence. Third, the system's performance is experimentally examined, the results of which show its usefulness. And fourth, another system is developed for catalogers to retrieve and display recorded evidence together with bibliographic records in a flexible way. Cataloging ; bibliographic records ; evidence ; system developed 823--841 6 Journal of the American Society for Information Science and Technology 2008.07.05 {A} system for supporting evidence recording in bibliographic records, part {II}: what is valuable evidence for catalogers TS-2007001.pdf:TS-2007001.pdf:PDF;TS-2007001.pdf:TS-2007001.pdf:PDF;TS-2007001.pdf:TS-2007001.pdf:PDF 58 Kristina M. Spurgin 2007 pdf 2007 TS-2006001 article Recording evidence for data values, in addition to the values themselves, in bibliographic records and descriptive metadata has been proposed in a previous study. Recorded evidence indicates why and how data values are recorded for elements. As a continuation of that study, this article first proposes a scenario in which a cataloger and a system interact with each other in recording evidence in bibliographic records for books, with the aim of minimizing costs and effort in recording evidence. Second, it reports on prototype system development in accordance with the scenario. The system (1) searches a string, corresponding to the data value entered by a cataloger or extracted from the Machine Readable Cataloging (MARC) record, within the scanned and optical character recognition (OCR)-converted title page and verso of the title page of an item being cataloged; (2) identifies the place where the string appears within the source of information; (3) identifies the procedure being used to form the value entered or recorded; and finally (4) displays the place and procedure identified for the data value as its candidate evidence. Third, this study reports on an experiment conducted to examine the system's performance. The results of the experiment show the usefulness of the system and the validity of the proposed scenario. Cataloging ; bibliographic records ; evidence ; system developed 1249--1262 9 Journal of the American Society for Information Science and Technology 2008.07.05 {A} system for supporting evidence recording in bibliographic records, part {I} TS-2006001.pdf:TS-2006001.pdf:PDF;TS-2006001.pdf:TS-2006001.pdf:PDF;TS-2006001.pdf:TS-2006001.pdf:PDF 57 Kristina M. Spurgin 2006 pdf 2006 TAG2006001 article The Dewey Decimal Classification (DDC) system is a logical approach to a hierarchical categorization of recorded knowledge that makes sense to many people. It both illustrates classification theory and provides a practical way to organize information. It is taught in several different settings with content relying upon the purpose of the education or training. With reference to communications from colleagues, the author identifies some problems in teaching DDC, followed by some of the content covered and some methodologies used to overcome the problems. Several examples of teaching tools are included as appendices. (Copies of this article are available for a fee from the Haworth Document Delivery Service, Haworth Press, Inc. E-Mail: getinfo@haworthpressinc.com, Web site http://www.HaworthPress.com). (Author abstract) DDC Classification Teaching 0163-9374 97--117 3/4 2008.08.31 Cataloging \& Classification Quarterly {T}eaching the {D}ewey {D}ecimal {C}lassification system TAG2006001.pdf:TAG2006001.pdf:PDF;TAG2006001.pdf:TAG2006001.pdf:PDF;TAG2006001.pdf:TAG2006001.pdf:PDF 42 Kristina M. Spurgin 2006 pdf 2006 TAG1995001 article 2008-12-09 Journal of academic librarianship {O}n the subject of subjects subjects ; lt 484--91 Kristina 21 6 1995 pdf print-copy 1995 TC-2007001 misc 2008.07.05 {M}etadata's many meanings and uses: briefing paper unpubstrag Metadata TC-2007001.pdf:TC-2007001.pdf:PDF;TC-2007001.pdf:TC-2007001.pdf:PDF;TC-2007001.pdf:TC-2007001.pdf:PDF Kristina M. Spurgin 2007 http://www.ideography.co.uk/briefings/pdf/PB_metadata.pdf pdf 2007 TJT2005001 article What theoretical framework can help in building, maintaining and evaluating networked knowledge organization resources? Specifically, what theoretical framework makes sense of the semantic prowess of ontologles and peer-to-peer systems, and by extension aids in their building, maintenance, and evaluation? I posit that a theoretical work that weds both formal and associative (structural and interpretive) aspects of knowledge organization systems provides that framework. Here I lay out the terms and the intellectual constructs that serve as the foundation for investigative work into experientialist classification theory, a theoretical framework of embodied, infrastructural, and relfied knowledge organization. I build on the interpretive work of scholars in information studies, cognitive semantics, sociology, and science studies. With the terms and the framework in place, I then outline classification theory's critiques of classificatory structures. In order to address these critiques with an experientialist approach an experientialist semantics is offered as a design commitment for an example: metadata in peer-to-peer network knowledge organization structures. CAT-LIS-read 0943-7444 79--92 2 "...an experientialist approach to classification seeks to build a multi-dimensional classificatory structure that accounts for the intersections of individual and social meaning, and an intersection of formal and associative structures." 2008.08.31 Knowledge Organization {E}xperientialist epistemology and classification theory: {E}mbodied and dimensional classification 32 Kristina M. Spurgin 2005 pc 2005 TJT2002001 inproceedings 2008.07.05 Three paths of interdisciplinary work shape the future of classification research. They are emergence, encyclopedism, and ecology. Each of these, in method, approach, and in substantive inquiry outline both the boundaries and the intersections of the many fields that contribute to our overall understanding of classification research. This paper outlines some high level claims of this work, ties it to current research and offers some theoretical applications of these paths. {T}hree {S}pheres of {C}lassification {R}esearch: {E}mergence, {E}ncyclopedism, and {E}cology Classification Theory CAT-LIS-read Philadelphia, PA TJT2002001.pdf:TJT2002001.pdf:PDF;TJT2002001.pdf:TJT2002001.pdf:PDF;TJT2002001.pdf:TJT2002001.pdf:PDF Kristina M. Spurgin 2002 ASIST SIG-CR http://students.washington.edu/jtennis/Tennis_three_spheres_2002.pdf pdf 2002 TJA1992001 article 2008.08.31 Describes a hypertext application to the teaching of cataloguing at San Jose State University, Division of Library and Information Science, using a chapter of AACR2 implemented in HyperCard. Hypertext offered two characteristics of cataloguing decisions: the capability of providing multidimensional structure to a multidimensional task, and data richness. Several data structures were developed, including a decision tree to provide an overview and ready access to particular rules or tutorials. The hypertext environment proved successful for structuring and teaching choice of main and added entry. Original abstract-amended. Journal of education for library and information science {C}ataloging instruction: {D}evelopment of a {H}yper{C}ard implementation of {AACR}2, {C}hapter 21 Instructional-technology Cataloging LIS-education 608 195--211 Kristina M. Spurgin 33 3 1992 - 1992 TM-2003001 inproceedings 2008.07.05 {T}he role of special language in relation to knowledge organization Language-for-special-purposes Domain-analysis 206--212 Kristina M. Spurgin 2003 ASIST 2003 pc 2003 Thellefsen2002 article 2008.08.31 Semiotica {S}emiotic {K}nowledge {O}rganization: {T}heory and {M}ethod {D}evelopment - 71--90 Kristina M. Spurgin 142 1-4 2002 - 2002 Thellefsen2004 article The present paper presents a philosophical approach to knowledge organization, proposing the pragmatic doctrine of C.S. Peirce as basic analytical framework for knowledge domains. The theoretical framework discussed is related to the qualitative branch of knowledge organization theory i.e. within scope of Hjorland's domain analytical view (Hjorland and Albrechtsen 1995; Hjorland 2002; Hjorland 2004), and promote a general framework for analyzing domain knowledge and concepts. However, the concept of knowledge organization can be viewed in at least two perspectives, one that defines knowledge organization as an activity performed by a human actor e.g. an information specialist, and secondly a view that has the perspective of the inherent self-organizing structure of a knowledge domain the latter being investigated in the paper. Semiotics Classification Organization-of-information pragmatics knowledge-(definitions) 0943-7444 177--187 3 UNC SILS PER 2008.08.31 Knowledge Organization {P}ragmatic semiotics and knowledge organization 31 Kristina M. Spurgin 2004 ref 2004 TAR1978001 article 2008.08.31 Results of a survey of the library cataloguing curriculum in American Library Association-accredited schools, giving information about 47 of the 57 schools in existence at the time of the survey. The Anglo-American Cataloguing Rules proved to be taught in more schools than was any other code, and was given as a prime choice of course readings by 17 of the 24 schools which recommended it. It was encouraging to see that AA 1908, ALA 1949 and Cutter and the Library of Congress, too, continue to be widely taught which should contribute to a comparative approach and throw clearer light on AACR itself. The present practice of stressing AACR might be profitably replaced by giving more equitable treatment to the other systems involved, and by raising the number covered above the present mean of 3.2 codes. The presentation of a catholic repertory might promote creative scepticism in students, encouraging them to make sounder judgements about cataloguing rules in their subsequent library careers. Catalogue \& index {C}ataloguing rules in the {N}orth {A}merican compulsory curriculum Classification Cataloging LIS-education 608 AACR 0008-7629 3--5 Kristina M. Spurgin 48 1978 - 1978 TAR1977001 article 2008.08.31 Report of a study of the cataloguing and classification curriculum in ALA-accredited library schools, with emphasis on the influence of S.R. Ranganathan through the teaching of the Colon Classification and facet analysis. 48 schools were studied. 35 include facet theory, but at 28 attention is only slight. 24 teach Colon Classification, but 5 only briefly, and 6 make their students examine the schedules. 2 of the 24 conduct practice exercises. A predilection for the dictionary catalogue in North America may account for the relatively weak position of chain technique in the basic instruction. An analysis of the statistical data is made in the light of this theory. Indian librarian {T}he influence of {S}.{R}. {R}anganathan on basic instruction in subject analysis at {ALA}-accredited library schools Classification Cataloging LIS-education 608 Ranganathan Colon-classification Faceted 51--53 Kristina M. Spurgin 32 2 1977 - 1977 TAR1977002 article 2008-12-09 Discusses that part of the author's study The library cataloguing curriculum, USA: a survey of the contemporary compulsory education (see 76/1932) which deals with the cataloguing and classification of non-book material in all compulsory library school courses. The investigation drew responses from 47 of the 58 accredited schools, of which 41 take account of non-book material and media cataloguing and classification in compulsory courses. The replies of these 41 schools are outlined, and the number teaching various non-book categories are tabulated. Audiovisual librarian {T}he cataloguing of nonbooks in {N}orth {A}merican compulsory education Cataloging ; LIS education ; 608 14--16 Kristina 4 1 1977 - 1977 Thomas2001 article The effect that content and layout of bibliographic displays had on the ability of end-users to process catalog information was tested using a 2 x 2 factorial experimental design. Participants were asked to perform two related tasks during the course of the experiment. In the first task, they were asked to select a set of items that they would examine further for a hypothetical paper they must write, using a simulated online catalog to make their assessments of relevance. In the second task, they were asked to examine 20 bibliographic records, decide whether they would choose to examine these items further on the shelf, and identify the data elements that they used to formulate their relevance decision.One group viewed bibliographic records on art interface similar to current online catalogs, one that used data labels and contained data elements commonly found. A second group viewed these records on an interface in which the labels had been removed, but the data elements were the same as those in the first. The third group viewed these records on a labeled display that included enhanced data elements on the brief record display. The final group viewed these records with the same brief record data elements as the third group, but with the labels removed, using ISBD and AACR2 punctuation standards.For the first task, participants using enhanced brief screen interfaces viewed more brief screens and fewer full screens than their counterparts. Screen durations for the second 10 screens were found to have dropped from those of the first 10 screens. Statistical analyses comparing demographic variables to the screen frequencies uncovered many significant differences. Participants using the enhanced-content interfaces made fewer selections from index and full screens, and more selections from brief screens. For the second task, participants who used enhanced-content interfaces were able to make sort of relevance judgment more frequently than those who used standard-content interfaces. 301 20--46 1 UNC SILS PER Library resources \& technical services 2008.08.31 {T}he {E}ffect of {I}nterface {D}esign on {I}tem {S}election in an {O}nline {C}atalog 45 Kristina M. Spurgin 2001 - 2001 THR1992001 article The American National Standards Institute (ANSI) and the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) have published a common standard for ing scholarly and scientific writing. This model specifies inclusion of the following types of content: the scope and purpose of the research described in the original document, methodologies employed, results obtained, and significant conclusions. Although begun as guidelines for abstracting scientific writing, the most recent edition of the ANSI standard claims applicability for ing in the social sciences and humanities as well. This article reports on a comparison of the "content categories" listed in the ANSI/ISO abstracting standards to actual content found in abstracts from the sciences, social sciences, and the humanities. Findings from a content analysis of 120 abstracts from the chemical, psychology, and historical literatures indicate that, although the ANSI/ISO standards reflect current abstracting practices of scientists, they do not match the abstracting paradigm in the field of history. More than 91 % of the sentences in the chemistry abstracts and more than 90% of those in the psychology abstracts fell into ANSI/ISO content categories; fewer than 40% of the sentences in the history abstracts did so. The observed lack of correlation between the ANSI/ISO standards and the content of abstracts representing historical journal articles and dissertations demands a closer examination of the universality of these guidelines in light of abstracting practices for the field of history, the document-representation needs of historians, and the nature of historical discourse. These preliminary findings question the fundamental concept underlying these standards, namely, that any one set of standards and generalized instructions can describe and elicit the optimal configuration for abstracts from all subject areas. Implications for online free-text retrieval using abstracts are also drawn. abstracting ; Content analysis 0740-8188 31--56 1 Library \& information science research 2008-12-09 {A}bstracting across the disciplines - a content-analysis of abstracts from the natural-sciences, the social-sciences, and the humanities with implications for abstracting standards and online information-retrieval 14 Kristina 1992 print-copy 1992 Tillett2007 article The advantages of unique identifiers for the entities described in authority records are outweighed by the costs to manage an international system for assigning and maintaining such unique identifiers. Today's and tomorrow's systems perhaps can do without unique identifiers, but the attraction of unique identifiers still persists. This paper provides a personal recommendation to use the existing machine-generated record control numbers from our authority records as an interimmeasure until we see what future systems need. authority-control 343-361 3/4 2008-10-05 Cataloging \& Classification Quarterly {N}umbers to identify entities ({ISADNs---International Standard Authority Data Numbers}) Tillett2007.pdf:Tillett2007.pdf: 44 Kristina 2007 doi:10.1300/J104v44n03_12 pdf 2007 TB-2005001 inproceedings Cataloging Choice-of-access-points Form-of-heading Cataloging-codes International Cairo, Egypt 3rd IFLA meeting of experts on an international cataloguing code http://www.loc.gov/loc/ifla/imeicc/papers.html IFLA 2008.07.05 {R}esults of the code comparisons: a summary ({C}omparison of cataloging codes with the {P}aris {P}rinciples) TB-2005001.pdf:TB-2005001.pdf:PDF;TB-2005001.pdf:TB-2005001.pdf:PDF;TB-2005001.pdf:TB-2005001.pdf:PDF 12 Dec 2005-14 Dec 2005 Kristina M. Spurgin 2005 pdf 2005 TBB2005001 inproceedings Cataloging Authority-work Form-of-heading International Cairo, Egypt 3rd IFLA meeting of experts on an international cataloguing code slides + narrative http://www.loc.gov/loc/ifla/imeicc/papers.html IFLA 2008.07.05 {A} virtual international authority file TBB2005001.pdf:TBB2005001.pdf:PDF;TBB2005001.pdf:TBB2005001.pdf:PDF;TBB2005001.pdf:TBB2005001.pdf:PDF 12 Dec 2005-14 Dec 2005 Kristina M. Spurgin 2005 pdf 2005 Tillett2005 article 2008.08.07 SUMMARY. The conceptual model known as FRBR (Functional Re- quirements for Bibliographic Records) reminds us of the basic elements in describing materials in the bibliographic universe, the inter-relation- ships, and the fundamental user tasks that we are trying to address when we create library catalogs. This model provides a new perspec- tive on cataloging that should influence the design of future systems, cataloging codes, and cataloging practices. This paper explores current activities to utilize the FRBR model within cataloging principles, cata- loging codes, and cataloging systems, and offers questions, visions, and suggests some next steps. Cataloging \& Classification Quarterly {FRBR} and cataloging for the future frbr 197--205 Kristina M. Spurgin 39 3/4 2005 2005 Tillett2003 article 2008.08.13 Technicalities {W}hat is {FRBR}? {A} conceptual mode for the bibliographic universe frbr n.p. Kristina M. Spurgin 25 5 2003 http://www.loc.gov/cds/downloads/FRBR.PDF pdf 2003 TJ-2006002 inproceedings 2008.07.05 Museums want audiences to engage with their collections and ideas, but recognize that traditional methods of unidirectional on-line and in-gallery communications have limited access and dialog. Supporting social tagging of museum collections, and providing access based on the resulting folksonomy, opens museum collections to new interpretations that reflect visitors? perspectives rather than institutional ones. This co-operation between museums and visitors bridges the gap between the professional language of the curator and the popular language of the museum visitor, and helps individuals see their personal meanings and perspectives in public collections. The steve consortium, a collaboration of museum and museum informatics professionals, is developing tools and techniques and exploring the experience of social tagging and folksonomy in the context of art museums; our research questions, prototypes and findings are also relevant to other domains. {I}nvestigating social tagging and folksonomy in art museums with steve.museum CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW personalphotocollection PHOTO tagging images photographs-(digital) prototype-tools museum Folksonomy Edinburgh, Scotland TJ-2006002.pdf:TJ-2006002.pdf:PDF;TJ-2006002.pdf:TJ-2006002.pdf:PDF;TJ-2006002.pdf:TJ-2006002.pdf:PDF Kristina M. Spurgin 22 May 2006 2006 WWW2006 Collaborative Web Tagging Workshop pdf 2006 AAT2000001 misc 2008.07.05 {A}rt and {A}rchitecture {T}hesaurus {O}nline CitedIn:COMPSLITREVIEW website Kristina M. Spurgin 2000 02 Mar 2008 http://www.getty.edu/research/conducting_research/vocabularies/aat/ web 2000 TJM1995001 article 2008.09.02 Previous research on shot-level indexing of moving-image documents identified the terms supplied most often by participants to describe a selection of shots from the National Film Board of Canada's stockshot collection. The most popular terms supplied by participants in the study were compared with the terms assigned by professional indexers for these shots in the source files. Records for some of the shots used in the original study came from the stockshot library's computer database, and the remaining records came from its older card file. Since the level of indexing is specific in the database and more general in the card file, direct comparison is not possible. However, in both files a high degree of correspondence was found between the most popular terms named by participants in the study and the occurrence of these terms either in the indexing or in the written description of the shots found in the source files. This is encouraging in the context of making collections of moving images available online because it indicates agreement between the terms users think of when searching film and video shots and those indexers assign to them. This suggests that indexing collections of art images at the pre-iconographic (ofness) level in addition to the iconographic (aboutness) level would help improve retrieval rates. Proceedings of the Asis Annual Meeting {COMPARING} {USER}-{ASSIGNED} {TERMS} {WITH} {INDEXER}-{ASSIGNED} {TERMS} {FOR} {STORAGE} {AND} {RETRIEVAL} {OF} {MOVING} {IMAGES} - {RESEARCH} {RESULTS} PHOTO ; images 0044-7870 9--12 Kristina M. Spurgin 32 1995 pc 1995 Van2003 misc 2008.07.05 {T}hemes and metaphors in the semantic web discussion 252 website Kristina M. Spurgin 2003 18 Apr 2004 http://www.poorbuthappy.com/ease/semantic/ web 2003 Van2002 misc 2008.07.05 {XFML}: {H}ierarchical faceted metadata exchange standard 252 website Kristina M. Spurgin 2002 18 Apr 2004 http://xfml.org/ web 2002 VEW2006001 article We were faced with a shelved knowledge system at a health insurance company. The system used Bayesian statistics. For correct computations such a system is of course well suited, but not for the people who use it: people do not easily formulate their expertise in numerical probabilities. We addressed the question of whether it is possible to find out in which format experts do represent their knowledge, and if so, what format that is. This representation might then replace the format of numerical probabilities in the knowledge system's interface, increasing its ease of use. We found one method that includes, apart from a technique to elicit knowledge contents, techniques to also acquire its format: Cognitive Structure Analysis. In this contribution we discuss this method, use it in two studies, and show that it yields valid results. It gives insight into the format of experts' knowledge structures; experts turn out to use mainly frame representations. expertise ; literature review ; knowledge elicitation 0269-8889 335--344 4 2008-12-09 Knowledge Engineering Review {H}ow experts reason: the acquisition of experts' knowledge structures VEW2006001.pdf:VEW2006001.pdf:PDF;VEW2006001.pdf:VEW2006001.pdf:PDF;VEW2006001.pdf:VEW2006001.pdf:PDF 21 Kristina 2006 pdf 2006 VTC2007001 article To date, LIS studies of workplace information practices have primarily focused on occupations that require a university education, and, consequently, little is known about the information practices of blue-collar workers. This study uses a qualitative case study approach to examine the workplace information practices of a blue-collar worker-a vault inspector at a hydroelectric utility company. Using social practice theory as a framework, this article argues that vault inspection is a practice involving situated judgment, embodiment, educated perception, finding and navigating, and classification. This article also asserts that the practice of vault inspection produces documents that act as "boundary objects" that dynamically connect disparate parts of the organization and meet a range of organizational information requirements. This suggests that vault inspection is an information Practice. boundary objects ; Information behavior ; work ; Classification in context 0024-2519 157--179 2 2008-12-09 Library quarterly "{T}he {E}yes of the {P}ower {C}ompany": {W}orkplace {I}nformation {P}ractices of a {V}ault {I}nspector VTC2007001.pdf:VTC2007001.pdf:PDF;VTC2007001.pdf:VTC2007001.pdf:PDF;VTC2007001.pdf:VTC2007001.pdf:PDF 77 Kristina 2007 pdf 2007 VSL1997001 article 2008.08.31 Examines the necessary competencies for future cataloguers suggested by the cataloguing community. 52 American Library Association (ALA) accredited library school programmes were analyzed to determine the strength of cataloguing within the curriculum and the degree to which the competencies are addressed. Adequate education of future cataloguers requires an expanded view beyond traditional cataloguing courses. Recommends a curricular syndetic structure that identifies relationships among courses and links courses with the concepts and competencies necessary for organizing information. Cataloging and classification quarterly {C}ataloging across the curriculum: {A} syndetic structure for teaching cataloging Cataloging LIS-education 608 35--59 Kristina M. Spurgin 24 1/2 1997 - 1997 VSL1997002 article 2008-12-09 Bulletin of the American Society for Information Science {O}ptions for organizing electronic resources: {T}he coexistence of metadata Metadata 0095-4403 14--17 Kristina 24 1 1997 print-copy 1997 VC-2006001 incollection Folksonomies are classification schemes that emerge from the collective actions of users who tag resources with an unrestricted set of key terms. There has been a flurry of activity in this domain recently with a number of high profile web sites and search engines adopting the practice. They have sparked a great deal of excitement and debate in the popular and technical literature, accompanied by a number of analyses of the statistical properties of tagging behavior. However, none has addressed the deep nature of folksonomies. What is the nature of a tag? Where does it come from? How is it related to a resource? In this paper we present a study in which the linguistic properties of folksonomies reveal them to contain, on the one hand, tags that are similar to standard categories in taxonomies. But on the other hand, they contain additional tags to describe class properties. The implications of the findings for the relationship between folksonomy and ontology are discussed. Lecture Notes in Computer Science Folksonomy Categories Ontologies 58--69 Natural Language Processing and Information Systems, Proceedings Springer-Verlag Berlin 2008.07.05 {T}he language of folksonomies: {W}hat tags reveal about user classification Berlin VC-2006001.pdf:VC-2006001.pdf:PDF;VC-2006001.pdf:VC-2006001.pdf:PDF;VC-2006001.pdf:VC-2006001.pdf:PDF Kristina M. Spurgin 2006 pdf 2006 VB-1991001 inproceedings edited by - Darmstadt 14--20 Tools for knowledge organisation and the human interface: Proceedings of the 1st International ISKO Conference. Part 1. 2008.07.05 {C}lassificatory principles in intelligent interfaces Fugmann, Robert 14 Aug 1990-17 Aug 1990 Kristina M. Spurgin 1991 - 1991 VNK1995001 mastersthesis 2008.07.05 {E}xperimental {I}mage {T}axonomy: an inquiry into spontaneous image organization mastersthesis PHOTO images Organization-of-information Cornell University Kristina M. Spurgin 1995 cited by several. no idea how to get, or if that important. - 1995 VHJ1998001 article 2008.08.31 Journal of Documentation {T}itle keywords and subject descriptors: a comparison of subject search entries of books in the humanities and social sciences lt 466--76 Kristina M. Spurgin 54 4 1998 pdf 1998 WA-2007001 article As a "new thing", Open Access bring issues for libraries, many of which relate to technical services. This paper briefly looks at some of these: licensing and Open Access; possible effects of the lack of a "purchase"; making Open Access content accessible to users; and dealing with non-OA journal material. Technical services ; Open access 241--243 5 http://eprints.rclis.org/archive/00011695/ 2008.07.05 Feliciter {T}echnical {S}ervices and {O}pen {A}ccess : a {F}ew {C}hallenges WA-2007001.pdf:WA-2007001.pdf:PDF;WA-2007001.pdf:WA-2007001.pdf:PDF;WA-2007001.pdf:WA-2007001.pdf:PDF 53 Kristina M. Spurgin 2007 pdf 2007 WP-1999001 inproceedings knowledge-elicitation Washington, DC 557--568 Proceedings of the 62nd ASIS Annual Meeting cited by BD-2005002: "In a study by Wang (1999), for example, the participants were asked to arrange concepts in ways that made sense to them. The results showed that expert researchers tended to map their concepts in nonhierarchical configurations (e.g., weblike with centered concepts). Given the same terms, nonexpert researchers tended to construct hierarchical maps. Nonexperts were those who had learned these concepts but did not conduct research on the topics." See also: Peiling Wang, Stephen Bales, Jason Rieger, and Yan Zhang (2004). Survey of Learners? Knowledge Structures: Rationales, Methods and Instruments. In Proceedings of the 67th ASIST Annual Meeting. UNC SILS Z1008 .A4616 Information Today 2008.07.05 {A}n empirical study of knowledge structures of research topics Medford, NJ 31 Oct 1999-4 Nov 1999 Kristina M. Spurgin 1999 ref 1999 WP-2004001 inproceedings knowledge-elicitation Providence, RI 218--228 Proceedings of the 67th ASIST Annual Meeting cited by BD-2005002: "Learning style may be a factor in the ways children build knowledge structures. Such a style has been used to assess the knowledge structures of graduate students (Wang, Bales, Rieger, & Zhang, 2004) but has not been applied with children. " Information Today 2008.07.05 {S}urvey of {L}earners' {K}nowledge {S}tructures: {R}ationales, {M}ethods, and {I}nstruments Medford, NJ WP-2004001.pdf:WP-2004001.pdf:PDF;WP-2004001.pdf:WP-2004001.pdf:PDF;WP-2004001.pdf:WP-2004001.pdf:PDF 12 Nov 2004-17 Nov 2004 Kristina M. Spurgin 2004 pdf 2004 WBH2003001 article Based on personal experience, discusses various professional approaches to paper management. Looks at paper management manuals which offer advice on which documents to discard as well as how to organize those that are retained. Guidelines on setting up headings for a filing system relate to the concepts of alphabetico-classed arrangement, specificity and "slanted" indexing. The manuals provide criteria for cross references versus double posting that are similar to those in the indexing literature. Notes that paper management manuals generally have poor indexes. Suggests authors of these manuals should study the indexing literature, and that indexers can contribute to the field of paper management. 00-to-skim---proposal PIM--creating-system Indexing Personal-collections 0019-4131 218--223 4 2008.08.31 Indexer {I}ndexing advice in publications on paper management WBH2003001.pdf:WBH2003001.pdf:PDF;WBH2003001.pdf:WBH2003001.pdf:PDF;WBH2003001.pdf:WBH2003001.pdf:PDF 23 Kristina M. Spurgin 2003 pdf 2003 WBH2002002 article 2008.08.31 Key words: The newsletter of the American Society of Indexers {C}lassification schemes and information architecture Classification Information-architecture Curriculum Teaching WBH2002002.pdf:WBH2002002.pdf:PDF;WBH2002002.pdf:WBH2002002.pdf:PDF;WBH2002002.pdf:WBH2002002.pdf:PDF 152--155 Kristina M. Spurgin 10 6 2002 pdf 2002 Weinberg1995 article Contribution to an issue devoted to Classification: options and opportunities. Compares thesauri: structured controlled vocabularies designed for information retrieval: with classification schemes developed for the arrangement of library materials and/or bibliographic records. The syndetic structure within the alphabetic sequence of thesauri constitutes a hidden classification, but many thesauri include an explicit hierarchical display; some feature notation. Surveys the various structures and applications of thesauri, with an emphasis on their increasing role in electronic information retrieval. The skills required for thesaurus construction are similar to those for the development of classification schemes. The distinction between these activities is expected to blur in the future. Classification Thesauri 0163-9374 23--44 3/4 Cataloging and Classification Quarterly 2008.08.31 {L}ibrary classification and information retrieval thesauri: {C}omparison and contrast 19 Kristina M. Spurgin 1995 - 1995 WD-2007001 article 2008.07.05 Bulletin of the American society for information science and technology {T}axonomy out of the box taxonomies ; tagging ; Folksonomy 28 Kristina M. Spurgin 2007 print-copy 2007 WD-2002001 book 2008.07.05 {S}mall pieces loosely joined: a unified theory of the web Cambridge, MA Kristina M. Spurgin 2002 Perseus Publishing 2002 WER2005001 inproceedings Desktop search tools are becoming more popular. They have to deal with increasing amounts of locally stored data. Another approach is to analyze the semantic relationship between collected data in order to preprocess the data semantically. The goal is to allow searches based on relationships between various objects instead of focusing on the name of objects. We introduce a database architecture based on an existing software prototype, which is capable of meeting the various demands for a semantic information manager. We describe the use of an association table which stores the relationships between events. It enables adding or removing data items easily without the need for schema modifications. Existing optimization techniques of RDBMS can still be used. Lecture Notes in Computer Science, 3588 booklong CLEANUP PIM Copenhagen 586--595 DEXA 2005: International conference on database and expert systems applications, no. 16 2008.07.05 {S}emantic {S}torage: a {R}eport on {P}erformance and {F}lexibility WER2005001.pdf:WER2005001.pdf:PDF;WER2005001.pdf:WER2005001.pdf:PDF;WER2005001.pdf:WER2005001.pdf:PDF 22 Aug 2005-26 Aug 2005 Kristina M. Spurgin 2005 pdf 2005 WM-1990001 article An introduction to the different. knowledge elicitation methods in common use is given in this article. First, the considerations that are most important in determining the choice of knowledge elicitation method in practical business contexts are discussed. This is followed by a list of methods, described in terms of these considerations. The paper concludes with a brief discussion of the practical application of the methods. knowledge elicitation 83--91 1 cited by WH-2004001: organizing documents requires reflection, which is an important part of knowledge acquisition. UNC SILS PER 2008.07.05 Interacting with computers {A}n overview of knowledge acquisition methods 2 Kristina M. Spurgin 1990 ref 1990 Wellisch1995 book 2008.07.05 2nd ed., rev. {I}ndexing from {A} to {Z} New York Kristina M. Spurgin 1995 H.W. Wilson 1995 WM-2003001 inproceedings 2008.07.05 This paper presents a theoretical model, which will be applied in an empirical study on the role of information and communication technology (ICT) in processes of knowledge sharing in organizations. One consequence of organizations? increasing implementation of ICT, is an increased ICT use among organizational members. Although one of the main reasons for ICT implementation in organizations is knowledge sharing, little is known yet about the role of ICT in processes of knowledge sharing. This paper focuses on how ICT contributes to organizational knowledge sharing. ICT and knowledge sharing will be approached from an ICT perspective on the one hand, and a knowledge sharing perspective on the other. From the former perspective a theoretical model of organizational ICT architecture will be presented. This model conceives of an organization?s constellation of ICT applications as a ?shared knowledge work space?. The model discerns content-, communication- and collaboration spaces between which interactions take place. In addition, the ICT perspective emphasizes the salience of the content of information exchanged, as this contributes to an understanding of processes of knowledge sharing. From the knowledge sharing perspective a theoretical model of processes of knowledge sharing on behalf of organizational learning will be presented. The model distinguishes the individual, the group, and the organizational knowledge level between which knowledge conversions take place. We assume the involvement of all three knowledge levels as a condition for optimal knowledge sharing. It is expected that ICT can stimulate and facilitate the various knowledge conversions between the three levels. {R}ole of {ICT} in processes of knowledge sharing in organizations Knowledge-management Internet WM-2003001.pdf:WM-2003001.pdf:PDF;WM-2003001.pdf:WM-2003001.pdf:PDF;WM-2003001.pdf:WM-2003001.pdf:PDF Kristina M. Spurgin 2003 Internet Research 03 http://www.aoir.org/members/papers3/Wenneker,VanSelm&Nelissen2.pdf pdf 2003 Westphal1989 article 2008.07.05 ACM SIGART Bulletin {S}pecial issue on knowledge acquisition knowledge elicitation ; db ; output 0163-5719 Kristina M. Spurgin 108 1989 ref, 20080503 1989 Williams1985 book 2008.07.05 Rev. ed {K}eywords: a vocabulary of culture and society New York 349 p Kristina M. Spurgin 1985 Oxford University Press 1985 WNJ2000001 inproceedings 2008.07.05 {T}hesauri in the digital age: stability and dynamism in their development and use Thesauri Germany 268--274 Kristina M. Spurgin 10 Jul 2000-13 Jul 2000 2000 Knowledge Organization, Proceedings of the sixth International ISKO Conference pc Ergon Verlag 2000 WNJ1998001 inproceedings Interdisciplinarity Classification Lille 396--401 Structures and relations in knowledge organization: Proceedings of the fifth International ISKO Conference cited by MIC2000001 Ergon Verlag 2008.07.05 {A}n interdisciplinary world and discipline based classification Wurzburg, Germany 25 Aug 1998-29 Aug 1998 Kristina M. Spurgin 1998 ref 1998 Williamson1989 article Contribution to a thematic issue devoted to subject control in on-line catalogues. In an examination of the use of classification in on-line data bases, it is revealed that on-line data base providers are inherently conservative about offering search enhancements. Moreover, North American librarians often do not make the necessary distinctions between classification as a subject retrieval tool and the call number as a location device. An enormous potential exists, however, for further development in the retrieval mechanisms used in on-line data bases. There is a role for classification in on-line retrieval such that classification and classificatory structure can operate in concert with other means of access to improve bibliographic and information retrieval in the future. Information-retrieval Indexing Classification OPACs 0163-9374 95--104 1/2 Cataloging and Classification Quarterly 2008.08.31 {T}he role of classification in online systems 10 Kristina M. Spurgin 1989 - 1989 Wilson1968 book 2008.07.05 {T}wo {K}inds of {P}ower: an {E}ssay on {B}ibliographical {C}ontrol Berkeley 155 Kristina M. Spurgin 1968 University of California Press 1968 WRC1993001 article 2008.08.31 Cataloging \& Classification Quarterly {D}iscarding the main entry in an online cataloging environment Cataloging Main-entry 53--70 Kristina M. Spurgin 16 1 1993 pc 1993 Winograd1994 article 2008-12-09 Lucy Suchman's paper, ldquoDo categories have politics,rdquo challenges the validity of speech act theory as a basis for computer systems for workflow support. Suchman fears that the explicitiness of the theory leads to undue discipline when it is applied in practice. Her fear is grounded in a misunderstanding of what it means to use such a theory, and this paper clarifies the difference between formal comprehensivemodels of behavior and formalstructures used in communication and recording, Explicit speech act theory, like explicit accounting procedures, enforces a kind of uniformity that is necessary in any communication situation where ambiguity and vagueness cannot be routinely resolved through direct personal contact and knowledge. The practicalities of large geographically distributed organizations makes the appropriate use of shared structuring a precondition for effective cooperation. Computer Supported Cooperative Work {C}ategories, disciplines, and social coordination Categories ; CSCW ; speech act theory 191--197 Kristina 2 3 1994 ref 1994 WD-1989001 article 2008.07.05 Paper presented at the seminar on the teaching of information storage and retrieval, organised by Cataloguing and Indexing Group of the Library Association, 2 Feb 88. Describes the author's experiences during his postgraduate course in librarianship, where the main problem was the unimaginative approach to the practical side of indexing, classifying and descriptive cataloguing, This lack of effectiveness in the teaching could largely be remedied by an imaginative restructuring of the course. Certainly the study of management has developed out of all proportion to its relevance for the majority of assistant librarians and could yield time for teaching more practical aspects. Library schols should not take their proactive role too far by preparing students for a world they would like to exist rather than for the one that does. Catalogue \& index {T}he view of a recent library school graduate Classification Cataloging LIS-education 608 Opinion 0008-7629 13--15 Kristina M. Spurgin 92/93 1989 - 1989 WRE2005001 article Authority control is an important part of the cataloguing process, but relatively little research has been conducted related to its practice in academic libraries. In addition, few studies have been conducted regarding staffing and training issues related to authority control. To examine these issues, a survey was developed and e-mailed to academic libraries at 258 institutions designated by the year 2000 Carnegie Classification as either Doctoral/Research Extensive or Intensive level. The survey consisted of questions relating to authority control practices and staffing and training issues related to authority control. One hundred ninety-three institutions responded for a return rate of 75 percent. The survey results indicate that authority control was practiced and highly valued by the vast majority of respondents and that many would like additional time, funding, and personnel to do more authority control work in their libraries. (Original abstract) Cataloging Authority-control Academic-libraries 0163-9374 111--131 1 2008.08.31 Cataloging \& Classification Quarterly {A}uthority control in academic {L}ibraries in the {U}nited {S}tates: a survey WRE2005001.pdf:WRE2005001.pdf:PDF;WRE2005001.pdf:WRE2005001.pdf:PDF;WRE2005001.pdf:WRE2005001.pdf:PDF 41 Kristina M. Spurgin 2005 pdf 2005 WH-2004001 inproceedings 2008.07.05 {D}ocument co-organization in an online knowledge community CSCW Online-community Classification CAT-LIS-read Vienna WH-2004001.pdf:WH-2004001.pdf:PDF;WH-2004001.pdf:WH-2004001.pdf:PDF;WH-2004001.pdf:WH-2004001.pdf:PDF 1211--1214 Kristina M. Spurgin 24 Apr 2004-29 Apr 2004 2004 CHI 2004 pdf 2004 XZ-2006001 inproceedings Content organization over the Internet went through several interesting phases of evolution: from structured directories to unstructured Web search engines and more recently, to tagging as a way for aggregating information, a step towards the semantic web vision. Tagging allows ranking and data organization to directly utilize inputs from end users, enabling machine processing of Web content. Since tags are created by individual users in a free form, one important problem facing tagging is to identify most appropriate tags, while eliminating noise and spam. For this purpose, we define a set of general criteria for a good tagging system. These criteria include high coverage of multiple facets to ensure good recall, least effort to reduce the cost involved in browsing, and high popularity to ensure tag quality. We propose a collaborative tag suggestion algorithm using these criteria to spot high-quality tags. The proposed algorithm employs a goodness measure for tags derived from collective user authorities to combat spam. The goodness measure is iteratively adjusted by a reward-penalty algorithm, which also incorporates other sources of tags, e.g., content-based auto-generated tags. Our experiments based on My Web 2.0 show that the algorithm is effective. tagging Semantic-web Bookmarks Edinburgh, Scotland WWW2006 Collaborative Web Tagging Workshop has taxonomy of tag types. 2008.07.05 {T}owards the {S}emantic {W}eb: {C}ollaborative tag suggestions XZ-2006001.pdf:XZ-2006001.pdf:PDF;XZ-2006001.pdf:XZ-2006001.pdf:PDF;XZ-2006001.pdf:XZ-2006001.pdf:PDF 22 May 2006 Kristina M. Spurgin 2006 pdf 2006 YT-1998001 article The nature of category formation is linked to the tasks applied to learn the categories. To explore this idea, we investigated how three different methods of category learning-Classification Learning, Inference Learning, and Mixed Learning (a mixture of the two)-affect the way people form categories. In Classification Learning, subjects learned categories by predicting the class to which an individually presented exemplar belonged given feature information about the exemplar. In Inference Learning, subjects learned categories by predicting a feature value of a stimulus given the class to which it belonged and information about its other features. In Mixed Learning, subjects received the Classification task on some trials and the Inference task on other trials. The results of two experiments and model fitting indicate that inference and classification, though closely related, require different strategies to be carried out, and that when categories are learned by inference or by classification, subjects acquire categories in a way that accommodates these strategies. (C) 1998 Academic Press. 0749-596X 124--148 1 Journal of Memory and Language 2008.07.05 {C}ategory learning by inference and classification YT-1998001.pdf:YT-1998001.pdf:PDF;YT-1998001.pdf:YT-1998001.pdf:PDF;YT-1998001.pdf:YT-1998001.pdf:PDF 39 Kristina M. Spurgin 1998 pdf 1998 YKP2003001 inproceedings PHOTO Classification Faceted Metadata images Ft. Lauderdale, FL 401--408 Proceedings of the conference on Human factors in computing systems ACM Press 2008.07.05 {F}aceted metadata for image search and browsing New York, NY YKP2003001.pdf:YKP2003001.pdf:PDF;YKP2003001.pdf:YKP2003001.pdf:PDF;YKP2003001.pdf:YKP2003001.pdf:PDF 2003 Kristina M. Spurgin 2003 pdf 2003 LubetzkySymposium2000 proceedings cataloging---future-of {U}niversity of {C}alifornia, {L}os {A}ngeles 184 The future of cataloging: {I}nsights from the {L}ubetzky {S}ymposium, {A}pril 18, 1998, {U}niversity of {C}alifornia, {L}os {A}ngeles http://webcat.lib.unc.edu/record=b4322560 UNC SILS Z694.A15 F86 2000 American Library Association 2008.07.18 {T}he future of cataloging: {I}nsights from the {L}ubetzky {S}ymposium, {A}pril 18, 1998, {U}niversity of {C}alifornia, {L}os {A}ngeles Connell, Tschera Harkness and Maxwell, Robert L. Chicago 0-8389-0778-4 Kristina M. Spurgin April 18, 1998 2000 ebook 2000-04 Yee2000 inproceedings work---concept-of-a 72-104 The future of cataloging: {I}nsights from the {L}ubetzky {S}ymposium, {A}pril 18, 1998, {U}niversity of {C}alifornia, {L}os {A}ngeles http://repositories.cdlib.org/postprints/3083 American Library Association 2008.07.18 {L}ubetzky's work principle Connell, Tschera Harkness and Maxwell, Robert L. Chicago 0-8389-0778-4 1 Kristina M. Spurgin 2000 2000 Yee2007 book 2008.07.05 {M}oving {I}mage {C}ataloging : {H}ow to {C}reate and {H}ow to {U}se a {M}oving {I}mage {C}atalog cataloging---moving-image Westport, CT Yee2007CatalogingCompared.pdf:Yee2007CatalogingCompared.pdf:PDF;Yee2007CatalogingCompared.pdf:Yee2007CatalogingCompared.pdf:PDF;Yee2007CatalogingCompared.pdf:Yee2007CatalogingCompared.pdf:PDF 273 Kristina M. Spurgin 2007 Libraries Unlimited 2007 Yee2007CatalogingCompared article Cataloging is compared to descriptive bibliography, to enumerative bibliography and abstracting and indexing services as well as to metadata created by Web search engines or by nonprofessionals at sites such as Amazon.com. These four types of metadata are compared with regard to object of the description, functions, scope, number of copies examined, collective vs. individual creation, standardization, authority control, evidence, amount of descriptive detail, degression, time span the data is intended to last, and degree of evaluation. cataloging bibliographic-tools---comparison 307--327 3/4 http://repositories.cdlib.org/postprints/2721/ 2008.08.27 Cataloging and Classification Quarterly {C}ataloging {C}ompared to {D}escriptive {B}ibliography, {A}bstracting and {I}ndexing {S}ervices and {M}etadata Yee2007CatalogingCompared.pdf:Yee2007CatalogingCompared.pdf:PDF;Yee2007CatalogingCompared.pdf:Yee2007CatalogingCompared.pdf:PDF;Yee2007CatalogingCompared.pdf:Yee2007CatalogingCompared.pdf:PDF 44 Kristina M. Spurgin 2007 pdf, 20080425 2007 Yee2005 article 2008.08.27 Problems users are having searching for known works in current OPACs are summarized, and it is suggested that a better understanding of AACR2R/MARC 21 authority, bibliographic, and holdings records would allow us to FRBR-ize our current OPACs using existing records. The presence of work and expression identifiers in bibliographic and authority records is analyzed. Recommendations are made concerning better indexing and display of works and expression/manifestations. Questions are raised about the appropriateness for the creation of true catalogs of client-server technology which delivers records over the Internet. Information technology and libraries {FRBR}ization: {A} model for turning online public finding lists into online public catalogs frbr opac---displays 77--95 Kristina M. Spurgin 24 3 2005 http://repositories.cdlib.org/postprints/715 2005 Yee1994WhatIsWork3 article Anglo-American codes are examined to determine the implicit or acting concept of work in each, in order to trace the development of our current implicit concept of work, as embodied in AACR2R. The following conditions are examined, using comparison tables: 1) same work with different appendages (illustrated works, music with text, texts with commentary and/or biographical/critical material, scholia); 2) separately published parts of a work produced by the exercise of several different functions; 3) appendages to a work published separately (commentaries without text, concordances, continuations, indexes, sequels, supplements); 4) change in title of a work. A trend away from the collocation of the editions of a work called for by the second objective of the catalog is identified. It is suggested that this tendency stems from failure to take advantage of newer technologies for building catalogs. work---concept-of-a cataloging aacr 25--45 1 Cataloging and Classification Quarterly 2008.08.27 {W}hat is a {W}ork? {P}art 3, {T}he {A}nglo-{A}merican {C}ataloging {C}odes, {C}ontinued Yee1994WhatIsWork3.pdf:Yee1994WhatIsWork3.pdf:PDF;Yee1994WhatIsWork3.pdf:Yee1994WhatIsWork3.pdf:PDF;Yee1994WhatIsWork3.pdf:Yee1994WhatIsWork3.pdf:PDF 20 Kristina M. Spurgin 1995 pdf, 20080425 1995 Yee1994WhatIsWork4 article Various criteria suggested by cataloging theorists as methods for identifying a work are examined, including criteria of creativity and/or single personal authorship, criterion of content, criterion of text or symbol strings, criterion of medium, work as product, criteria of identity and representation, criterion of interchangeability or preferability, and a definition of work is suggested. work---concept-of-a cataloging aacr 3--23 2 Cataloging and Classification Quarterly 2008.08.27 {W}hat is a {W}ork? {P}art 4, {C}ataloging {T}heorists and a {D}efinition Yee1994WhatIsWork4.pdf:Yee1994WhatIsWork4.pdf:PDF;Yee1994WhatIsWork4.pdf:Yee1994WhatIsWork4.pdf:PDF;Yee1994WhatIsWork4.pdf:Yee1994WhatIsWork4.pdf:PDF 20 Kristina M. Spurgin 1995 pdf, 20080425 1995 Yee1994WhatIsWork1 article The objects of the catalog, adopted internationally in 1961, assume that it is useful to display to users all the editions of a sought work, in order to enable the user to choose the best edition for his or her needs. No user study has ever divided so-called known item searchers into two groups: 1) those who benefit from the first objective alone; and 2) those who benefit from the second objective. Logic and common sense lead one to suspect that most users benefit from the second objective, and that multiple-edition works by prolific authors, those requiring the most cataloger effort to achieve collocation, are probably also the most frequently sought works. work---concept-of-a cataloging catalog---objects-of 9--28 1 Cataloging and Classification Quarterly 2008.08.27 {W}hat is a {W}ork? {P}art 1, {T}he {U}ser and the {O}bjects of the {C}atalog Yee1994WhatIsWork1.pdf:Yee1994WhatIsWork1.pdf:PDF;Yee1994WhatIsWork1.pdf:Yee1994WhatIsWork1.pdf:PDF;Yee1994WhatIsWork1.pdf:Yee1994WhatIsWork1.pdf:PDF 19 Kristina M. Spurgin 1994 pdf, 20080425 1994 Yee1994WhatIsWork2 article Anglo-American codes are examined to determine the implicit or acting concept of work in each, in order to trace the development of our current implicit concept of work, as embodied in AACR2R. The following conditions are examined, using comparison tables: 1) contraction of a work (abridgements, condensations, digests, epitomes, outlines, chrestomathies, excerpts, extracts, selections); and 2) change in substance of a work (adaptations, dramatizations, free translations, novelizations, paraphrases, versifications, films or filmstrips of a text, musical arrangements, musical amplifications, musical settings, musical simplifications, musical transcriptions, musical versions, parodies, imitations, performances, reproductions of art works, revisions, editing, enlargements, expansion, updating, translation.) work---concept-of-a cataloging aacr 5--22 2 Cataloging and Classification Quarterly 2008.08.27 {W}hat is a {W}ork? {P}art 2, {T}he {A}nglo-{A}merican {C}ataloging {C}odes Yee1994WhatIsWork2.pdf:Yee1994WhatIsWork2.pdf:PDF;Yee1994WhatIsWork2.pdf:Yee1994WhatIsWork2.pdf:PDF;Yee1994WhatIsWork2.pdf:Yee1994WhatIsWork2.pdf:PDF 19 Kristina M. Spurgin 1994 pdf, 20080425 1994 YJB1987001 article 2008.08.31 Contribution to a thematic issue on education and training for cataloguers and classifiers. Expanded version of a paper presented to the Heads of Cataloging Group, Cataloging and Classification section, Resources and Technical Services Division, at the American Library Association's (ALA) Midwinter Meeting, Jan 86. Describes 1 approach to the teaching of both basic and advanced courses in Cataloguing. Identifies the short and long-term objectives of the basic course for 4 categories of students: cataloguing specialists; general/special librarians; non-cataloguing specialists; non-library information specialists. The instruction emphasises group interaction and making the course enjoyable for the student, thus increasing interest while imparting more information and better preparing students for work. Importance is given to student participation and the use of realistic situations to instruct and evaluate student performance. Cataloging and classification quarterly {T}he teaching of cataloging: education or training Classification Cataloging LIS-education 608 149--163 Kristina M. Spurgin 7 4 1987 - 1987 ZC-2002001 article Focuses on the design of systematic access to Internet resources. A critical analysis of classification schemes used in major portals and Web classified directories exposes inconsistencies in the way they classify Internet resources. The inconsistencies indicate that the developers fail to differentiate the various classificatory models, and are unaware of their different rationales. Establishes eight classificatory models for resources available to Internet users. Internet resources can be classified by subjects, objects, applications, users, locations, reference sources, media, and languages. Identifies and formulates the eight classificatory models, analyzes their rationales, and discusses alternative ways to combine them in a faceted integrated classification scheme. (Original abstract - amended) Classification Internet Faceted Electronic-resources 0943-7444 20--28 1 Knowledge Organization 2008.07.05 {M}odels for classifying {I}nternet resources 29 Kristina M. Spurgin 2002 - 2002 ZA-2007001 inproceedings 2008.07.05 Social tagging systems have generally been designed and used for personal information organization and retrieval. People use a variety of sites to tag photos, websites, blogs, and videos. Recently, commercial websites such as Amazon.com, have also implemented tagging on their websites. This type of tagging is not only social, where users can view other?s tags and resources, but collective or collaborative, where any user can tag any resource. By analyzing the tags of two sites that implement free-for-all tagging - Amazon.com and Last.fm - this paper describes emergent social motivations for tagging. The motivations that were found in the systems include expression, performance, and activism. {E}merging motivations for tagging: {E}xpression, performance, and activism tagging motivation Banff, Canada ZA-2007001.pdf:ZA-2007001.pdf:PDF;ZA-2007001.pdf:ZA-2007001.pdf:PDF;ZA-2007001.pdf:ZA-2007001.pdf:PDF Kristina M. Spurgin 8 May 2007 2007 WWW2007 Tagging and Metadata for Social Information Organizations pdf 2007 IntnerFountainGilchrist2006 book Guidelines for standardized cataloging for children / Joanna F. Fountain, for the Association for Library Collections and Technical Services, Cataloging and Classification Section, Cataloging of Children's Materials Committee -- How children search / Lynne A. Jacobsen -- Cataloging correctly using AACR2 and MARC 21 / Deborah A. Fritz -- Copy cataloging correctly / Deborah A. Fritz -- Authority control / Kay E. Lowell -- Using LC's children's headings for original MARC cataloging: Why and how / Joanna F. Fountain -- Sears list of subject headings / Joseph Miller -- Sources for dewey numbers / Gregory R. New -- Cataloging nonbook materials / Sheila S. Intner -- How the CIP program helps children / Joanna F. Fountain -- Cataloging for kids in the academic library / Gabriele I. Kupitz and Vickie Frierson-Adams -- Automating the children's catalog / Pamela J. Newberg and Judith Yurczyk -- Vendors of cataloging for children's materials / Pamela J. Newberg and Jennifer Allen -- Glossary of acronyms / Joanna F. Fountain and Sheila S. Intner 4 cataloging---special topics children's-services http://books.google.com.libproxy.lib.unc.edu/books?id=RpVQnv8_dXkC American Library Association 2008-10-05 Intner, Sheila S. and Fountain, Joanna F. and Gilchrist, Jane E. {C}ataloging correctly for kids: an introduction to the tools Chicago 0838935591 Kristina 2006 UNC SILS Z695.1.C6 C37 2006 2006 Fidel, Raya Fidel Fidel, Raya Tsai, Chih-Fong Tsai Tsai, Chih-Fong Shapiro, Jeremy J. Shapiro Shapiro, Jeremy J. Weinberger, David Weinberger Weinberger, David Carlyle, Allyson Carlyle Carlyle, Allyson Ohlgren, Thomas H. Ohlgren Ohlgren, Thomas H. Hill, Will Hill Hill, Will Stumme, Gerd Stumme Stumme, Gerd Chudnov, Daniel Chudnov Chudnov, Daniel Fenz, S. Fenz Fenz, S. Losee, Robert M. Losee Losee, Robert M. Duval, Erik Duval Duval, Erik Eakins, John P. Eakins Eakins, John P. Simpson, Betsy Simpson Simpson, Betsy Gazo, Dominique Gazo Gazo, Dominique Sparck-Jones, Karen Sparck-Jones Sparck-Jones, Karen Winke, R. Conrad Winke Winke, R. Conrad Bowker, Geoffrey C. Bowker Bowker, Geoffrey C. Noruzi, Alireza Noruzi Noruzi, Alireza Hartel, Jenna Hartel Hartel, Jenna Priss, Uta Priss Priss, Uta Grund, Angelika Grund Grund, Angelika Glushko, Robert J. Glushko Glushko, Robert J. Poo, Danny C. C. Poo Poo, Danny C. C. Letarte, Karen M. Letarte Letarte, Karen M. Quinn, Brian Quinn Quinn, Brian Box, Helen Box Box, Helen Salipante, P. Salipante Salipante, P. Kastner, Arno Kastner Kastner, Arno Miller, Uri Miller Miller, Uri McAllister-Harper, Desretta McAllister-Harper McAllister-Harper, Desretta Bearman, David Bearman Bearman, David Sack, Nancy Sack Sack, Nancy Iyer, Hemalata Iyer Iyer, Hemalata Cargille, Douglas A. Cargille Cargille, Douglas A. Simone, Carla Simone Simone, Carla Storey, Veda C. Storey Storey, Veda C. Fox, Robert Fox Fox, Robert Babb, Nancy M. Babb Babb, Nancy M. Markus, M. L. Markus Markus, M. L. Suchman, Lucy A. Suchman Suchman, Lucy A. Tennis, Joseph T. Tennis Tennis, Joseph T. Tonkin, Emma Tonkin Tonkin, Emma Sowa, John F. Sowa Sowa, John F. Kanawattanachai, P. Kanawattanachai Kanawattanachai, P. Neill, S. D. Neill Neill, S. D. Barsalou, Lawrence W. Barsalou Barsalou, Lawrence W. Callahan, Daren Callahan Callahan, Daren Control, Working Group on the Future of Bibliographic Control Working Group on the Future of Bibliographic Control Bailey, Penny Bailey Bailey, Penny Saye, Jerry D. Saye Saye, Jerry D. Sturtz, David N. Sturtz Sturtz, David N. Menchen, Ericka Menchen Menchen, Ericka Shachak, Aviv Shachak Shachak, Aviv Albrechtsen, Hanne Albrechtsen Albrechtsen, Hanne Daily, Jay E. Daily Daily, Jay E. Huberman, Bernardo A. Huberman Huberman, Bernardo A. Swearingen, Kirsten Swearingen Swearingen, Kirsten Mcculloch, Emma Mcculloch Mcculloch, Emma Irving, Suzanne Irving Irving, Suzanne Loreto, Vittorio Loreto Loreto, Vittorio Judge, A. J. N. Judge Judge, A. J. N. Fischer, Ruth Fischer Fischer, Ruth Macgregor, George Macgregor Macgregor, George Holloway, Todd Holloway Holloway, Todd Dayton, Nancy Dayton Dayton, Nancy Minutoli, Salvatore Minutoli Minutoli, Salvatore Clarke, Sherman Clarke Clarke, Sherman Rogers, Nikki Rogers Rogers, Nikki Medeiros, Norm Medeiros Medeiros, Norm Jeng, Ling Hwey Jeng Jeng, Ling Hwey Paling, Stephen Paling Paling, Stephen Markey, Karen Markey Markey, Karen Rockmore, Marlene Rockmore Rockmore, Marlene Matlock, Teenie Matlock Matlock, Teenie Richmond, P. A. Richmond Richmond, P. A. Rowley, Jennifer Rowley Rowley, Jennifer Sellberg, Roxanne Sellberg Sellberg, Roxanne Zhang, Yan Zhang Zhang, Yan Nelissen, Paul Nelissen Nelissen, Paul Burford, Bryan Burford Burford, Bryan Coetzee, H. S. Coetzee Coetzee, H. S. Solomon, Paul Solomon Paul Solomon Fiscella, Joan B. Fiscella Fiscella, Joan B. Navarro, Miguel Angel Esteban Navarro Navarro, Miguel Angel Esteban Matthews, Brian Matthews Matthews, Brian Grahl, Miranda Grahl Grahl, Miranda Schoolbred, M Schoolbred Schoolbred, M Chang, Shih-Fu Chang Chang, Shih-Fu Park, Jung-ran Park Park, Jung-ran Bosch, A. Bosch Bosch, A. Fonseca, Frederico T. Fonseca Fonseca, Frederico T. Chowdhury, Gobinda Chowdhury Chowdhury, Gobinda Park, Soyeon Park Park, Soyeon Pedersen, Karsten Nissen Pedersen Pedersen, Karsten Nissen Tjoa, A. M. Tjoa Tjoa, A. M. Neelameghan, A. Neelameghan Neelameghan, A. de Boer, Ann-Louise de Boer de Boer, Ann-Louise Vasconcelos, Ana Vasconcelos Vasconcelos, Ana Towler, Marjolein Towler Towler, Marjolein Van Dijick, Peter Van Dijick Van Dijick, Peter Palomino, Norma Palomino Palomino, Norma Briggs, Pam Briggs Briggs, Pam Wolverton, Robert E. Wolverton Wolverton, Robert E. Group, Classification Research Group Classification Research Group Hotho, Andreas Hotho Hotho, Andreas Taniguchi, Shoichi Taniguchi Taniguchi, Shoichi Ng, Kwong Bor Ng Ng, Kwong Bor Pattern, Dave Pattern Pattern, Dave Association, Visual Resources Association Visual Resources Association Hodgins, Wayne Hodgins Hodgins, Wayne Smiraglia, Richard P. Smiraglia Smiraglia, Richard P. Black, Steve Black Black, Steve Ganendran, Jacki Ganendran Ganendran, Jacki Soergel, Dagobert Soergel Soergel, Dagobert Shaw, Deborah Shaw Shaw, Deborah Rosella, Marco Rosella Rosella, Marco Comaromi, John P Comaromi Comaromi, John P Davis, Marc Davis Davis, Marc MacLeod, Judy MacLeod MacLeod, Judy Singh, J. Singh Singh, J. Butcher, D Butcher Butcher, D Weippl, E. R. Weippl Weippl, E. R. Romero, Lisa Romero Romero, Lisa Anderson, James D. Anderson Anderson, James D. Miksa, Francis L. Miksa Miksa, Francis L. Young, J. Bradford Young Young, J. Bradford Abbas, June Abbas Abbas, June Slavic, Aida Slavic Slavic, Aida Farradane, Jason E. L. Farradane Farradane, Jason E. L. Ranganathan, S. R. Ranganathan Ranganathan, S. R. Calhoun, Karen Calhoun Calhoun, Karen Given, Lisa M. Given Given, Lisa M. Drabenstott, Karen Markey Drabenstott Drabenstott, Karen Markey Jacob, Elin K. Jacob Jacob, Elin K. Zins, Chaim Zins Zins, Chaim Wang, Peiling Wang Wang, Peiling Howarth, Lynne C. Howarth Howarth, Lynne C. Wellisch, Hans H. Wellisch Wellisch, Hans H. Voorbij, Henk J. Voorbij Voorbij, Henk J. Dewey, Melville Dewey Dewey, Melville Jul, Erik Jul Jul, Erik Bales, Stephen Bales Bales, Stephen Perez-Carballo, Jos? Perez-Carballo Perez-Carballo, Jos? Le Boeuf, Patrick Le Boeuf Le Boeuf, Patrick Thellefsen, Torkild Leo Thellefsen Thellefsen, Torkild Leo Menczer, Filippo Menczer Menczer, Filippo Boland, R. J. Boland Boland, R. J. N?rnberg, Peter J. N?rnberg N?rnberg, Peter J. Smith, Fred Smith Smith, Fred Hanson, Eugene R Hanson Hanson, Eugene R Malone, Cheryl Knott Malone Malone, Cheryl Knott Atzenbeck, Claus Atzenbeck Atzenbeck, Claus Intaraksa, Neelawat Intaraksa Intaraksa, Neelawat Chan, Lois Mai Chan Chan, Lois Mai DeMarsicoi, M. DeMarsicoi DeMarsicoi, M. Ingwersen, Peter Ingwersen Ingwersen, Peter McArthur, Robert McArthur McArthur, Robert Sutton, Stuart A. Sutton Sutton, Stuart A. Minor Changes, Committee on Cataloging Description \& Access Cataloging Minor Changes Minor Changes, Committee on Cataloging Description \& Access Cataloging Grove, Andrew Grove Grove, Andrew Hix, Deborah Hix Hix, Deborah Taylor, Arlene G. Taylor Taylor, Arlene G. Chung, Hyunsoo Chung Chung, Hyunsoo Rafferty, Pauline Rafferty Rafferty, Pauline Lane, H. Lane Lane, H. Thomas, D. H. Thomas Thomas, D. H. Rubin, Victoria L. Rubin Rubin, Victoria L. Nicolaisen, Jeppe Nicolaisen Nicolaisen, Jeppe Li, Kevin Li Li, Kevin DeMaagd, Kurt DeMaagd DeMaagd, Kurt Wormell, Irene Wormell Wormell, Irene Stoilova, Lubomira Stoilova Stoilova, Lubomira Klemen, M. Klemen Klemen, M. Frumkin, Jeremy Frumkin Frumkin, Jeremy Fayen, Emily Gallup Fayen Fayen, Emily Gallup Beall, Jeffrey Beall Beall, Jeffrey Kirkland, Laura N. Kirkland Kirkland, Laura N. Borneman, Dea Borneman Borneman, Dea Beckett, Dave Beckett Beckett, Dave Brookes, Bertram C. Brookes Brookes, Bertram C. Park, Chee-Hang Park Park, Chee-Hang Trant, Jennifer Trant Trant, Jennifer Aram, J. D. Aram Aram, J. D. Getz, Malcolm Getz Getz, Malcolm Larsgaard, Mary Lynette Larsgaard Larsgaard, Mary Lynette Zhu, Lihong Zhu Zhu, Lihong Vickery, Brian Vickery Vickery, Brian Marti, R. Marti Marti, R. Van Geenen, E. W. Van Geenen Van Geenen, E. W. Gorman, Michael Gorman Gorman, Michael Dodd, D. G. Dodd Dodd, D. G. Schwartz, Candy Schwartz Schwartz, Candy Fonseca, Frederico Fonseca Fonseca, Frederico Shoham, Snunith Shoham Shoham, Snunith Alonso-Arroyo, Adolfo Alonso-Arroyo Alonso-Arroyo, Adolfo boyd, danah boyd boyd, danah Andersen, Hans H. K. Andersen Andersen, Hans H. K. Westphal, Chris editor Westphal Westphal, Chris editor Jones, Kevin P. Jones Jones, Kevin P. Spiteri, Louise F. Spiteri Spiteri, Louise F. Jensen, Patricia E. Jensen Jensen, Patricia E. Zollers, Alla Zollers Zollers, Alla Denton, William Denton Denton, William Avram, Henriette D. Avram Avram, Henriette D. Khoo, Christopher S. G. Khoo Khoo, Christopher S. G. Congress, Library of Congress Library of Congress Bador, Pascal Bador Bador, Pascal Foskett, A. C. Foskett Foskett, A. C. s.n. s.n. s.n. Shiri, Ali Asghar Shiri Shiri, Ali Asghar Riesthuis, Gerhard Riesthuis Riesthuis, Gerhard Servedio, Vito D. P. Servedio Servedio, Vito D. P. Morgan, Hiddy Morgan Morgan, Hiddy Powers, John H. Powers Powers, John H. McCalla, Gordon McCalla McCalla, Gordon Principles, International Conference on Cataloguing Principles International Conference on Cataloguing Principles Chen, Sherry Y. Chen Chen, Sherry Y. Welbank, Margaret Welbank Welbank, Margaret Borner, Katy Borner Borner, Katy Thellefsen, Martin M. Thellefsen Thellefsen, Martin M. Veres, Csaba Veres Veres, Csaba Rieger, Jason Rieger Rieger, Jason Allen, Charles G. Allen Allen, Charles G. Prasad, K. N. Prasad Prasad, K. N. Devadason, Francis J. Devadason Devadason, Francis J. Desai, Kavita Desai Desai, Kavita Cinque, L. Cinque Cinque, L. Crowley, Bill Crowley Crowley, Bill Gil-Leiva, Isidoro Gil-Leiva Gil-Leiva, Isidoro Rayward, W. B. Rayward Rayward, W. B. Bakshi, Karun Bakshi Bakshi, Karun Svenonius, Elaine Svenonius Svenonius, Elaine Kovacs, Beatrice Kovacs Kovacs, Beatrice Cattuto, Ciro Cattuto Cattuto, Ciro Andrew, Paige G Andrew Andrew, Paige G Linnert, M. Linnert Linnert, M. Hong, Gichai Hong Hong, Gichai Terveen, Loren Terveen Terveen, Loren Revie, Crawford Revie Revie, Crawford Idan, Asher Idan Idan, Asher Lopez-Huertas, Maria J. Lopez-Huertas Lopez-Huertas, Maria J. Mej\'{i}as, Ulises Ali Mej\'{i}as Mej\'{i}as, Ulises Ali Marco, Francisco Javier Garcia Marco Marco, Francisco Javier Garcia Loehrlein, Aaron Loehrlein Loehrlein, Aaron Batty, David Batty Batty, David Kani-Gheorghita, Elahe Kani-Gheorghita Kani-Gheorghita, Elahe Guarino, Nicola Guarino Guarino, Nicola Levialdi, S. Levialdi Levialdi, S. Rouncefield, Mark Rouncefield Rouncefield, Mark Patamawongjariya, Ponprapa Patamawongjariya Patamawongjariya, Ponprapa McGuinness, Deborah L. McGuinness McGuinness, Deborah L. Wintersgill, David Wintersgill Wintersgill, David Goluch, G. Goluch Goluch, G. Linderman, Winifred B. Linderman Linderman, Winifred B. Henderson, Kathryn Luther Henderson Henderson, Kathryn Luther Randall, Dave Randall Randall, Dave Bateman, Scott Bateman Bateman, Scott Hoyle, W. G. Hoyle Hoyle, W. G. Gossen, Eleanor A. Gossen Gossen, Eleanor A. Boyden, William L. Boyden Boyden, William L. Hart, Chris Hart Hart, Chris Byrum, John D. Byrum Byrum, John D. Danskin, Alan Danskin Danskin, Alan Hudon, Mich?le Hudon Hudon, Mich?le Miller, U. Miller Miller, U. Day, Ronald E. Day Day, Ronald E. Su, Difu Su Su, Difu Wolven, R. Wolven Wolven, R. Perez-Aguera, Jose Perez-Aguera Perez-Aguera, Jose Golder, Scott A. Golder Golder, Scott A. Blake, Virgil L.P. Blake Blake, Virgil L.P. Brier, Soren Brier Brier, Soren Brusilovsky, Peter Brusilovsky Brusilovsky, Peter Wu, Harris Wu Wu, Harris Hanappe, Peter Hanappe Hanappe, Peter Johnson, Gary M. Johnson Johnson, Gary M. Donovan, James M. Donovan Donovan, James M. Wilson, Patrick Wilson Wilson, Patrick Weinberg, Bella Hass Weinberg Weinberg, Bella Hass Tessier, Judith A. Tessier Tessier, Judith A. Ferguson, Bobby Ferguson Ferguson, Bobby Greenberg, Jane Greenberg Greenberg, Jane Snyder, J. L. Snyder Snyder, J. L. Vidal, Noni Korf Vidal Vidal, Noni Korf Hertzum, Morten Hertzum Hertzum, Morten Oliver, Chris Oliver Oliver, Chris Garcia-Molina, Hector Garcia-Molina Garcia-Molina, Hector (IFLA), Insitutions (IFLA) Insitutions (IFLA) Fay, S. Y. Fay Fay, S. Y. Taylor, Conrad Taylor Taylor, Conrad Luk, Annie T. Luk Luk, Annie T. Broughton, V. Broughton Broughton, V. Sridhar, M. S. Sridhar Sridhar, M. S. Bates, Marcia J. Bates Bates, Marcia J. Bruza, Peter Bruza Bruza, Peter Shirky, Clay Shirky Shirky, Clay Maxwell, Robert L. Maxwell Maxwell, Robert L. Bragg, Jane Bragg Bragg, Jane Farrow, J. F. Farrow Farrow, J. F. Pejtersen, Annelise Mark Pejtersen Pejtersen, Annelise Mark Waller, Andrew Waller Waller, Andrew Smith, Tiffany Smith Smith, Tiffany Barat, Agnes Hajdu Barat Barat, Agnes Hajdu Beghtol, Clare L. Beghtol Beghtol, Clare L. Cleveland, Ana D. Cleveland Cleveland, Ana D. Markman, Arthur B. Markman Markman, Arthur B. Dewey, Melvil Dewey Dewey, Melvil Xu, Zhichen Xu Xu, Zhichen Cordeiro, Maria Ines Cordeiro Cordeiro, Maria Ines Wilson, Suzanne Wilson Wilson, Suzanne Vellucci, Sherry L. Vellucci Vellucci, Sherry L. Miller, George A. Miller Miller, George A. Guy, Marieke Guy Guy, Marieke Maniez, Jacques Maniez Maniez, Jacques McQuire, Scott McQuire McQuire, Scott Hall-Ellis, Sylvia D. Hall-Ellis Hall-Ellis, Sylvia D. Manovich, Lev Manovich Manovich, Lev Marcum, Deanna B. Marcum Marcum, Deanna B. Baca, Murtha Baca Baca, Murtha K?rner, Stephan K?rner K?rner, Stephan Kornegay, Becky Kornegay Kornegay, Becky Coetzee, H. Coetzee Coetzee, H. Meyer, Eric A. Meyer Meyer, Eric A. Claborne, Glenda Claborne Claborne, Glenda Slone, Debra J. Slone Slone, Debra J. Sarini, Marcello Sarini Sarini, Marcello Munoz, X. Munoz Munoz, X. Peterson, Elaine Peterson Peterson, Elaine Kane, D Kane Kane, D Foskett, Douglas J. Foskett Foskett, Douglas J. Mann, Thomas Mann Mann, Thomas Aurnhammer, Melanie Aurnhammer Aurnhammer, Melanie Olson, Hope A. Olson Olson, Hope A. Gardner, Sue Ann Gardner Gardner, Sue Ann Documentatie, Rijksbureau voor Kunsthistorische Documentatie Rijksbureau voor Kunsthistorische Documentatie Jones, Barbara Jones Jones, Barbara Smiraglia, Richard P., editor Smiraglia Smiraglia, Richard P., editor Crosby, Ellen Crosby Crosby, Ellen Palmer, Carole L. Palmer Palmer, Carole L. Butcher, David Butcher Butcher, David Markines, Ben Markines Markines, Ben Thomas, Alan R. Thomas Thomas, Alan R. High, Walter H. High High, Walter H. Satija, Mohinder Partap Satija Satija, Mohinder Partap Paepcke, Andreas Paepcke Paepcke, Andreas Miles, Alistair Miles Miles, Alistair Fu, Yun Fu Fu, Yun Hsieh-Yee, Ingrid Hsieh-Yee Hsieh-Yee, Ingrid Duke, Lynda M. Duke Duke, Lynda M. Kim, Heesop Kim Kim, Heesop Mcinerney, C. Mcinerney Mcinerney, C. Kargar, David Kargar Kargar, David Marchetti, Andrea Marchetti Marchetti, Andrea Ronzano, Francesco Ronzano Ronzano, Francesco Fugmann, Robert Fugmann Fugmann, Robert Huynh, David Huynh Huynh, David Butterfield, Kevin Butterfield Butterfield, Kevin Adams, David L. Adams Adams, David L. Dittmann, Helena Dittmann Dittmann, Helena Lin, Chun-Nan Lin Lin, Chun-Nan O'Neill, Edward T. O'Neill O'Neill, Edward T. Major, Task Force on an Appendix of Major Task Force on an Appendix of Major Mandel, C. A. Mandel Mandel, C. A. Gaeddert, Barbara Knisely Gaeddert Gaeddert, Barbara Knisely Moss, R. Moss Moss, R. Star, Susan Leigh Star Star, Susan Leigh Kipp, Margaret E. I Kipp Kipp, Margaret E. I Williamson, Nancy J. Williamson Williamson, Nancy J. Hobbs, Valerie J. Hobbs Hobbs, Valerie J. Mao, Jianchang Mao Mao, Jianchang Baldassarri, Andrea Baldassarri Baldassarri, Andrea Veinot, Tiffany C. Veinot Veinot, Tiffany C. Kipp, Margaret E. I. Kipp Kipp, Margaret E. I. Amento, Brian Amento Amento, Brian Pigott, Diarmuid J. Pigott Pigott, Diarmuid J. Witteman, C. L. M. Witteman Witteman, C. L. M. O'Neill, Jacki O'Neill O'Neill, Jacki Shatford, Sara Shatford Shatford, Sara Turner, James M. Turner Turner, James M. Hearst, Marti Hearst Hearst, Marti Martin, James E. Martin Martin, James E. Rowley, J. E. Rowley Rowley, J. E. Schoolbred, Michael Schoolbred Schoolbred, Michael Maxwell, Robert L Maxwell Maxwell, Robert L Williams, Raymond Williams Williams, Raymond Ju, Peter Ju Ju, Peter Paul, Ravi Paul Paul, Ravi Cleveland, Donald Cleveland Cleveland, Donald Greiner, G?tz Greiner Greiner, G?tz Services, Classification SEction Association for Library Collections \& Technical Services Classification SEction Association for Library Collections \& Technical Services Associations, International Federation of Library Associations International Federation of Library Associations Hufford, Jon R. Hufford Hufford, Jon R. Quan, Dennis Quan Quan, Dennis Tibbo, Helen R. Tibbo Tibbo, Helen R. Spurgin, Kristina M. Spurgin Spurgin, Kristina M. Ellis, David Ellis Ellis, David Tillett, Barbara B. Tillett Tillett, Barbara B. Miller, Yitzchak Miller Miller, Yitzchak Mas, Sabine Mas Mas, Sabine Hughes, Shelley K. Hughes Hughes, Shelley K. Ercegovac, Z. Ercegovac Ercegovac, Z. Biswas, Subal C Biswas Biswas, Subal C Barite, Mario Guido Barite Barite, Mario Guido Raj, Padmini Raj Raj, Padmini Seeman, Elaine Seeman Seeman, Elaine Yamauchi, Takashi Yamauchi Yamauchi, Takashi Creider, Laurence S. Creider Creider, Laurence S. Zabihi, Ghinea Zabihi Zabihi, Ghinea Fast, Karl V. Fast Fast, Karl V. Boese, Kent C. Boese Boese, Kent C. Brachman, Ronald J. Brachman Brachman, Ronald J. Mai, Jens-Erik Mai Mai, Jens-Erik Andersen, Jack Andersen Andersen, Jack Schmitz, Christoph Schmitz Schmitz, Christoph Wyman, Bruce Wyman Wyman, Bruce Karpuk, Deborah J. Karpuk Karpuk, Deborah J. Weibel, Stuart L. Weibel Weibel, Stuart L. Jaimes, Alejandro Jaimes Jaimes, Alejandro Naaman, Mor Naaman Naaman, Mor Reid, Donna Reid Reid, Donna Bar-Ilan, Judit Bar-Ilan Bar-Ilan, Judit McLachlan, H. V. McLachlan McLachlan, H. V. Maglio, Paul P. Maglio Maglio, Paul P. Dye, Jessica Dye Dye, Jessica Gopinath, M. A. Gopinath Gopinath, M. A. Lugg, Rick Lugg Lugg, Rick {\u{S}}auperl, Alenka {\u{S}}auperl {\u{S}}auperl, Alenka Buxton, A. B. Buxton Buxton, A. B. Hastings, S. K. Hastings Hastings, S. K. Karamuftuoglu, Murat Karamuftuoglu Karamuftuoglu, Murat Chapman, Ann Chapman Chapman, Ann Bradley, John H. Bradley Bradley, John H. Scott, Mona L. Scott Scott, Mona L. Winograd, Terry Winograd Winograd, Terry Roan, Jinsheng Roan Roan, Jinsheng Yee, Ka-Ping Yee Yee, Ka-Ping Olszewski, Lawrence J. Olszewski Olszewski, Lawrence J. Vogel, Kristin Vogel Vogel, Kristin Crystal, Abe Crystal Crystal, Abe Marlow, Cameron Marlow Marlow, Cameron Brooks, Christopher Brooks Brooks, Christopher Parameswaran, M. Parameswaran Parameswaran, M. Martin, David Martin Martin, David Bade, David W. Bade Bade, David W. Timmons, Traci E. Timmons Timmons, Traci E. Oyler, Patricia G. Oyler Oyler, Patricia G. Wenneker, Marieke Wenneker Wenneker, Marieke Campbell, D. Grant Campbell Campbell, D. Grant Godert, Winfried Godert Godert, Winfried Yee, Martha M. Yee Yee, Martha M. Dahlberg, Ingetraut Dahlberg Dahlberg, Ingetraut Moon, Byungju Moon Moon, Byungju Burnett, Kathleen Burnett Burnett, Kathleen Hill, Debra W. Hill Hill, Debra W. Rey, Jacqueline Rey Rey, Jacqueline Buchanan, Heidi Buchanan Buchanan, Heidi Steels, Luc Steels Steels, Luc Trust, J. Paul Getty Trust J. Paul Getty Trust Roberts, David Roberts Roberts, David Mortimer, Mary Mortimer Mortimer, Mary van Selm, Martine van Selm van Selm, Martine van Harmelen, Frank van Harmelen van Harmelen, Frank Mathes, Adam Mathes Mathes, Adam Maguitman, Ana G. Maguitman Maguitman, Ana G. Hart, C Hart Hart, C Kwasnik, Barbara H. Kwasnik Kwasnik, Barbara H. Weihs, Jean Weihs Weihs, Jean Gordon, Michael D. Gordon Gordon, Michael D. Records, IFLA Study Group on the Functional Requirements for Bibliographic Records IFLA Study Group on the Functional Requirements for Bibliographic Records Studwell, William E. Studwell Studwell, William E. Turvey, Michelle R. Turvey Turvey, Michelle R. Tesconi, Maurizio Tesconi Tesconi, Maurizio Souter, Clive Souter Souter, Clive Crabbe, D. Crabbe Crabbe, D. Schmitz, Patrick Schmitz Schmitz, Patrick Hj\"{o}rland, Birger Hj\"{o}rland Hj\"{o}rland, Birger
(
)
(
)
.
.
,
(
)
,
.
,
(
)
,
.
:
Categories:
Keywords:
[
link
]
[
doi
]
Organization of information bibliography